Orestes


Scholia to Orestes

Or. 1.02 (1–5) (vet exeg) 1κατασκευὴν ποιούμενος ὁ ποιητὴς τῆς ἰδίας προτάσεως τῆς ὅτι πάντα φέρει τὰ δεινὰ ἡ ἀνθρωπότης, ἐπιφέρει ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ μακάριοι καὶ ὄλβιοι δόξαντες ἄνθρωποι οὐκ ἄμοιροι συμφορῶν καὶ παθῶν γεγόνασιν·  2ἐξ ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ Ταντάλου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παραδηλοῖ.  3τὸν Τάνταλον δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον τῇ ὑποθέσει προσείληφε διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ γένους καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην κατάγεσθαι.   —VPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:  The poet, carrying out a proof of his particular premise, that humankind endures all the terrible sufferings, adds next that even the very humans who have seemed to be blessed and prosperous have not turned out to be free of misfortunes and sufferings. From the single example of Tantalus he implies also other humans. And he has attached Tantalus and no other person to his claim because Orestes too is descended from that family.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; in VRw follows sch. 2.12, in Pr cont. from sch. 2.12 (both places)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. Rw   |    ποιούμενος om. Pra   |    φέρει πάντα transp. Prb   |    ἀνθρωπότητος (ἡ om.) Prb   |    ἄνθρωποι om. Prb, leaving blank space   |    2 ἄλλους πάντας Pra   |    3 διὰ τοῦ Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,5–10; Dind. II.32,9–14

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   


Or. 1.04 (1–3) (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: 1οὔτε ἀκοῇ οὔτε θέᾳ ἔστιν οὕτω δεινὸν ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις.  2τοῦτο δέ φησι παρόσον ἔκτοπον καὶ ἀλλόκοτον ὑπέστη τιμωρίαν ὁ Τάνταλος·  3ἢ διὰ τὰς τοῦ γένους συμφοράς· ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν ὡς ὅτι τλημόνως συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην·  4ἢ διὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην.   —MBVCCrPrRbRfRwY2Ox, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Neither to hearing nor to sight is there anything so terrible that human nature does not endure it. She says this because Tantalus endured an unusual and extraordinary punishment; or because of the misfortunes of the family, or on her own account because she wretchedly bears the misfortune together with her brother; or on account of Orestes.

LEMMA: all except MOCrOx; δεινὸν om. Rb, οὐδὲν om. Rf, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν V      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινὸν prep. V (other form of lemma, incorporated)   |    ἀκοῇ Schw., ἀκοὴ all except ἀκοὴν Rb   |    θέᾳ Schw., θέα all (app. V) except θέαμα M, θράσος Rb   |    ἔστιν om. VPrRwY2   |    οὕτω] RbRf, οὔτε MBOCY2, οὔτ’ ἄλλο τι VPrRw (οὔτε Pr), εἴτε CrOx   |    ὅπερ] ὃ O   |    ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις MRb; app. O (ἡ τῶν lost in cut margin)   |    2–4 om. O   |    2 παρόσον] καθόσον C   |    ἔκτοπον καὶ] ἐκ παντὸς CrOx   |    ἔκτοπον] ἔκτυπον Pr   |    τιμωρίαν ὑπέστη transp. Pr   |    3 ἢ διὰ τὰς] ἢ εἰς τὰς διὰ CrOx   |    τὴν τοῦ γένους τούτου συμφοράν VPrRwY2, τὸ τοῦ γένους καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ συμφοράν Rb   |    3–4 ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν κτλ om. Rb   |    3 δι’ ἑαυτὴν] διὰ τοῦ υἱὸς CrOx   |    ἑαυτὴν] αὐτὴν MCRf(διαυτὴν)Y2   |    ὡς ὅτι Schw., ὡς ὅτε CRf, ὅτι VPrRw, ὥστε M, ὥς γε B, ἥ γε Y2, ὅτε CrOx   |    συμφέρει MRf, ἐπεισφέρει Rw   |    καὶ add. before τῷ ἀδ. CrYOx2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀλόκοτον C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,5–8; Dind. II.30,1–5

COMMENT:   Redundant ὡς ὅτι is common in late, subliterary, and scholiastic Greek; ὥς γε is rather rare in scholiastic Greek.   


Or. 1.05 (1–3) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως· ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος:  ἤγουν ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἔστι τι δεινὸν, οὔτε πάθος οὔτε συμφορὰ, ἧς οὐκ ἂν τὸ βάρος ἡ τῶν βροτῶν φύσις ὑπενέγκοιτο.  —BVPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, to put it in a brief phrase, there is nothing terrible, neither suffering nor experience, the weight of which the nature of mortals would not endure.

LEMMA: ἄλλως in margin, remainder in line B; ἔπος om. Rw; Pr adds ἡ σύνταξις and three-dot punctuation before ἄλλως      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. B   |    ὡς om. Pr   |    λόγῳ om. B   |   ὑπενέγκοιτο Schw. (after Matt.), ἀπενέγκοιτο all   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,10–12; Dind. II.30,5–8


Or. 2.01 (2–3) (vet gram) οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν: 1διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς ἔπος καὶ πάθος πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν τὰ ἑξῆς συνέταξε φάσκων ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος;  2φαμὲν οὖν ὅτι προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὸ ἐποίησε τὴν σύνταξιν.   —MVCCrPrRbRfRwOx, partial OMnaMnbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Why, having said ‘epos’ and ‘pathos’ (neuter nouns), did he (the poet) make the following phrase agree with the feminine in saying ‘of which (fem.) it would not take upon itself the burden’? We say, then, that the feminine is given preference over the neuter and therefore he made the agreement with it.

LEMMA: M, οὐδὲ πάθος R, ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος C; labels ἀπορία and λύσις in marg. VPr, applied to the two sentences      REF. SYMBOL: MRSa (Sa to line 1)       POSITION: twice in Mn (which has Or. 1–3 on both 7v and 8v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς] ]εἴρηκεν O (margin trimmed, perhaps room for τί before it), διὰ τί εἶπεν CrOx, διήρηξ() app. R, εἰπὼν, with διὰ τί transp. after πάθος MnaMnbS   |    τί] τὸ C   |    ἔπος om. S   |    καὶ om., s.l. add. Rw   |    πρὸς] πρὸς δὲ O   |    τὸ om. MnaMnb   |    τὰ ἑξῆς transp. after συνέταξε ORf, om. CrMnaMnbSOx, τὸ ἑξῆς C, τοὺς ἑξῆς Pr   |    συνέταξας M, συντάξας R   |    φάσκων om. M, φάσκων … ἄχθος om. OMnaMnbS   |    ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἂν M, ἄραιτ’ ἂν Rw, ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἀνθρώπου φύσις CrOx   |    2 καὶ add. before φαμὲν PrRw   |    2 φαμὲν οὖν om. OMnaMnbS   |    οὖν om. VRRfRw   |    ὅτι] ὡς O, διότι MnaMnbS   |    προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου] προτιμοτέρου ὄντος τοῦ οὐδετέρου O   |    τὸ θηλυκὸν om. O, transp. before προτιμᾶται all except M(τὸ om. Pr), after τὸ θηλυκὸν add. γένος M   |    καὶ διὰ κτλ om. OSa   |    καὶ om. CrOx   |    αὐτὸ] ταῦτα R   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–2 θηλυκὸν] θετικὸν Ox (both places)   |    2 προτιμεῖται Rw™   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,13–16; Dind. II.31,14–17

COLLATION NOTES:   Same sch. Ra, but margin cut leaves only last three words extant.   

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.02 (2–3) (vet gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: εἰς θηλυκὸν δὲ ἐξ οὐδετέρου τὸν λόγον ἀπέδωκεν ἐπειδὴ προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) made the phrase agree with the feminine, (transitioning) from the neuter, since the feminine is given preference over the neuter.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1.04      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94 app.; Dind. II.30,8–9

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.09 (vet exeg) οὐδὲ συμφορὰν θεήλατον: 1γράφουσί τινες οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος, ἀγνοοῦντες δέ·  2ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩.   —MBVCCrPrRfRw

TRANSLATION:   Some write ‘nor god-driven misfortune’ (in the nominative case), but because they fail to understand. For the expression ‘it is not possible to speak of’ is to be taken in common (so that the accusative ‘misfortune’ is governed by it).

LEMMA: M      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. B; C follows sch. 5.01 C; cont. from sch. 1.03 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γράφουσί τινες] γρ(άφεται) καὶ B; γράφουσιν ἔνιοι CrRf, φύσιν ἔνιοι C, γρ(άφετ)αι in marg. C   |    οὐδὲ om. Rf   |    συμφορὰν θεήλατον Cr   |    ἀγνοοῦντες δέ om. B   |    δέ om. VCrPrRw   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ B   |    ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩] suppl. Dind., ἔστι B, ἔστι δεινόν M, ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν VCCrPrRfRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,1–3; Dind. II.31,12–13

COLLATION NOTES:  In Rf the letters from μφορὰ to the end are written (in line) in red ink.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: τινες   |   variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 4.02 (vet exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: μακάριον γὰρ αὐτὸν καλῶ καὶ οὐ δυστυχῆ, ἵνα μὴ ὀνειδίσω αὐτῷ.  —MBVCMnaMnbPcPrRbRfRwS

TRANSLATION:   I call him ‘blessed’ and not ‘unfortunate’ in order that I not reproach him.

REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: Mna on 7v, Mnb on 8v; cont. from sch. 2.09 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. BVPrRw   |    καλῶ αὐτὸν transp. Rf   |    καλῶ] καλῶ φησιν V, καλεῖ Rw, καλεῖ φησιν Pr   |    οὐ om. Rf   |    δυστυχεῖ S   |    μὴ om. MnaMnbPcRbS   |    ὀνειδίση Pr   |    αὐτῷ M, αὐτόν others, ἄλλως Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,11–12; Dind. II.32,15–16


Or. 4.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ ποτὲ μακάριος. οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίσουσά φησιν, ἀλλὰ βουλομένη παραστῆσαι ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.49]· ‘τλητὸν γὰρ Μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’.   —MBVCPrRfRw

TRANSLATION:   The man who once was very happy. She does not say this intending to reproach, but wishing to prove that human beings endure all terrible things. And Homer (attests this view): ‘for the Fates have placed an enduring spirit in humans’.

LEMMA: MVRfRw, in marg. B      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀνειδίζουσα BVCPrRfRw   |    τὰ πάντα τὰ Rw   |    οἱ om. MC   |    2 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ om. Rf   |    καὶ] ὡς BC, ὡς καὶ VPrRw   |    ὅμηρος φησὶ VPrRw   |    θέασαν ἀνθρώποισιν C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,13–15; Dind. II.32.16–18


Or. 5.01 (vet exeg) Διὸς πεφυκώς: 1Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, Ταντάλου δὲ καὶ Εὐρυανάσσης Πέλοψ, Βροτέας, Νιόβη.  2Πέλοπος δὲ καὶ Ἱπποδαμείας Ἀτρεὺς, Θυέστης, Δίας, Κυνόσουρος, Κόρινθος, Ἵππαλκμος, Ἵππασος, Κλεωνὸς, Ἀργεῖος, Ἀλκάθους, Ἕλειος, Πιτθεὺς, Τροιζὴν, Νικίππη, Λυσιδίκη καὶ ἔκ τινος Ἀξιόχης νόθος Χρύσιππος.  3τούτῳ φθονοῦντες οἱ Πελοπίδαι ὡς προκρινομένῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναπείθουσιν ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους Ἀτρέα καὶ Θυέστην ἀνελεῖν τὸν παῖδα.  4οἱ δὲ ἀποκτείναντες εἰς φρέαρ ἐνέβαλον.  5ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ ὑπόπτους ἔχων τοὺς παῖδας ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπαρασάμενος.  6τούτων ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλῃ ᾤκησαν, Ἀτρεὺς δὲ καὶ Θυέστης ἐν τῇ Τριφυλίᾳ κατῴκησαν ἐν Μακέστῳ.  7καὶ Ἀτρεὺς μὲν Κλεόλαν τὴν Δίαντος ἀγαγόμενος ἔσχε Πλεισθένη τὸ σῶμα ἀσθενῆ, ὃς Ἐριφύλην γήμας ἔσχεν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον καὶ Ἀναξιβίαν.  8νέος δὲ τελευτῶν ὁ Πλεισθένης καταλείπει τῷ πατρὶ τοὺς παῖδας.  9Θυέστης δὲ λαβὼν Λαοδάμειαν ἔσχεν Ὀρχομενὸν, Ἀγλαὸν, Καλαόν.  10τῶν δὲ Ἡρακλειδῶν κατασχόντων Πελοπόννησον ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀποστῆναι Λακεδαίμονος, τοὺς δὲ Πελοπίδας βασιλεῦσαι.   —MBVCAaMnPcPrRaRbRwS, partial CrOx

TRANSLATION:   Tantalus was the son of Tmolus and Plouto, and the children of Tantalus and Euryanassa were Pelops, Broteas, and Niobe. Born of Pelops and Hippodameia were Atreus, Thyestes, Dias, Cynosourus, Corinthus, Hippalcmus, Hippasus, Cleonus, Argeius, Alcathous, Heleius, Pittheus, Troizen, Nicippe, Lysidice, and from a certain Axioche the illegitimate son Chrysippus. The sons of Pelops, jealous of him because he was favored by their father, along with their mother persuade the eldest, Atreus and Thyestes, to kill the boy. They killed him and threw him in a well. Pelops, suspecting his sons, cursed them and expelled them from their fatherland. Of these, different ones dwelt in different places; Atreus and Thyestes settled in Macestus in Triphylia. And Atreus, having married Cleola the daughter of Dias, fathered Pleisthenes, who was weak in body and who married Eriphyle and fathered Agamemnon and Menelaus and Anaxibia. Dying at a young age Pleisthenes left his children to his father’s care. Thyestes married Laodameia and fathered Orchomenus, Aglaus, and Calaus. And when the sons of Heracles captured the Peloponnese, the god gave them an oracle instructing that they should withdraw from Lacedaemon and that the sons of Pelops should become kings.

LEMMA: all except Pr; ἱστορία in marg. B3cS; marginal labels πλησθένης and ταντάλου γενεαλογία add. B4, with label περὶ ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου in margin at 6       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRaRbOx      POSITION: follows sch. 5.20 in BVCRw, follows sch. 5.09 in Aa (in block before play, fol. 38r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 υἱὸς transp. before τμώλου AaMnPcRaS   |    πλουτοῦς … ταντάλου δὲ καὶ om. S   |    ταντάλου … νιόβη om. C   |    (second) καὶ om. Mn   |    βροντέας Tzetzes, variant in Paus. 2.22.3 (but not in 3.22.4), βροτέος Pr, βροτόας Aa   |    2 κυνόσουρος καὶ ἕτεροι (om. κορίνθιος … λυσιδίκη) Rw   |    Κόρινθος] Tzetzes and Et. Magn. 529,48; κορίνθιος all   |    Ἵππαλκμος] Tzetzes, Sch. Pind. Ol. 1.144d–e; ἱππάλακμος AaPcRa(ἱπα‑ AaRa), ἵππαλμος others (ἵπτ‑ MnOx) [Rw]   |    Κλεωνὸς] Tzetzes, κλέωνος CRa, κλέων others (κλεών S) [Rw]   |    ἀργείων AaMnS   |    Ἕλειος] Dind. (cf. Sch. Hom. Il. 19.116b2 Erbse, Suda ε 824), ἔλειος M, ἑλεῖος AaRb (Mant. Prov.), ἐλεῖος CMnPcRaS, αἴλιος B, ἔλιος Cr, ἕλιος Ox, ἐλεῖος αἴλιος V, ἔλειος αἴλιος Pr   |    3 τούτῳ] τοῦτον AaMnRaRbS, τούτον δὲ app. Ox, τούτου δὲ Cr, τοῦτο Pr   |    φθονήσαντες BVPrRw   |    οἱ λοιποὶ πελ. AaMnPcRaRbS   |    ὡς] om. CrOx (Ox before erasure app. ϊ)   |    προκεκριμένω PcRaRb, προκριμένω Aa, προκεκριμένον MnS, προκρινομένου CrOx   |    3–10 παρὰ τοῦ κτλ om. CrOx (both run on with sch. 37,08)   |    3 παρὰ] περὶ MnS   |    ἀλλὰ πείθουσιν Pr, ἀπείθουσι Rw   |    τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς] τῆς μητρὸς τοὺς Aa, τῆς μητρὸς τῆς s.l. Ra, τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς with (τ)ῆς added above τοὺς Rb   |    τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους VPr (Pc ambig. abbrev.), τῆ πρεσβυτάτη MnS   |    ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου Pr   |    4 οἱ δὲ] οἷον Pr   |    ἀνέβαλον MnRaRb, ἐνέβαλεν S   |    5 ἐκ om. BVAaMnPcPrRaRw   |    ἐπαρώμενος Rb, s.l. Mn   |    6 τούτων] τούτους AaMnPcRaRbS, with punct. after this word, not before   |    ἄλλοι] ἄλλος Rb   |    μὲν transp. before ἄλλοι Pr, μὲν οὖν MnRaS   |    ἄλλῃ] ἄλλοι S, ἄλλο Pr   |    ἀτρεὺς … κατῴκησεν om. Rw   |    after θυέστης add. ἐλθόντες AaMnPcRaRbS   |    κατῴκησαν] BC, om. M, ὤκησαν others (ὤκισαν Mn) [Rw]   |    μακέστοις (or ‑ους?) M   |    7 τὴν κλεόλαν Rw   |    τὴν om., add. s.l. Rw   |    δίαντος] τοῦ δίαντος C, δίακτος M   |    ἀγόμενος AaPr   |    ἔσχεν υἱὸν VPrRw   |    πλεισθένη om. Rw   |    τῶ σώματι M, τῶ σῶμα S, καὶ σῶμα Rb   |    7–8 γήμας … τελευτῶν om. Aa   |    9 λαβὼν] λιπὼν Ra   |    δὲ om. Pr   |    Λαοδάμειαν] RaRbMn (and Mant. Prov.), λαιδάμειαν p.c. S(a.c. δάμειαν), ‑δάμην BVCPr, ‑δάμ M, λαομάδην app. Rw   |    Ἀγλαὸν] Tzetzes, ἀγαυὴν MBV, ἀγάβην Rw, ἀγανήν CAaMnPcRbS, ἀγανὰν Pr, om. Ra   |    Καλαόν] Schw. (cf. Pausan. 7.17.9, Sch. Soph. OC 1320–2a Xenis), κάλλαιον BVPrRw, κάλλεον MCPc, κάλλεων Rb, κάλλεα Mn(κάλεα a.c.)S, καλεήν Aa, om. Ra   |    10 κατεχόντων Pr   |    τὴν πελοπ. MnPcPrRa, τὸν πελοπ. RbS   |    αὐτοὺς] τούτους MnS, app. Pc   |    μὲν οὖν Rb   |    λακεδ. om. Mn, λακεδαίμονας Aa   |    -δαίμονος … βασιλεῦσαι no longer extant in Pc (margin trimmed or damaged)   |    (second) δὲ om. Rb   |    βασιλεῦσαι om. S (cont. without punct. into lemma sch. 5.19)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εὐρυανάσης C, ἀνυάσσης R   |    2 ἱπποδομείας S, ἱπποδαμνείας Mn, ὑποδαμείης Pr, ὑποδαμείας Aa   |    Δίας] δια M   |    κονίσουρος CrOx   |    ἵππασσος Mn, ἵππουσος Pr, ἵπτεισος Ox, ἴππομος S   |    Ἀλκάθους] ἀλήσθους C, ἀρκοθεύς Ra, ἀλμαθοῦς Aa, ἀλκαθοῦς MnPc, οἰκαθοῦς app. S, ἀλκάθη app. CrOx   |    πιτεθεύς Pc   |    νικίπη AaRaRb, νικήπη S, νικιπήλη Mn, νικηπ() Pc, νικίπτη Ox   |    λυσιδούκη Ox   |    ἀξιοχῆς Ra, ἀξιόχνης Ox, ἀξιώχης S (perhaps corrected to ἀξιό‑), ἀξιόθης AaPc, ἀξιώθης Rb   |    3 πελωπίδαι a.c. Mn   |    ἀναπειθοῦσιν Aa   |    ἅμα] ἄννα Pr   |    4 ἐνέβαλλον V   |    5 ἐκβάλει VRa, ἐβάλλει Mn   |    τῆς] τῆ Mn   |    6 ἄλλοι] ἀλλ’ οἱ S   |    ἄλη Mn   |    Τριφυλ-] AaMnPcRa, τρεφυλ‑ B, τρυφιλ- VPr, τρυφηλ‑ Rb, τρυφυλ‑ CS, τοιφιλ‑ M [Rw]   |    μοκεστῶ Pc, perhaps Ra, μηκεστῶ MnS, μηκεσῶ Aa   |    7 κλαιόναν Rb, κλαιόλαν Pc (αι app. erased)   |    διάντος Mn   |    (first) ἔσχεν Mn   |    πλεισθένην VCAaPcPrRbS, πλησθένην CRb, πλειστένην Mn   |    ἐριφύλη M, ἐριφύλον Pr, ἐριφύην Rb, ἐριφύλαν Rw   |    (second) ἔσχε Mn   |    ἀναξιζοΐαν S   |    8 πλησθένης CR   |    τελευτὼν S   |    9 ὀρχενὸν S, ἐρχόμενον Rb, ἀρχομενὸν Pr   |    10 πελοπόννησον B, πελοπόνησον others   |    ἔχρησε Mn   |    ἀποσθῆναι MnRa, app. Pc, ἀπωσθῆναι S, ἀντιστῆναι Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,20–96,11; Dind. II.33,11–34,3

COMMENT:   Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.7 (source of readings referred to in app. above); Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch]; also Tzetzes, Chil. 5.444 (Plouto) and 4.419 (Euryanassa), Chil. 1.4.418–427 (killing Chrysippus, exile and settlement in Triphylia).   |   On the dispute whether or not to see Hellanicus as the source of this scholion, see Fowler, EGM II.432–434. On the sons of Pelops see Fowler, EGM II.436–439. (Note that Fowler refers to this as ‘scholion on Or. 4’ because Schwartz accidentally omitted the numeral that should have been placed before the lemma at I.95,20.)   

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   |   Tzetzes   |   Hellanicus   


Or. 5.19 (vet exeg) ὡς λέγουσι: καλῶς τὸ ὡς λέγουσι· οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας οὕτως αἰκίζεσθαι.  —MBOVaVbCAaMnPcPraPrbRaRbRfRwSSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   Well-put the phrase ‘as they say’: for (Electra is thinking) I do not believe that Zeus mistreats his own children in this way.

LEMMA: MCAaMnPcRfS, ὡς μὲν λέγουσιν Vb, ὡς λέγ. καλῶς Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MRaRbRfSaa; at ὡς (8) Pc      POSITION: cont. from sch. 4.03, add. δὲ, BPraRw; follows sch. 4.03 C; follows sch. 5.05 Prb; Vb at end of sch. block on same fol.; Sab cont. from Saa, which follows sch. 15.01; follows sch. 7.01 in Pc; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   καλῶς …λέγουσι app. om. O (cut margin)   |    καλῶς εἶπε Saa   |    λέγουσι προσέθηκεν BVaPraRw; λέγων Saa [O]   |    οὐ πείθει γὰρ Prb   |    πειθομαι φησὶν VaPraRw, πειθητικὸν ὡς Saa    |    τὸν δία τοὺς] ὡς δίαν οὺς Saa, τὸν δία διὰ τοὺς Sab, τὸν δία τῆ Mn   |    ἰδίους] ἰδία Mn, οἰκείους VaRwSaa   |    οὕτως om. PrbSaa   |    αἰκίζεσθαι] αἰωνίζεσθαι Sab    |    at the end add. ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐγγόνους κολάζοντι Prb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λέγουσιν MPcPrbRbSabRf   |    οὕτω O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,12–13; Dind. II.32,19–20 and app.

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 5.20 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸ ὡς λέγουσι οὐκ ἐνδοιάζουσά φησιν εἰ παῖς ἦν τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, ἀλλ’ ὀνειδίζουσα τῷ δαίμονι ὅτι τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους τοσοῦτον ἐν ταῖς δυσδαιμονίαις παρορᾷ.  —MBVaVbCAaMnPcPrRaRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She does not say ‘as they say’ because she is in doubt whether Tantalus was the son of Zeus, but reproaching the god because he neglects his own descendants in their misfortunes.

LEMMA: MB(in marg.)VaVbPrRw, ἀλλὰ CAaMnPcRaRbRfSSa       POSITION: Vb at end of sch. block on same fol.; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὡς λέγουσι om. M; after this Va has προσέθηκεν οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι, but phrase deleted with dots   |    λέγουσι] λαβοῦσα RaRb   |    ἐκδοιάζουσα Aa   |    εἰ] ὅτι εἰ RfSa, ὅτι MnPcRaS, ὅτι εἴτε Aa   |    παῖς ἦν] παῖς εἴη Rb, πως εἴη Vb, οὐκ ἔστι MnPcRaS, παῖς ἐστὶ RfSa, ἔστι Aa   |    ὅτι] om. Pr, παρόσον VbRb, ὃς Rf, in marg. Aa, ὡς AaMnS   |    δυσειδαιμονίαις C, δυσμενίαις RbSa   |    παρορᾶν AaMnPcS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λέγουσιν BAaRfSa   |    ενδυάζουσα M, ἐνδιάζουσα Vb   |    φησὶ Aa   |    ἐγγόνους PrRb, ἐκγγόνους Mn, ἐγκόνους AaS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,14–16; Dind. II.34,9–11 and app.


Or. 6.10 (vet gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπερκείμενον  —MOCAaAb2KMnPcPrRRfS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸν prep. S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,17; Dind. II.34,15–16


Or. 7.01 (vet exeg) ἀέρι ποτᾶται: 1ἐπεὶ διὰ γλωσσαλγίας ἥμαρτεν ὁ Τάνταλος, σιωπῇ αὐτὸν κολάζει ὁ Ζεύς.  2οὔτε γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται, ἵνα μὴ συνδιαλέγηται θεοῖς ἢ λαλούντων ἀκούῃ,  3οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς, ὅπως μὴ ἐξείποι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅτινα εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ,  4οὔτε καθ’ Ἅιδου, ὡς μὴ καὶ ἄλλους ὁρῶν κολαζομένους ἁμαρτωλοὺς παραμυθοῖτο,  5ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀέρι μετέωρον, ὅπως μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος μᾶλλον ἀνιῷτο.   —MBOVCMnPcPrRaRbRfRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Since Tantalus sinned through his unbridled tongue, Zeus punishes him with silence. For he punishes him neither in heaven, so that he may not converse with gods or hear them speaking, nor on earth, so that he may not reveal to humans what he saw in heaven, nor in Hades, so that he may not be comforted by seeing other sinners being punished as well, but aloft in the air, so that, not speaking to anyone, he may be more afflicted.

LEMMA: MBVCMnRaRbRwS      REF. SYMBOL: BVPcRb       POSITION: follows sch. 5.01 BVRw; follows sch. 2.09 C; follows sch. 10.11 RaSY2; cont. from sch. 5.19 Sa; follows sch. 12.01 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπεὶ διὰ] ἐπειδὴ Rf, ἐπειδὴ διὰ CMnPcS   |    1–2 ἥμαρτεν … ἢ lost to cut margin in O   |    1 σιωπᾶν PcRw   |    ἐκόλασεν BCMnPrRfSY2, ἐκώλυσεν VPcRw   |    ὁ ζεύς] ὁ θεός B, om. VMnPcPrRaRwS   |    2 οὔτε] οὕτω Rf   |    αὐτὸν ἐν οὐρ. transp. Y2   |    ἐν τῶ οὐρ. PcRaRbS   |    αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται] οὔτε Pr   |    αὐτὸν] αὐτὸς Sa   |    τιμωρεῖται] τιμωρεῖ οὔτε ἐν τῇ γῇ οὔτε καθ’ ἅδου, ἐν μὲν τῶ οὐρανῷ Y2   |    συνδιαλέγεται Rf, a.c. M, corr. s.l. M   |    θεοῖς] πάλιν θεοῖς VRw, τοῖς θεοῖς Sa   |    ἢ λαλ. ἀκούῃ om. Pr   |    ἀκούῃ] τούτων ἀκούη VRw, θεῶν ἀκούει Y2, ἀκούειν PcRbSa, ἀκούοι M, s.l. Rf, perhaps a.c. S [O]   |    3 οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς] οὔτε ἐν τῆ γῆ MnPcRaRbS, οὔτε ἐν γῆ Pr, ἐν δὲ τῆ γῇ Y2   |    ὅπως] ἵνα VRwY2   |    ἐξείπη OVMnPcRaRbRwSaSY2, εἴπη Pr   |    ἅτινα] ἅπερ MnPcRbRaS, ἃ OPr   |    εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ] ἀκούει changed to ἀκούῃ Y2   |    οἶδεν Pr   |    ἐν τῶ οὐρ. MnPcRaRbSSa   |    4 οὔτε καθ’] μήτε καθ’ Y2   |    καθ’] ἐν VMnPcPrRaRbRwS   |    ᾅδηον corr. to ᾅδον app. Mn   |    ὡς] ἵνα BOVCPrRfRwSaY2, εἰ Mn   |    μὴ καὶ om. O   |    καὶ om. RfRwY2   |    ἄλλους] ἑτέρους Pr   |    κολαζομένους] τιμωρούμεθα Pr   |    ἁμαρτωλοὺς om. PrRfSaY2, transp. before κολαζομένους MnPcRaRbS   |    παραμυθεῖται Sa   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἐν κτλ] ὑπεράνω δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς τούτου ἐκρέμασαν καὶ λίθον ἵνα εἰ πολλάκις μέλλ() ἐνατενίσαι ἐπάνωθεν, φοβούμενος τὸν λίθον κύπτει κάτωθεν πάντοτε καὶ οὕτω πειράζεται Y2   |    μετέωρον om. Sa   |    μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος] μηδένα βλέπων MnPcPrRaRbS   |    φθεγγόμενος BVC   |    ἀνιοῖτο M [O], ἀνιᾶται Rw, ἀνιᾶτο Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤμαρτεν Rf   |    σιωπὴ Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,18–97,2; Dind. II.35,6–12

COLLATION NOTES:   2 ἀκούοι app. M, but recheck original M.   

KEYWORDS:  theology, divine punishment   


Or. 8.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: οὐκ ἀπέδωκε τῷ μέν τὸν δέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   He did not provide a (particle) ‘de’ to answer to the (particle) ‘men’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ μὲν τὸ δέ C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -δωκεν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,3; Dind. II.35,16


Or. 9.06 (vet exeg) ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον: παρὰ τὸ ‘δαιτὸς ἐίσης’ [Hom. Il. 1.468, etc.].  —M

TRANSLATION:   Modelled on (the Homeric phrase) ‘of the equal feast’.

REF. SYMBOL: M      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,4; Dind. II.35,19


Or. 10.01 (vet exeg) ἀκόλαστον: 1ἐπὶ ἀκολάστῳ τινὶ λόγῳ φασὶν αὐτὸν κολάζεσθαι.  2εἰ γὰρ μετέδωκε τῆς ἀμβροσίας κατὰ τὸν Πίνδαρον [Pind. Ol. 1.60–63] τοῖς βροτοῖς, μᾶλλον ἂν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας παρὰ θεῶν ἐθαυμάζετο.   —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   They say he was punished for some unbridled speech. For if he had shared ambrosia with mortals as in Pindar’s version, he would instead have been admired by the gods for his benevolence to his fellow men.

LEMMA: MB, ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν C, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ MBV   |    ἀκολάστως M   |    2 τοῖς om. V   |    (second) τῆς om. BVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,5–7; Dind. II.35,26–36,2

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar   


Or. 10.02 (vetThom gloss) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ἄσεμνον  —MVCAaAbCrMnPcPrRSZZaZbZmTGuYrOx

POSITION: s.l.; in Thoman witnesses follows gloss ἀπαίδευτον (sch. 10.04)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaCrSOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,9


Or. 10.11 (vet exeg) αἰσχίστην νόσον: 1τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον,  2ὅτι πορνεία μὲν καὶ γαστριμαργία καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάθη σὺν τῇ βλάβῃ ἔχουσί τι καὶ τερπνὸν, ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται,  3καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸν χρώμενον βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται.   —MBVCAaMnPcPrSaRaRbRfRwSY2, O partial

TRANSLATION:   He calls an unbridled talkativeness a most shameful sickness because fornication and gluttony and the rest of the sinful dispositions involve together with their harmfulness also something pleasant, but talkativeness is lacking even in this, and because the other bad dispositions harm the one who experiences them, whereas this one arms itself even against the divine.

LEMMA: C; ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν Rw, ἀκόλαστον γλῶσσαν V, ἀκόλαστον AaMnPcRaRbS      REF. SYMBOL: M to αἴσχιστον, V to ἀκόλαστον, Sa to γλῶσσαν      POSITION: cont. from sch. 10.01 in B, add. δὲ; precedes 10.01 V; follows sch. 5.14 AaPcRaRbS; in Aa in block before play (fol. 38r)      

APP. CRIT.:   M mostly washed out here, much unreadable.   |    1–2 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν … γαστριμαργία καὶ om. O   |    1 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον] Schw. (implying that M carries this; but M om. αἰσχ. νόσον), τὴν γλ. φ. νόσον αἰσχ. VRw, τὴν γλ. μὲν αἰσχ. νόσον φησίν C, τὴν γλ. αἰσχ. νόσον φ. AaMnRfS(τὴν om. MnS), τῆς γλωσσαλγίας αἰσχ. νόσον φησὶν Sa, τὴν γλ. γὰρ αἰσχ. νόσον φ. PcRa, τὴν γλῶσσαν γὰρ αἰσχύνην νόσον φασὶν Rb (later corr. to αἰσχίστην s.l.), αἰσχίστην (δὲ add. B) νόσον τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶ BY2, αἴσχ. νόσον φησὶ τὴν γλ. Pr   |    2 ὅτι πορνεία … πάθη] τὰ γὰρ λοιπὰ πάθη Pr   |    ὅτι πορνεία] πορνεία γὰρ Y2   |    ἡ πορνεία AaPcRaS, ὑπορνεία Mn, πορρίμενον app. Rb   |    μὲν καὶ γαστρ. om. Rw   |    μὲν om. VAaMnPcRaRbSY2   |    ἡ γαστριμ. AaPcRaS, γαστριμαργίαν Rb   |    καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ … βλάβῃ] μὴ Rb   |    τὰ λοιπὰ] τἄλλα CSa, τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα O   |    ἔχει MnS   |    τι καὶ] τι OAaPcRaS, καὶ PrSa, τὸ Mn   |    τερπνά Sa, τέρπον app. O   |    ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία] αὕτη δὲ AaMnPcPrRaS, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα O, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα ὑγειῆ Rb   |    δὲ om. Y2   |    2–3 καὶ τούτου … αὕτη δὲ om. O   |    2 καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται] καὶ βλαβὴν φέρει καὶ τοῦ τερπνοῦ ἀπεστέρηται VRw, σιέλην μόνην εἰσφέρει Aa   |    καὶ (before τούτου) om. Rb   |    τούτων Sa, τοῦτο Mn   |    after ἐστέρηται add. μαθόντες τοῦτο οἱ θεοὶ ἐκρέμασαν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Y2, then cont. with sch. 7.01   |    3 καὶ ὅτι τὰ κτλ om. Y2   |    ὅτι τὰ … καὶ om. AaMnPcPrRaS   |    τὸν χρώμενον] om. Sa, τὸν χέρονον μὲν Rb   |    αὐτὴν Sa   |    δὲ καὶ] δὲ BVRf [M], καὶ Sa   |    καὶ κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται om. here Rb (αὕτη δὲ treated as start of next sch.), but κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται present later as intrusion within sch. 12.01)   |    τοῦ θείου] θεοῦ πολλάκις AaMnPcRaS, τὸ θεῖον Rf   |    at end add. καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸ χρόνομεν (or χρώ‑) βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τοῦτου M   |    τρε*πνόν S (perhaps τρερπνόν a.c.)   |    3 ὀπλίζεται CS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,8–11; Dind. II.36,2–6

COMMENT:   The fact that M omits αἰσχίστην νόσον fits with the different positions that the phrase takes in different witnesses.   


Or. 11.01 (vet exeg) οὗτος φυτεύει Πέλοπα: 1ἐξ Εὐρυθεμίστης τῆς Ξάνθου·  2ἢ Κλυτίας τῆς Ἀμφιδάμαντος, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης [Pherecydes FGrHist 3 F 40 = EGM fr. 40] ἐν ι̅·  3ὡς δὲ ἱστορεῖ ⟨      ⟩ ἐξ Εὐρυανάσσης τῆς Πακτωλοῦ.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   From Eurythemiste the daughter of Xanthus. Or from Clytia the daughter of Amphidamas, as Pherecydes records in Book 10. But as ⟨lacuna: some other source⟩ records, from Euryanassa the daughter of Pactolus.

LEMMA: BC (and perhaps M, washed out here)      REF. SYMBOL: MB; marginal label ἡ τοῦ πέλοπος μήτηρ add. B3a       

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς om. C   |    ἐν ι̅· ὡς Schw. (after Dind.), ἐνί(ως) MC, blank space of ca. 4 letters B; alternatively, Φερεκύδης· ἔνιοι δὲ ἱστοροῦσιν tentatively conj. Fowler   |    3 Schw. reports ἱστορεῖσθαι M, but this cannot be seen now.   |    Ἑλλάνικος suppl. Robert, Heldensage 289 n. 2; cf. Fowler, EGM I.215, II.432–434.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,12–14; Dind. II.36,11–13

COMMENT:   There is no other trace of Eurythemiste daughter of Xanthus or Clytia daugher of Amphidamas in extant texts. Euryanassa is also recorded as mother of Pelops in sch. 5.01 above as well as in Plutarch, Parallela minora 313D, and in Tzetzes (Sch. Lyc. Alex. 52 Scheer; Exeg. in Il. 1.7).   

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   |   citation of historian or scholar   |   Pherecydes   |   Hellanicus   


Or. 11.03 (vet exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ γεννᾷ, μεταφορικῶς ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   In the sense of ‘begets’, metaphorically from (planting) trees.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   |    δένδρων Schw., ἀνύδρων MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,15; Dind. II.36,15–16

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   


Or. 12.01 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα:  1τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον.  2Αἰσχίνης γὰρ στέμματα τὰ ἔριά φησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας·  3ἐξ ὧν γίνονται οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων. ||  4ξήνασα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ προξενήσασα καὶ παρασχομένη.  5ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν περιποιησαμένη θεὰ πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε. ||  6γράφεται δὲ καὶ Ἔρις, ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ θεὰ Ἔρις τὸν πόλεμον ἐπέκλωσε Θυέστῃ καὶ Ἀτρεῖ.  7οὐ παράλογον δὲ καὶ ἄλλον θεὸν ἐπικλώθειν ὡς καὶ τὰς Μοίρας.  8Ὅμηρος γοῦν φησι [Hom. Od. 1.17]· ‘τῷ οἱ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ οἶκόνδε νέεσθαι’.   —MBVC, (partial) MnPcRaRb1Rb2Rb3RfSaSbSa

TRANSLATION:   The crown of rule. For Aeschines says that ‘stemmata’ refers to the wool threads, by derivation from their wreathing (‘stephein’) the distaff. Out of these (wool threads) the crowns of kings are made. || ‘Having carded’ is here used in the sense ‘having procured’, ‘having provided’. And the sense is: ‘The goddess who secured the kingship for Atreus ordained warfare and strife with his brother’. || The reading ‘Strife’ (in the nominative) is also found, so that the sense would be: ‘The goddess Strife ordained warfare for Thyestes and Atreus’. And it is not unreasonable that another god too (is said to) weave (a man’s fate) just like the Fates (Moirai). At any rate, Homer says: ‘in which (year) the gods ordained (wove the fate) for him that he return home’.

LEMMA: BCRb3(ξείν‑ R, a.c. B; ‑ας CR); ᾧ στέμματα MV (but unclear whether M had ᾧ or not)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVSaRaRb2; Pc has ref. symbol for separated sentence 6 to line 13; marginal label τὸ στέμμα add. B4, with another label ξήνασα in margin at 4       POSITION: Sa punctuates as if new sch. begins at 4 ξήνασα; three partial versions in Rb: first two conflated with parts of sch. 10.11, third as separate note; Sa has 4–5 below the line (other glosses occupy space above line), Sb part of 6 separately in block on next page; in Pc beginning of note (1–3) omitted or possibly lost to trimming of bottom margin of facing verso (where sch. 5.01 was cut off near end), the portion 4–5 precedes sch. 7.01, while 6 occurs later in block, between sch. 14.02 and 13.01      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τὸν τῆς … ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε om. Sb   |    1–3 τὸν τῆς … βασιλέων om. MnPcRaSa   |    1–4 τὸν τῆς … ξήνασα δὲ] αὕτη τὴν βασίλειαν ξήνασα Rb1   |    1 prep. ἔρια φησὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας· ἐξ ὧν γὰρ οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων: κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται [from sch. 10.11] στέφανον Rb2   |    τὸν] στέμματα τὸν CSa, τὰ στέμματα τὸν Rb3Rf   |    στέφανον] θρόνον λέγει Rf   |    2 γάρ] δὲ C   |    2–8 τὰ ἔριά φησιν κτλ om. Rb3   |    τὰ om. Rf   |    2 ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ(?) τοῦ Rb2   |    3–8 τῶν βασιλέων κτλ om. Rb2   |    δὲ om. Mn   |    4 προξενήσασα] ξενήσασα MMn, ἐριουργήσασα καὶ κατασκευάσασα ἢ ἀντί τοῦ προξενήσασα V   |    καὶ om. M, καὶ παρασχ. om. Rb1   |    after παρασχομένη add. ὡς εἶναι διὰ διφθό(γγου) τὸ ξεῖ V, add. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐριουργήσασα κατασκευάσασα B   |    5 ὁ δὲ νοῦς] ὁ νοῦς CRb1, ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοῦ ὅλου τοιοῦτος V, ἢ Sa   |    ἡ … θεὰ] ὅτι τῷ ἀτρεῖ προξενήσασα ἡ θεὰ τὴν βασιλείαν Rf   |    ἡ τῷ] ᾧ τῷ MnPcRaSa   |    περιποιησαμένη τὴν βασιλείαν transp. BVC   |    περιποιησαμένη] ποιησαμένη MnPcRaSa   |    ἡ θεὰ MnPcSa   |    πόλεμον] ὁμοῦ MnPcRaRfSa, in marg. add. Mn κλωθὼ ὁμοῦ ἔθηκεν ἔριν καὶ πόλεμον   |    after ἀδελφὸν add. θυέστην V   |    6–8 γράφεται κτλ om. MnRb1SaSa   |    6 γράφεται δὲ καὶ ἔρις om. Ra   |    γράφεται] γράψον V   |    δὲ καὶ] καὶ M, om. Sb   |    ἡ om. RfSb   |    θεὰ om. V   |    τὸν] τε PcSb   |    6–8 θυέστῃ καὶ … νέεσθαι om. PcRaSb   |    6 θυέστῃ καὶ ἀτρεῖ om. Rf, τῶ θυέστη καὶ τῶ ἀτρεῖ V   |    7 ἄλλον τινὰ θεὸν Rf   |    ὡς καὶ] ἢ Schw.   |    8 some words om. M (washed out), perhaps γοῦν/γὰρ … οἱ   |    γοῦν] CRf, γὰρ BV [M]   |    ἐπεστήσαντο θεοὶ οἶκον δὲ νέσται Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 αἰσχίνης] αἰσχύνου Rb2, αἰσχύνης Rb3   |    ἔριά] ἀέρι Sa   |    τὰς] τοὺς Rb2   |    ἡλακάτας MSa, ἡλακάτους Rf (breathing perhaps changed from smooth to rough)   |    4 ξείνασα Mn   |    5 ἡ] εἰ Rb1   |    ἐπέκλωσεν MnPcRb1S   |    6 ἐπέκλωσεν Rf   |    8 ὑπεκλώσαντο V   |    θεοὶ] θοὸν C   |    ναίεσθαι C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,16–23; Dind. II.37,8–16

COMMENT:   No one has identified Aeschines here (the name also appears in sch. Or. 1371). Aeschines may be the name of an obscure scholar/teacher of late antiquity or the ninth century (as Dindorf assumed in his Index Scriptorum), or the name may derive from some corruption. See also Prelim. Stud. 23. Cf. Suda κ 792 κατάστεψον πέδον: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἱκετηριῶν ἀφηγοῦ. [Soph. OC 467] ‘τὸ πρῶτον ἵκου καὶ κατεστέψας πέδον’. στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν θεά’; Et. Magn. s.v. εἰρεσιώνη: … ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν στεμμάτων. στέμματα γὰρ τὰ ἔρια λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί; Sch. Soph. OC 474a2 Xenis ὅτι στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn marginal note on 5 partly obscured in image, check original Mn; in B a faint marginal note at end of this note, check original B   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 12.03 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα: 1τοῦτό φησιν ὅτι ἡ Μοῖρα βασιλείαν μελετήσασα τῷ Ἀτρεῖ οὐ καθαρὰν ταύτην αὐτῷ ἐχαρίσατο, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἀδελφικῆς συμφορᾶς.  2δύο γὰρ ὄντοιν ἀδελφοῖν Πελοπίδαιν Θυέστου καὶ Ἀτρέως, τῆς βασιλείας ὀφειλομένης τῷ Θυέστῃ ὡς πρωτοτόκῳ, ταύτην ἡ Μοῖρα τῷ δευτέρῳ, Ἀτρεῖ, περιεποιήσατο.  3ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἐκάλει πρὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, τοῦτον δὲ ἡ πονηρία καὶ ἐπιτέχνησις εἰς τὸ κράτος ἀνήγαγε.  4ταύτην γὰρ τὴν πονηρίαν καὶ ἐπιτέχνησιν Μοῖραν ἐμυθεύσαντο οἱ σοφοί·  5μόρος γὰρ λέγεται ἡ κακοπάθεια καὶ μορεῖν τὸ κακοπαθεῖν·  6ὅθεν προσλήψει τοῦ ἰῶτα μοῖρα·  7ἡ γὰρ πονηρία μετὰ πλείστης κακοπαθείας καὶ μόχθου νικᾷ τὴν εὐθύτητα.  8διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λέγεται ἡ Μοῖρα κλώθουσα καὶ ξαίνουσα.   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   He says this because Moira, having carefully arranged a kingship for Atreus, did not gift this to him in an unalloyed form, but by means of the misfortune of his brother. For there being two brothers, sons of Pelops, Thyestes and Atreus, and the kingship being owed to Thyestes as the first-born, Moira provided this kingship to the second-born, Atreus. For the natural right of birth was calling the former to the office of ruler, but knavery and machination raised the latter to power. For clever men have interpreted this knavery and machination in mythological terms as Moira. For suffering is called ‘moros’ and (the corresponding verb) to suffer is ‘morein’. And from this (‘moros’) by the addition of iota comes ‘moira’. For knavery, with a very great deal of suffering and toil, overcomes honesty. And for this reason Moira is spoken of as spinning and carding (wool).

LEMMA: V(ὦ)Pr      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; between two instances of sch. 5.19 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 περιεποιήσατο Dind., προσεποιήσατο VPr   |    4 γὰρ] δὲ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δύω Pr   |    ὠφειλομένης V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,1–11; Dind. II.36,17–37,7

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   allegory   


Or. 13.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς φιλονεικίας αὐτῶν  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Strife’) in the sense ‘the cause of their quarrel’.

POSITION: M s.l. (above θέσθαι 14)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,12; Dind. II.38,5


Or. 13.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὄντι συγγόνῳ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην ὄντα σύγγονον θέσθαι  —MVCYr

TRANSLATION:   (The dative phrase is used) in the sense of ‘create against Thyestes, who is a brother’.

POSITION: s.l. (above θυέστῃ MYr)      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ πρὸς om. MC   |    τὸν θυ. Yr   |    ὄντα … θέσθαι om. Yr   |    σύγγονον θέσθαι] συνθέσθαι V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,13; Dind. II.38,3–4


Or. 14.07 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι:  1διὰ τοῦ ἀναμετρήσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν ἐσήμηνεν.  2ἢ οὖν ὡς πολλὰ, ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται.  3ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου, ἢ τὴν ἄθεσμον Αἰγίσθου γονήν.  4ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπείας τῆς θυγατρὸς {ἢ Στερόπιδος} ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν Θυέστης.   —MBVCMnPcRaRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using ‘to measure out’ she indicated the great quantity of the ills. They are, then, dismissed (or: she dismisses them) either because they are numerous or because they are extraordinary; or as a virgin she excuses herself from speaking (them) because of the adultery of Thyestes, or the unlawful birth of Aegisthus. For from his daughter Pelopeia Thyestes sired him.

LEMMA: B, τί τἄρρ. ἀναμετρ. με δεῖ MnS(ἄρρητ’ἄρρητ); τί τἄρρ. VRb, ἀναμετρ. CPc      REF. SYMBOL: MBVPcRbSa; marginal label αἴγιστος (app.) add. B4      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 in Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τοῦ ἀναμ.] διαμετρήσασθαι C, διὰ τὸ ἀναμ. PcRbRfSSa, διὰ τὶ ἀναμ. Mn   |    2 οὖν om. Sa, ἂν Rf   |    second ὡς om. Rb   |    ἄνομα καὶ add. before ἄτοπα M   |    παραμέμπεσθαι a.c. Mn   |    3 διὰ om. M   |    τοῦ θυέστου M   |    second ἢ om. Ra   |    τὴν … γονήν Sa, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπᾶ PcMnS, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπῆ RaRb, τὴν … γυνὴν σιωπὴν Rf, τὸν… γάμον MBVC   |    4 ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπίας PcRfRaRb, ἐκ γὰρ τῆς πελοπίας Mn(ἐπελοπίας)S; ἐκ γὰρ πέλοπος Sa; οὗτος γὰρ ἦν παῖς πελοπίας M(πελοπείας)BVC   |    τῆς θυγατρὸς ἢ στερόπιδος] MBV(add. ἀπὸ after ἢ)CRf(ἀστερόπιδος), τῆς θυγατρὸς στεροπίδος MnPcRaRbS, τῆς πελοπίδος θυγατρὸς Sa; ἢ στερόπιδος del. Schw.   |    αὐτὴν Ra, perhaps Sa   |    θυέστης om. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐσήμανεν BCPcRbRfS, ἐσήμενε Mn, ἐσήμινεν M, ἐδάμηνεν Sa [Ra]   |    παραιτῆται Mn   |    3 αἰγίστου MnRaRf   |   ἠστεροπιδος M, ἠστερόπ(ι)δος C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,23–26; Dind. II.38,25–39,1

COMMENT:   This Pelopeia is also named in Lucian, de saltatione 43. M’s spelling Πελοπείας matches that attested for a daughter of Pelias (sister of Acastus) in Apoll. Rh. 1.326 and ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 1.95 (Πελοπείαν changed to Πελόπειαν by Wagner), whereas Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 175 has Πελόπιαν (thus accented in Scheer), and forms of Πελοπία are found elsewhere for Thyestes’ daughter, for a daughter of Niobe, and for the mother of Cycnus.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ra cut off at beginning (trimming).   


Or. 14.08 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα:  1ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἔρις τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς γέγονε διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς Ἀερόπης, ἣν γυναῖκα οὖσαν Ἀτρέως ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Θυέστης ἐμοίχευσε καὶ ὤφειλεν ἐνταῦθα λαληθῆναι τὸ τῆς ἔριδος αἴτιον,  2διὰ τὸ ἄρρητον καὶ ἄφραστον τῆς ὑποθέσεως καὶ μηδὲ πρέπον διὰ κόρης τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἐκλαληθῆναί φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς δι’ αὐτῆς τί τἄρρητ’ ἀναμετρήσασθαί με δεῖ,  3ἤγουν τί με δεῖ τὰ μὴ ἐνδεχόμενα λαλεῖσθαί τινι καὶ μάλιστα ἐμοὶ ὡς παρθένῳ ἀναμετρήσασθαι καὶ ἀπαριθμῆσαι {χρεών}.  4ἤτοι ἀπαριθμήσασθαι, ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν λεγομένων ἐκθεῖναι.   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   Because the strife arose among the brothers because of the adultery of Aerope, whom his brother Thyestes seduced even though she was the wife of Atreus, and because the cause of the strife ought to have been spoken here, on account of the unspeakable and unsayable quality of the story and its being not even suitable to be spoken openly by the maiden Electra, the poet declares through her ‘why must I measure out the unspeakable deeds’, that is, why must I measure out and enumerate things which it is not acceptable for anyone to speak, and especially not for me as a virgin. That is, (the verb used) means count off, put forth in the series of things spoken.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; follows sch. 5.20 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λαληθῆ Pr   |    2 διὰ δὲ τὸ Pr   |    πρέπη Pr   |    3 χρεών del. Schw.   |    4 ἤτοι Schw., ἢ τὸ V, ἢ τῶ Pr   |    ἀριθμήσασθαι Prὁ μὲν βραδυσμὸς ἐστρόβει τὴν καρδίαν   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μὴ δὲ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,14–22; Dind. II.38,7–15


Or. 15.01 (vet exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: 1μετὰ τὸ ψωμισθῆναι τὰ τέκνα τὸν Θυέστην ἐχρήσθη ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ ἐρωτῶντι πῶς τιμωρήσαιτο τὸν ἀδελφόν,  2μιγῆναι τῇ θυγατρὶ Πελοπείᾳ καὶ τὸν ἐκ ταύτης γενόμενον δεινὰ κατεργάσεσθαι τοὺς Ἀτρείδας {Αἴγισθον}.   —MBOVCMnPcRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   After Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces, an oracle was given to him in Delphi when he inquired how he was to get vengeance on his brother, that he should have intercourse with his daughter Pelopeia and the child born from her would do terrible things to the sons of Atreus.

LEMMA: BVC(οὔ νιν)MnPc(prep. ἄλλως)Rb(prep. καὶ ἄλλως)Rf(add. in marg.)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRf      POSITION: cont. from sch. 14.07 Sa, follows sch. 15.02 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπειδὴ prep. B, ἐπεὶ prep. C   |    μετὰ … τέκνα om. Rf in block, but added in outer margin   |    τὸ om. MnSa   |    ψωασθῆναι Mn   |    τὸν om. V   |    ἐχρήσθην Sa, after ἐχρήσθη add. ὁ θυέστης MnPcRb, add. ὅτι ὁ θυέστης S   |    τῇ Πυθοῖ Schw., τῇ πυθ() M, τῇ πυθίᾳ BOVCRf, τῶ πύθω others (πύθ() Pc, πίθω Mn, πειθ() Rb)   |    ἐρωτῶντι Sa, ἐρωτῶν others   |    πῶς om. M, ὅτι Sa   |    τιμωρήσεται Sa (app. τιμωρήσετο a.c., ‑αιτο p.c. Mn)   |    τὸν ἀδελφόν ἤτοι τὸν ἀτρέα MnPcRbS   |    2 πελοπείᾳ O (see on 14.07), πελοπίᾳ others except πελοπι** M(partly washed out), πελοπίδι Sa   |    ἐξ αὐτῆς MC   |    γενόμενον RfSa, either γιν‑ or γεν‑ M, γεννώμενον B, γινόμενον OCMnPcRbS, τεχθησόμενον V   |    δεινὸν MnPcS, τὰ δεινά Sa   |    κατεργ. κτλ om. Sa   |    κατεργάσεσθαι Schw., ‑σασθαι all   |    τοὺς ἀτρέας Rf, τοῖς ἀτρείδαις V   |    Αἴγισθον] om. Rf (del. Schw.), οὗτος δ’ ἦν αἴγισθος V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀτρεῖδας S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,1–3; Dind. II.39,23–26.

COMMENT:   Schw. emends to τῷ Θυέστῃ, but ψωμίζω is used with two accusatives from the Septuagint onward, and there are several instances of retained accusative of the food eaten with the aorist and perfect passive of the verb: so here, ‘after Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces’.   


Or. 15.06 (vet gloss) ἔδαισε: ἐδείπνησεν  —MOAaMnPcRaRbSLp, perhaps also in marg. Mn

LEMMA: ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν AaMnPcRaRbS      POSITION: s.l. MOLp; first sch. in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐδείπνισεν Aa(‑σε)Lp, s.l. Pc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,27; Dind. II.39,23


Or. 15.27 (vet exeg) Ἀτρεύς: ἐπειδὴ κακῆς πράξεως ὑπεμνήσθη, διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν ὁ πάππος ὁ ἐμός, ἀλλ’ ὁ Ἀτρεύς.  —MVCAaMnPcPrRaRb1Rb2RfS

TRANSLATION:   Since Electra has called to mind an evil action, for this reason she did not say ‘my grandfather’, but ‘Atreus’.

LEMMA: Rb2; ἀτρεὺς δὲ Rf; τέκν’ ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεύς C, ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεὺς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: Ra(to ἔδαισε)Rb2      POSITION: MV s.l.; cont. from sch. 15.02 in AaMnPcRaRb1S; Rb2 version follows sch. 15.01; cont. from sch. 15.01 Rf; between displaced sch. 4.18 and sch. 7.01 Pr; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπειδὴ … οὐκ om. Rf   |    ἐπεὶ PcRaRb1, ἐπὶ AaMnS(ἐπι)   |    κακῆς πράξεων Rb1, πράξεως κακῆς Pr   |    ἐπεμνήσθη MC, ἐμνήσθη AaMnPcRaRb1S   |    ὁ πάππος] ὅτι πάππος Pr   |    ἀλλ’ ἀτρεύς MnPcRaRb1Rb2RfS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἁτρ‑ Rb2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,4–5; Dind. II.40,4–5


Or. 16.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: πάλιν τὴν μοιχείαν Ἀερόπης αἰνίττεται ἢ τὴν γονὴν ⟨ … ⟩ Πλεισθένους, ὃν ἀνείλε⟨το⟩ Θυέστης.  —MOCAaMnPcRaRbS, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Again she hints at the adultery of Aerope or the birth ⟨lacuna: e.g., of Aegisthus, and the murder (by Atreus)⟩ of Pleisthenes, whom Thyestes took up as his own.

LEMMA: 18 ἀερόπης ἄπο MC; 17 ὁ κλεινὸς Rb, 17 ὁ κλεινὸς εἰ δὴ κλεινός AaMnPcRaS      REF. SYMBOL: M to 18 ἀερόπης; Rb to 17      POSITION:  s.l. O at 16 τύχας; intermarg. M; cont. from sch. 17.10 Pr; between 18.01 and 21.02 C; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   πάλιν om. OPr   |    ἢ τὴν κτλ om. Pr   |    lacuna Schw. (proposing Αἰγίσθου ἢ τὸν φόνον)   |    ἀνείλετο Schw., ἀνεῖλε all (‑εν MRb)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰνίπτεται Aa   |    πλησθ‑ all except Pc (p.c. πλειστ‑ Mn)    |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,6–7; Dind. II.40,17–18

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s proposed restoration here is based on Hyg. Fab. 86 ‘at is [scil. Thyestes] Atrei filium Plisthenem, quem pro suo educauerat, ad Atreum interficiendum misit, quem Atreus credens fratris filium esse imprudens filium suum occidit’. If the scholion did originally give three different events, the second and third are out of chronological sequence. Without a lacuna, γονὴν Πλεισθένους would have to refer to Pleisthenes’ birth as really illegitimate (not just in Atreus’ supposition).   

COLLATION NOTES:   O partly lost in binding: end of αἰνίττεται and any intervening words before πλησθένους no longer extant; Dindorf repeats Matthiae’s version, which reports τὴν γυναῖκα in place of τὴν γονὴν.   |   final four words of Pc survive only in tops of taller letters (trimming or damage to lower margin), but spelling of πλεισθένους is secure and space suggests that Pc too had ἀνεῖλε.   


Or. 18.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης:  1οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς γυνὴ τοιαῦτα ἔπραξε.  2τοῦτο οὖν προσέθηκεν ἐλευθερῶν μὲν τὰς Ἑλληνίδας, κωμῳδῶν δὲ τὰς Κρήσσας.   —MaMbVCAaMnRaRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   For a Greek woman would not have done such deeds. So he (the poet) added this (the epithet Cretan), freeing Greek women from blame, but mocking Cretan women.

LEMMA: MbVAaMnRbSSa; κρήσσης ἄπο Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MbCRaRbSa      POSITION: cont. from to sch. 9.06 Ma; intermarg. Mb; follows sch. 46.02 Sa; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 οὐ … προσέθηκεν] κρήσσης μὲν Rf   |    1 ἂν om. MbCRb   |    ἑλληνικὴ MnSSa   |    ἦν add. before γυνὴ V   |    2 οὖν] om. Mn, γοῦν Sa   |    δὲ] καὶ RbRf, om. Sa    |    τὰς Κρήσσας] κρήσσας Rb, κρήτας AaMnS, τοὺς κρήτας Sa    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοιαῦτ’ Rb   |    προσἔθηκεν Mn   |    2 τοὺς ἑλληνίδας Rb    |    κωλλωδῶν Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,8–10; Dind. II.40,12–14

KEYWORDS:  amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority   


Or. 19.11 (vet exeg) στυγουμένην: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ θεῶν προφανῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν εὐχῆς τρόπῳ καὶ ὡς ἐὰν οὕτως εἶπεν· ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί.  —VZu

TRANSLATION:   Electra did not say this (of Helen) as being hated by the gods openly, but rather in the figure of a curse and as if she had said as follows: ‘whom may the gods detest’.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before play; marg. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν θεῶν Zu   |    καὶ ὡς] εἶπε καὶ Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,11–13; Dind. II.40,22–24


Or. 21.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον: 1τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἔφη, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 2.265]·  2‘ἡ δή τοι τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀναίνετο ἔργον ἀεικὲς δῖα Κλυταιμνήστρη· φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ’ ἀγαθῇσιν’.  3ἢ οὖν πρὸ τούτου ἐπίσημον ἢ νῦν ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ ἐπίσημον.   —MBVCAaPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   She said ‘notable’ (of Clytemnestra’s marriage-bed) in reference to chastity, as Homer says: ‘At first she refused the unseemly deed, brilliant Clytemnestra; for she employed wits that were good’. So then, (the sense is) either ‘notable before this’ or ‘notable now for adultery’.

LEMMA: MBCRb, ἐπίσημος Aa, ἐπ. εἰς ἕλληνας VPr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: Rf cont. from sch. 18.01; Pr between sch. 36.10 and sch. 30.06 (Prbversion); in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἐπίσημον om. BAa, transp. after ἔφη(σεν) V(τὸ om.)Pr(τὸ om.)Rb   |    τὸ om. Rf   |    ἔφη] ἔφησεν VPr, om. AaRf   |    ὡς] om. AaRf, ὡς καὶ BRb   |    2 τοι om. Rf, τι Aa   |    μὲν and δῖα Κλυτ. om. RbRf   |    ἀναίνετο] ἀνέθετο Aa   |    ἀγαθαῖσι Rf   |    πρὸ τούτου] τὸ πρὸ τοῦ AaRf   |    3 τούτου] τούτου νοητέον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνη VPr(‑σύνης Pr), τὰς τὸν Rb   |    ἐπὶ … ἐπίσημον] διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν φανερὸν Rf, διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἤδή C, ἢ δὴ Rf, ἡδύ Aa   |    αἰνάνετο app. a.c. Rb, ἀναίνετον Rf   |    ἔργονα ἀεικεὺς Aa   |    διὰ λυταιμνήστραν (sic) Aa   |    δία M   |    κλυταιμνήστρα V, κλυτεμνήστρη M   |    κ’ ἐχρῆτ’ Aa   |    ἀγαθῇσι Rb, ἀδαγαθῆσιν Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,14–17; Dind. II.40,36–41,3

COMMENT:   This note illustrates two characteristic tendencies of the ancient and medieval commentators. First, the citation of Homer leads to an overprecise claim about why the marriage was notable, since any elite marriage may be notable (whether or not there is any allusion to a competition for Clytemnestra’s hand, as West suggests). Second, the critics cannot resist applying their knowledge of the most famous features of a myth (here, adultery and husband-murder) or of what is said later in the play. The same adjective is indeed used ironically by Electra in Or. 249, but we have no way of knowing whether the actor as directed by Euripides pronounced the word here with a sarcastic tone (Willink believes it was meant to be so performed, agreeing with the view seen here and in some of the following notes, esp. 21.15).    

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 22.02 (vet exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς:  1Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’.  2οὗτος Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα,  3ὡς αὐτός φησιν [71–72]· ‘ὦ … / παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   —MBVCRfYf2

TRANSLATION:  Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. This poet (Euripides) calls Iphianassa Iphigenia and calls Laodice Electra because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he (Euripides) himself says: ‘O … Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: MVC, χρυσόθεμις BRf      REF. SYMBOL: MBV; marginal label αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος add. B4      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ὅμηρος … τὴν λαοδίκην] ὅμηρος τὴν ἠλέκτραν λαοδίκην καλεῖ. οὗτος δὲ ἠλέκτραν καλεῖ Yf 2   |    1 ὅμηρος] καὶ ὅμηρος BRf, ἃς καὶ ὅμηρος λέγει V   |    first καὶ om. MC   |    2 οὗτος] καὶ οὗτος B, καὶ οὕτως Rf   |    ἰφιάνασσαν τὴν ἰφιγένειαν καλεῖ transp. Rf   |    ἰφιγένειαν] τὸ ἰφ. C, ἰφ. μὲν B   |    ἠλέκτρα Rf   |    ἴσως transp. before διὰ Yf2   |    οἱονεὶ Rf   |    3 αὐτὸς] Yf2 (cf. next sch.), αὐτὸς οὗτος B, καὶ αὐτὸς V, οὕτως C, εἶναι οὕτως M, αὐτὸς καὶ οὕτως Rf   |    ὦ παρθένε om. CYf2, ὦ del. Schw.   |    μακρὰν V   |    δὴ] δὲ Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἰφιάνασα C   |    2 ἰφιάνασαν C   |    ὂιον M   |    3 ἠλέκτραν app. M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,18–100,2; Dind. II.41,7–11

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s deletion of ὦ is not mandatory, since the quotation may be a reduced form of 71–72 with internal omission. The same quotation with the ὦ is in Et. Magn. 426,5–9 s.v. Ἐλέκτρα: ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης, ‘ὦ … παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 24.01 (vet exeg) ἄρσην τ’ Ὀρέστης: τὸ ἄρσην Ὁμηρικῶς, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Od. 1.1] ‘ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε Μοῦσα’.  —MOVCAaMnRS

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘arsēn’ (‘male’) is used in Homeric fashion, as (seen in) the phrase ‘Muse, speak of the man’.

LEMMA: C(ὀρέστην), Aa ([ἀρ(?)]ση τ’ ὀρέστην)      POSITION:  marg. MR, intermarg. C, s.l. VS; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄρσην om. V   |    ἄρσην τ’ M   |    τὸ] τὸν C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔνεπε MVMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,3–4

COMMENT:   This note seems to allude to the discussions of the sense of ἄνδρα in Od. 1.1 (whether it should be taken as ‘brave’ or ‘man (= male rather than female)’).   


Or. 25.09 (vet exeg) ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι: 1ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα χιτῶνα ὕφανεν οὔτε ταῖς χερσὶν οὔτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχοντα,  2ὅπως μὴ Ἀγαμέμνων ἀμύνασθαι δύναιτο τοὺς φονεύοντας.   —MBVCAaRb1Rb2RfRwS

TRANSLATION:   For Clytemnestra wove a chiton that had no opening either for the hands or for the head, so that Agamemnon would be unable to ward off his killers.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα Rb2, ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρω BVAaRf(ἢ VAaRf), ἣ δὲ πόσιν ἀπείρω S, ω πόσιν ἀπείρω Rw (ω sic Rwr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb2Rf      POSITION: marg. M; Rb1 preposed to sch. 23.02, with a ref. to 23; Rb2 in the normal sequence; follows 25.10 S; follows sch. 28.13 Rw; follows 22.03 Aa, in block before play      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ] δὲ AaRb1S   |    ὕφανεν] τὸν ἀγαμέμνονα ἐνέδυσεν V   |    ταῖς χερσὶν] τὴν σχέσιν Rb1   |    οὔτε τῇ] ἢ Rb2   |    ἔχοντα ἔκδυσιν transp. Rb2   |    2 μὴ ἀγαμ. ἀμύν.] ὁ ἀγαμέμνων ἐνδυσάμενος τοῦτον μὴ ὁρᾶν μήτ’ ἀμύν. AaRb1S (ὁ om. R, ἐκδυσ‑ R)   |    ἀγαμ. μὴ transp. V   |    δύναιτο] Schw., δύναται MCAaRb1Rb2S, δύνητο V, δύνηται BRfRw   |    φονευτάς AaRb1S    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κλυτεμν‑ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,5–7; Dind. II.42,1–3


Or. 25.10 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι.  2ἄπειρον ὃ οὐκ ἦν περᾶσαι χερσὶν ἢ κεφαλῇ, ὥσπερ ἄπειρον δίκτυόν φασιν.  3καὶ Αἰσχύλος δέ φησιν [Aesch. fr. 365 Radt]· ‘ἀμήχανον τέχνημα καὶ δυσέκδυτον’.  4καλῶς δὲ τὸ πόσιν· εἰ γὰρ εἶπε τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα, δι’ ἑαυτὴν ἐδόκει ἂν κατηγορεῖν τῆς μητρός.   —MCAaRaRbRfbRwS, partial BVRfa

TRANSLATION:   (Woven garment) meaning chiton. ‘Apeiros’ meaning that which it was impossible to pass through with hands or head, as people speak of a (fishing or hunting) net as ‘apeiros’. And Aeschylus too says ‘an artful device impossible to deal with and hard to get out of’. Well-chosen here the word husband (‘posin’): for if she had said ‘my father’ she would have seemed to accuse her mother on her own behalf.

LEMMA: MC(om. καὶ)Rb(add. ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ), ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρω AaS      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. BRfaRw(add. δὲ); Rfb later in block, in disordered series, between sch. 21.02 and 28.02; between 24.01 and 22.03 Aa, in block before play      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … φασιν om. BVRfa   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι om. AaRaRbRfbRwS; ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    2 ἄπειρος S, ἀπείρω Rw (ἀπείρῳ conj. Schw.)   |    ὃ] ᾧ CRw, ὡς M   |    ἦν] ἔστι Rw   |    διαπερᾶσαι] πέρας MCRw   |    ἢ add. before χερσὶν RaRbRfbS   |    ὥσπερ … φασιν om. Rfb   |    3 καὶ αἰσχύλος … δυσέκλυτον here V, transp. to end others except om. Rfb   |    first καὶ om. MCRfa   |    δὲ om. AaRbS   |    τέχνημα Rw (conj. Nauck TGF ed. 1, p. 87 on Aesch. fr. 365), τεύχημα MBVCRfa, εὐτύχημα AaRaRbS   |    second καὶ om. AaRaRbS   |    δυσέκδυτον Nauck (TGF ed. 1, Addenda, p. XIV) and Dind. (cf. ἔκδυσιν in prev.), δυσέκλυτον all except δυσέκβλητον Rw   |    4 τὸ] εἷπεν ἣ BV, εἶπεν ἢ Rfa, om. Rfb   |    πόσιν] ποίησιν C   |    εἰ] οὐ Aa   |    γὰρ] δὲ Rb   |    τὸν om. Rfb   |    δι’ ἑαυτὴν transp. after ἂν V, om. Rfb   |    ἔδοξεν V   |    ἂν V, om. others   |    τῆς μητρὸς] τοῦ πατρὸς S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 διαπεράσαι RfbS   |    κεφαλὴ Aa   |    3 εὐτύχοιμα Rb   |    4 καλαλῶς S   |    εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,8–12; Dind. II.42,3–7

COMMENT:   Compare Joannes Philoponus, in Aristot. Physic., CAG 16:390,19–21 ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’; Et. Magn. 120,445–50 s.v. ἄπειρος: ὁ μὲν ἀμαθὴς, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πεῖραν· ὁ δὲ μέγας, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πέρας, ἄπερος καὶ ἄπειρος. λέγει δὲ Ὦρος, ὅτι σημαίνει χιτῶνα διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντα, ὡς παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ ἐν Πολυξένῃ, ‘χιτών σ’ ἄπειρος ἐνδυτήριος κακῶν’, καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν Ὀρέστῃ, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 28.02 (vet exeg) Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν μέν:  1ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα·  2φησὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐ κατηγορήσειν τοῦ θεοῦ,  3ὅμως γε μὴν ὕστερον ὑπερπαθήσασα καταβοᾷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  4καὶ δι’ ὧν ἐδόκει μὴ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος λέγειν, διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχεται αὐτοῦ κατηγοροῦσα.   —MBVCRaRbRfaRfbS

TRANSLATION:  These words she says ironically. For she says she will not accuse the god, but nevertheless later on becoming very distressed she decries Apollo, and through the very words in which she seemed not to speak against Apollo she is proven to be accusing him.

LEMMA: MBCRa(μὲν om.)Rb, φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν V(φοίφου)RaRfa(τ’)Rw, ἀδικίαν Rfb, ἀδικίαν τί δεῖ λέγειν S      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRaRb      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 RwSa, follows sch. 25.10 (Rfa version) Rfa, (Rfb version) Rfb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα om. RaS   |    ταῦτα νοητέον VRw   |    2 φασὶ MC, φαμὲν Sa   |    μέν γὰρ] μὲν Rfa (and punctuates after this, not before φησὶ), γε μὴν RaRbS, γοῦν Rfb   |    γὰρ οὐ] γὰρ ὡς οὐ δεῖ VRw   |    κατηγορήσας M, κατηγορῆσαι Rw   |    3 μὴν] μὲν CS et perhaps M (washed out)   |    ὑπερμαθ‑ (sic) M   |    -ήσασα βοᾶ corr. to –ησα καταβοᾶ M, acc. to Schw. (washed out)   |    καταβῶ app. Rfa, καταβᾶ app. Rfb   |    3–4 τοῦ ἀπόλλ. … κατηγοροῦσα] αὐτοῦ Rfb   |    4 καὶ δι’ … ἀπόλλωνος om. M, καὶ δι’ … λέγειν om. Ra   |    καὶ δι’ ὧν] δι’ ὧν δὲ CSSa   |    δοκεῖ Sa   |    κατὰ τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος] κατὰ ἀπόλλωνος Sa, κατ’ αὐτοῦ BVRfaRw   |    λέγειν om. S   |    διὰ τοῦτον CRw   |    κατηγοροῦσα αὐτοῦ transp. VRw   |    αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶν Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἀπόλλωνος] ἀπώλλωνος a.c. Rb, ἀπόλλονος S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,13–16; Dind. II.42,18–21


Or. 28.13 (vet paraphr) τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν:  1τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἦν·  2ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων οὐκ ἄδικος μέν, ὅμως πείθει Ὀρέστην ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα·   —MBVCRaRbRfRwS

TRANSLATION:   The (simple) word order was: Apollo is not unjust, to be sure; nevertheless he persuades Orestes to kill his mother.

LEMMA:  MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from 28.03 BVRbRfRwS (add. δὲ all except S)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀκόλουθον ἦν· ὁ δὲ om. Rb   |    1 ἀκολουθοῦν MC   |    ἦν] μὲν ἦν VRw, οὕτως RaS   |    2 ἄδικα Rf, ἀδίκως RaRb   |    ὅμως κτλ om. RaS, cont. instead with sch. 31 ὅμως δὲ ἀπέκτεινεν (δ’ ἀπ‑ S)   |    ὅμως] οὐδὲ Rb   |    μητέρα αὐτοῦ VRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,17–18; Dind. II.42,21–43,1


Or. 30.06 (vet exeg) πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας:  1οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ οὔ.  2διὸ τὸ πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εἶπεν.   —MVCPrbRb, partial OAbPraRaSSa

TRANSLATION:   For some people were praising him and others were not. Therefore he said ‘in the eyes of not all’.

LEMMA: CRaRbS, πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εὔκλειαν φέρον Prb;      REF. SYMBOL: ref. MRb      POSITION: s.l. VAbSa, marg. MRaS; cont. from sch. 28.03 Pra, follows displaced sch. 21.02 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ om. AbSa   |    ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν] ἐπηνετὸν Sa   |    οἱ δὲ οὔ om. M   |    οὐχὶ Ab   |    2 διὸ κτλ. om. OAbPraRaSSa   |    διὸ τὸ] διὰ τοῦτο VRb(τὸ add. s.l. Rb)   |    εἶπεν om. VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπῄουν app. Ra   |   2 εἶπε Prb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,19–20; Dind. II.43,24–25


Or. 30.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας δὲ εὔκλειαν φέρων εἴρηκεν ἐπειδὴ οἱ μὲν ἐπῄνουν αὐτὸν, οἱ δὲ οὔ.  —BVRf

TRANSLATION:   And he said ‘bearing good repute not in the eyes of all’ since some people were praising him and others were not.

POSITION: cont. from 28.03 all      

APP. CRIT.:   φέρων V, φε() B, φέρειν Rf   |    ὁ μὲν Rf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,1–3


Or. 30.14 (vet exeg) εὐκλείαν φέρον:  1ἐκτατέον τὸ α̅ τοῦ εὐκλεία.  2Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέροντος, τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλονότι.   —MVCAbPrRb

TRANSLATION:   The alpha of ‘eukleia’ is to be scanned as long. In the Attic manner, (the accusative ‘bringing’ is used) instead of ‘bringing (genitive) good repute’—the act of killing, that is.

LEMMA: M(φέρων app., ambig. abbrev.)C       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. V, marg. MAb; cont. from 30.06 VPrRb (Pr from Prb version of 30.06)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκτατέον … εὐκλεία om. AbPr   |    ἐκτακτέον VC, ἐκτάσσεον Rb   |    τὸ] τῶ Rb   |    τοῦ] τὴν Rb   |    no punct. after εὐκλεία V   |    2 ἀττικὸν C, τὸ δὲ φέρον ἀττικὸν Pr   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εὐκλείαν om. Pr   |    φέροντος] φέροντος ἀττικὸν C, φέροντος ἀττικῶς M, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν (repeated) Ab   |    τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλ.] τὸ κτεῖναι Ab   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εὔκλεια MC   |    2 εὔκλειαν MCRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,21–22; Dind. II.43,26–28

COMMENT:   Lacking the concept of internal accusative, the grammarian tries to explain the acc. participle as absolute, an ‘Attic’ variation on the gen. absolute.   |    On the long alpha, see Eratosthenes apud Photius s.v. Εὐκλεία, 43 F 11 Bagordo.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 32.07 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φόνου:  1ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου·  2οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκε τοῦ φόνου Ἠλέκτρα,  3ὡς Ὀρέστης φησί [284]· ‘σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί’.   —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION:   As woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. For Electra did not have a share in the killing, as Orestes says: ‘You encouraged this, but it was carried out by me’.

LEMMA: MC(φησὶ for φόνου)V, κἀγὼ μετέσχον οἷα δὴ γυνή B, (conflated with lemma of 52) ἐλπίδα δὲ δή τιν’ ἔσχομεν κἀγὼ μετέσχον Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MBV; to 52 ἐλπίδα δὲ Rf      POSITION: follows combined sch. 51.01 + 48.08 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὥσπερ] ταῦτα φησὶν ὅτι V   |    ἀδύνατον MC   |    γυναικῶν s.l. Rf   |    μεταβαλεῖν M   |    2 ἐκοινώνησε V   |    φόνου τῶ ἀδελφῶ V   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα BV   |    3 ὡς καὶ BVRf   |    σὺ μὲν] σύ με Rf   |    γὰρ om. V   |    δ’ om. Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101.1–3; Dind. II.44,1–3

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 32.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ζητεῖται, τί δήποτε ἀνωτέρω παρθένον ἑαυτὴν εἰρηκυῖα, ὅπου φησὶν [26]  2‘ὧν δ’ ἕκατι, παρθένῳ λέγειν οὐ καλόν’, ἐνταῦθα γυναῖκα ἑαυτὴν λέγει.  3λεκτέον δὲ ὅτι οἷα δὴ γυνή πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν γένος σκοπουμένη,  4ὡς οὐδὲν μὲν ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσαιτο.   —MBVCRfaRfbRw

TRANSLATION:   The question is posed, why, having spoken of herself as a maiden above, where she says ‘and the reason why, it is not proper for a maiden to say’, does she here term herself a woman. One must say that (she here says) ‘like a woman’ with a view to the female sex in general, because she did not carry out any action, but did just so much as any woman might do.

LEMMA: M, οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φησὶ C (ἄλλως in marg.)      POSITION: cont. from prev., add. δὲ, BVRfb; Rfa in normal sequence, Rfb in out-of-sequence series on following page      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ζητεῖται …καλὸν] ἧ δ’ ἕκατι Rw   |    1 ζητεῖται om., in marg. add. Rfa   |    ἀνωτέρω …φησὶν] ἀνωτέρω εἰρηκυῖα παρθένω MC (εἰρήκυι M)   |    ἀνωτέρω … εἰρηκυῖα] εἰποῦσα ἀνωτέρω παρθένον Rfa   |    ἀνωτέρω] ἀνωτερον app. Rfb   |    αὐτὴν εἴρηκεν Rfb   |    1–2 ὅπου … καλόν om. Rfa   |    1 ὅπου] ἔνθα V   |    2 παρθένον Rfb   |    λέγειν οὐ καλόν om. MC   |    αὐτὴν Rfb   |    3 λεκτέον δὲ] ῥητέον οὖν Rfa   |    δὲ] δὴ M   |    ὅτι] ὅτι τὸ VRfa, om. Rw   |    οἷα δὴ om. Rfa, οἷα δὲ Rfb   |    γένος om. MC   |    σκοπουμένη] σκοπῶμεν καὶ φαμὲν V, σκοποῦμεν Rfa, σκοπουμένης Rw   |    4 οὐδὲν μὲν] οὐδὲ μιᾶς Rfb   |    ἔπραξε πλέον V   |    τοσοῦτον] τὸ τοῦτον M, perhaps corrected to τοσοῦτον   |    ἐργάσοιτο BVRfb, εἰργάσατο Rfa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,4–8; Dind. II.44,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ζητεῖται   


Or. 32.09 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ:  1ὡς γυνὴ, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός.  1οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε κατ’ αὐτῆς τὸν ἀδελφόν.  1τάχα δὲ διὰ τοῦ οἷα δὴ γυνή παρονειδίζει τῇ μητρί·  1ἐκείνη γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα.   —MBVCRaRbRfbS, partial Rfa

TRANSLATION:   As a woman, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but used words to arouse her brother against her. Perhaps by saying ‘as a woman’ she is indirectly reproaching her mother, for she did become the murderer of Agamemnon by her own hand, not (behaving) in the manner natural for a woman.

LEMMA: BCRfb, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως· οἷα δὴ γυνὴ V, ἄλλως M, in marg. B; κἀγὼ μετέσχον RaRbRfaS      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: Rfa in normal sequence, Rfb follows Rfb version of 32.08 on following page      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συμβουλεύουσα S   |    παραθαρσύνουσα MC, παραθαρρύνουσα Rfb   |    1–4 ὑπομν. τοῦ πατρὸς κτλ] οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκα τοῦ φόνου, ὡς Ὀρέστης Rfa (cf. 32.07)   |    1 τοῦ πατρός] τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀγαθῶν V   |    2 αὐτόχειρ αὕτη V   |    λόγος MRb   |    κατ’ αὐτῶν S   |    3 διὰ τοῦ] om. Rb, τὸ RaS   |    γυνὴ δὴ transp. S   |    4 τοῦ om. V   |    καὶ add. before οὐ RaS   |    οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα om. Rfb   |    κατὰ γυναῖκας MCRaRb, κατὰ τὰς γυναῖκας S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γέγονεν M   |    παρώρμισε B, παρώρμησεν M   |    4 γέγονεν M, also V(om. τοῦ)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,9–13; Dind. II.44,8–12


Or. 33.01 (vet exeg) Πυλάδης:  1Φώκου παῖδες Κρῖσος καὶ Πανοπεύς.  2τούτων ὁ Κρῖσος ἔκτισε τὴν νῦν Κίρραν, τότε Κρῖσαν καλουμένην,  3καὶ παῖς αὐτῷ ἐξ Ἀντιφατείας τῆς Ναυβόλου Στρόφιος ἐγένετο,  4οὗ Ἀστυδάμεια καὶ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος.   —MBVCRbRf

TRANSLATION:   The children of Phocus were Crisus and Panopeus. Of these, Crisus founded the place now called Cirra, but then called Crisa, and a son Strophius was born to him by Antiphateia daugher of Naubolus, and from Strophius (were born) Astydameia and Pylades by Kydragora the sister of Agamemnon.

LEMMA:  BRf, Πυλάδης θ’M, Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν CRb, lemma Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν συγκατείργασται τάδε V; marg. labels φῶκος and πυλάδης B4, label ἰστορία (sic) B3b       REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φύκου Rb   |    παυροπεὺς Rb   |    2–3 τούτων … ναυβόλου] παῖς δὲ τῶ κρίσω Rb   |    2 τούτων] τούτοις MBC, ἱστορ() τούτων Rf   |    ἔκτισε] ἔκτεινεν Rf   |    3 ἀντιφάης V, ἀφαντείας MC, ἀντιφαντείας Rf   |    ναυβούλου B, ναβούλου Rf   |    στρόφος V   |    ἐγένετο om. Rb   |    4 κυδαγόρας V, κυδραγόνας Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κρῖσος p.c. M, κρίσος Rb, κρίσσος BVCRf, app. κρῖσσος a.c. M   |    2 κρῖσος M (accent corr. from acute), κρίσσος BVCRf [Rb]   |    ἔκτισεν M   |    Κρῖσαν] Dindorf, κρίσσαν all [Rb]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,14–17; Dind. II.44,20–45,3

COMMENT:   The name Antiphateia is not extant other than in this scholion; the name Astydameia occurs elsewhere for various other figures: daughter of Amyntor and wife of Acastus (Peleus story), or daughter of Pelops, or of Phorbas, etc. Part of this genealogy appears in Hes. fr. 58 M–W (Phocus and Asterodeia parents of Crisus and Panopeus). For Crisa and Cirra, see Steph. Byz. s.v. Κρῖσα· πόλις Φωκίδος. Ἑκαταῖος Εὐρώπηι. ἀπὸ Κρίσου Φώκ⟨ου ὑ⟩ιοῦ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Κρισαῖος καὶ Κρισαῖον πεδίον … τινὲς δὲ ⟨τὴν⟩ αὐτὴν τῆι Κίρραι φασί. Naubolus is elsewhere named as son of Ornytion and father of Iphitus. This and other Or. sch. are the only sources for Kydragora (instead of Anaxibia) as mother of Pylades. Anaxibia, in contrast, is the name of several mythological figures; as sister of Ag. and Men. she is mentioned several times in sch. on Or. (and Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch], closely related to sch. 5.01) and Eust. in Il. 2.591–602 (I.458,2). See also Paus. 2.29.4 Κρίσου δὲ ἦν ἀπόγονος τρίτος Πυλάδης, Στροφίου τε ὢν τοῦ Κρίσου καὶ Ἀναξιβίας ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος. Cf. sch. Or. 765 Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ἐξ ἧς ἔφυσε τὸν Πυλάδην, ὅθεν ἀνεψιοὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης, sch. Or. 1233 παρόσον ὁ Στρόφιος Ἀναξιβίαν {Κυδραγόρας} ἔγημε τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Πυλάδης, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης [the name may be corrupt]. ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος (M, κρίσος BRw, κρίσσος Mn, κρῖσσος changed to κρίσσος Rf) Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἐγάμει {αὐτὴν} τὴν Κυδραγόραν. Cf. sch. Thom. Or. 1552 τὸ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἢ διὰ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει, ἢ καὶ δι’ ἀμφοτέρους· φασὶ γὰρ ὡς ἡ τοῦ Πυλάδου μήτηρ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. διὸ καὶ πρόσθεν φησὶν, ὦ συγγένεια πατρός.   |   


Or. 34.21 (vet gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ συγκολληθείς  —MO

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,18; Dind. II.45,20


Or. 35.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: παρὰ μὲν τῷ ποιητῇ τλήμων ὁ ὑπομονητικός, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τραγικοῖς τλήμων ὁ δυστυχής. —MVCPrRaRb

TRANSLATION:   In the poet (Homer) ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is capable of enduring (difficulties, pain), whereas in the tragedians ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is unfortunate.

LEMMA: ὀρέστης VCRa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. Pr; marg. M; after sch. 41.18 V      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν om. MCPrRa   |    δὲ om. Ra   |    second τλήμων om. CPrRa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,19–20; Dind. II.45,22–23

COLLATION NOTES:   In V the note is in lighter ink, probably because pen was not re-inked rather than because it was added later than the previous note (the last word of 41.18 is equally light in appearance).   |   


Or. 36.10 (vet exeg) τροχηλατεῖ:  1κατεπείγει·  2οἷον μετὰ τροχοῦ καὶ ἁρμάτων ἐλαύνει.  3τρόχος γὰρ ὁ δρόμος.   —MBOVaVbCPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Causes to hurry. As if to say drives with a wheel and chariot. For a race course is (called) a ‘trochos’.

LEMMA: MVaCRw, αἷμα νιν τροχηλατεῖ Vb(νῦν)Rb      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. Sa; cont. from sch. 37.08 BVa, prep. τροχηλατεῖ δὲ; Vb is a second version in lighter ink at end of sch. block on same page      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Va   |    1–2 κατεπείγει … ἐλαύνει] ἤγουν μετὰ τροχῶν καὶ ἁμμάτων (sic) κατεπείγει ἐλαύνειν Sa   |    κατεπείγει om. VbRb, κατεπάγει app. O   |    2 οἷον … ἐλαύνει om. O; transp. after δρόμος Schw.   |    οἷον] om. Pr, οἱονεὶ Va   |    μετὰ τροχῶν Pr   |    ἐλαύνεται C   |    3 τρόχος κτλ om. Pr   |    δρόμος λέγεται Va   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   perhaps τρόχὸς Va, τροχὸς VbRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,21–22; Dind. II.45,25–26

COMMENT:   Hesych. τ 1526 τροχηλατεῖ· ἐλαύνει; cf. Photius τ 607, Suda τ 1068, etc. τροχηλατεῖν: ἐλαύνειν    |   


Or. 37.08 (vet exeg) ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς:  1τὰς Ἐρινῦς.  2οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ, ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεὰς ἢ Εὐμενίδας καλοῦσιν.  3ὀνόματα δὲ τῶν Ἐρινύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ.   —MBVCCrRbRfRwOx, partial Ab2PraPrbMnRaSaSb

TRANSLATION:   (Namely,) the Erinyes. And people do not refer to them by (their actual) name, but euphemistically they call them revered goddesses or Eumenides. And the names of the Erinyes are Tisiphone, Megaera, Alecto.

LEMMA:  MBCPraRf, ὀνομάζειν δ’ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς V, ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι Rb, 38 εὐμενίδας RwSa      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. Ab2Ra, s.l. Sb; follows sch. 39.09 C, sch. 38.12 Sa, follows sch. 33.01 BRf; run on after truncated sch. 5.01 CrOx; Pra on prev. page, Prb first on page that begins with 37      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς (repeated lemma) prep. BVC; τὰς θεὰς prep. Ra; καὶ εὐμένιδας prep. Pra   |    1–2 τὰς … καλοῦσιν om. MnSb   |    1 τὰς ἐρινῦς om. PrbRw   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶν Rf   |    2–3 οὐκ … ἐρινύων om. Pra   |    2 οὐκοῦν Rb. perhaps Ra   |    δὲ] γὰρ ταύτας V, οὕτως Ab2PrbRaRbS   |    ἀλλὰ φημιζόμενοι Rf, app. Ab2   |    εὐφημοῦντες V, ἐκφημιζομένη Rw, ἐκφημιζόμενος CrOx   |    σεμνὰς and ἢ om. CrOx   |    2–3 ἢ εὐμ. κτλ om. Ab2   |    2 ἢ] λέγει ὡς Rw   |    καλοῦσιν om. (with sch.-ending punct. after εὐμένιδας) Prb (but καλοῦσι present after intervening sch. 38.22 + 38.18)   |    3 ὀνόματα κτλ om. PrbRaSa   |    ὀνόματα] ὄνομα Sb   |    δὲ om. MnSb   |    τῶν ἐρινύων] αὐταῖς Rf   |    after μέγαιρα add. καὶ MnPrRb(μέγαιρα added in blank space p.c. by Rb)RwSb   |    at end add. ἀλλ’ ὅμηρος ἄλλα φησὶν Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννῦς CrOx, ἐριννὺς Rf, ἐρινύας Rb, s.l. Ra, ἐριννύας Ab2, ἐρρινύας Sa   |    3 ἐριννύων VCrMnRwSbOx   |    τισηφόνη Rw, τησιφόνη Sb, τάς τε σιφώνη Pra   |    μέγαιρρα M, μέγαιραι Mn, μέγαρε or μέγαιρε S, with α above final ε   |    ἀλλήκτω M, ἀλληκτῶ B, ἀλητῶ Mn, λητώ Pra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102.1–3; Dind. II.46,4–6

COMMENT:   In a couple of verse passages (trimeters in Lucian, Podagra 6; hexameters in a couple of late hymns) Ἀλληκτώ is guaranteed by the meter, and ἀλλ‑ is in MB here. Prose attestations, however, including in many scholia, use the spelling Ἀληκτώ, which I have preferred here, despite MB. See also sch. 27.09, 27.22, 38.01, 38.07, 238.07, 256.04, 323.15.   |   Cf. garbled addition to sch. 46.02 in Rf.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. wrongly records V as having καὶ after μέγαιρα.   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 39.09 (vet exeg) ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς:  1φησὶν Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.309]·  2‘ἤτοι ὁ τὸν κτείνας δαίνυ τάφον Ἀργείοισιν· 3αὐτῆμαρ δέ οἱ ἦλθε’.   —MBVCPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   Homer says: ‘Indeed he (Orestes), after slaying him (Aegisthus), was hosting a funeral banquet for the Argives; and on the same day (Menelaus) came to him (Orestes)’.

LEMMA: BPrRf, ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς θανοῦσα μήτηρ V, ἄλλως C, ἄλλως δὲ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb       POSITION: follows sch. 36.10 C, sch. 37.08 RbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅμηρος φασὶν V, καὶ ὅμηρος (φησιν om.) BPrRf   |    2 ἤτοι … ἀργείοισιν om. Rb   |    ἤτοι om. VRf   |    κτάνας a.c. B   |    δαίννυται Rf, δαίνυται Pr   |    3 ἦλθε om. PrRf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἥτοι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,4–5; Dind. II.46,22–23

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 40.05 (vet exeg) καθήγνισται δέμας:  1καθωσίωται, κέκαυται.  2ἁγνείαν γὰρ ἐκάλεσε τὴν διὰ πυρὸς φθορὰν τοῦ σώματος.   —MBVCPrRbRfSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Has been purified (sanctified)’, ‘has been burned up’. For he (the poet) has called the destruction of the body by fire purity.

LEMMA: MC, καθήγνισται RwSa, ἐξότου καθήγνισται PrRf; marg. label ἁγνεία B4      REF. SYMBOL: MSaRb      POSITION: cont. from 39.09 prep. καθήγνισται δὲ BV(καθήγγιται); follows sch. 40.06 + 40.07 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πυρὶ prep. Rb, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    καθωσίωται], καθοσιο(τατον) Sa, καθωσίωνται PrRf   |    καὶ add. before κέκαυται V   |    κέκαυνται PrRf   |    ἄνοιαν PrRf   |    γὰρ] om. Sa, καὶ Rf   |    τὴν om. Rf   |    διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς CRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθοσίωται MC   |    2 ἀγνείαν M   |    ἐκάλεσεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,6–7; Dind. II.46,24–25


Or. 40.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: κεκάθαρται· πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ. —MBVCPrRaRbRfaRfbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Has been purified’. For fire cleanses all things.

LEMMA: ἄλλως MCPrSaRfb, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως V; καθίγνησται Rb(changed from καθήγνησται)S, καθήγνισται RaRfa       POSITION: separated by mark and space in B, κεκάθαρται treated as lemma; Rfa at top of 115v, Rfb at bottom of same page      

APP. CRIT.:   κεκάθαρται written as if a lemma B   |    τὸ πῦρ om. Rfb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κεκάραρται Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,8; Dind. II.46,25–47,1


Or. 40.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα.  —MBOVCPrRaRbRfaRfbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   For things that are burned seem pure, but things unburied/lacking funeral rites seem polluted.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MC, ἀλλὰ Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BVPrRaRbRfaRfbSSa (prep. καὶ BVPrRfb); Rfa at top of 115v, Rfb at bottom of same page      

APP. CRIT.:   κέκαυται prep. O   |    ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ] ἀναδοκεῖ Rfb   |    ἁγναὶ Rfa   |    γὰρ] om. BOVPr(Rfb)Rw, καὶ Rfa (with high stop before it)   |    εἶναι δοκεῖ transp. VRw   |    εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα] γίνεσθαι τὰ καιόμενα Rfa, τὰ καιόμενα γίνεσθαι RbS, τὰ καιόμενα γενέσθαι Ra   |    τὰ δὲ κτλ om. Rfa   |    μεμιαμένα MOC, μιασμένα Ra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀγνὰ app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,9–10; Dind. II.47,1–2


Or. 41.01 (vet exeg) ὧν οὔτε σῖτα:  1ἀφ’ ὧν ἢ δι’ ὧν, ἓξ ἡμερῶν, οὐκ ἔφαγεν.  2ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὡς προσηνέχθη μὲν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ τροφὴ, ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ ἠδύνατο.   —MBVCPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   From which, or during which, six days, he has not eaten. He (the poet, or the speaker) suggests that food was brought up to his mouth but he was not able to swallow it.

LEMMA: MBCPr(σίτα)Rf, ὧν οὔτε σῖτα διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο V, ὧν οὔττ (sic) Rb, σῖτα διὰ δέρης Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ δι’ ὧν] ἡδιων or ἱδιων app. M, ἰδίων CSa, ἡμῶν RB, om. Rw   |    ἓξ om. Pr, ἐξ M   |    οὐκ ἔφαγεν] οὐ κατέφαγεν Rb   |    2 προσήχθη V, προσηνέχθαι Sa   |    μέν om. Sa   |    ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ] οὐ μὴν καταπιεῖν Rb, οὐ μὴν δὲ καταπιεῖν Rf   |    ἠδυνήθη BPrRbRwSa, ἐδυνήθη Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατιπιεῖν Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,11–13; Dind. II.47,3–5


Or. 43.07 (vet exeg) κουφισθῇ νόσου: ἀκόλουθον τῷ [3] ‘ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος’ τὸ ‘κουφισθῇ νόσου’.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   ‘Be lightened from (the weight of) his madness’ is consonant with (the metaphor used in) ‘would bear up the weight’.

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ] Dindorf (without note), τὸ MC   |    τὸ] τῶ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,16–17; Dind. II.47,12–13


Or. 44.01 (vet exeg) ἔμφρων δακρύει:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμφρων γενόμενος.  2ἄμεινον δὲ ὑφ’ ἕν ἔμφρων δακρύει.   —MCRbRf

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘having become sound of mind’. But better taken together in one phrase, ‘(when) in his right mind he weeps’.

LEMMA: MCRbRf       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: follows sch. 57.06 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 δὲ] δὲ νῦν Rb   |    ἓν] οὗ Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,18–19; Dind. II.47,20–21

COMMENT:   The ὑφ’ ἕν recommendation seems to imply that some took ἔμφρων with the preceding subordinate clause instead of with the following δακρύει; mss generally have comma at end of 43, but B3d has apparently added a comma after ἔμφρων in B.   |   


Or. 45.13 (vet exeg) ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ: ὁ ἄπωθεν τοῦ ζυγοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀδάμαστος —MVCMnRaRbS

TRANSLATION:   The one that is distant from the yoke, that is, unbroken.

LEMMA: RaRb(ὡς in both)      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: s.l. VMnS; marg. M, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄπωθεν C, ἄποθεν MMnRaRbS, ἄπο V   |    ὅ ἐστιν] τουτέστιν V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,20; Dind. II.47,24

COMMENT:   This note and the derivative uses of ἀδάμαστος in nearby items reflect an incorrect interpretation, whereas 45.16 λυθείς recognizes the meaning correctly.   


Or. 46.02 (vet exeg) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει τῷδε:  1φανερὸν ὅτι ἐν Ἄργει ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ δράματος ὑπόκειται.  2Ὅμηρος δὲ ἐν Μυκήναις φησὶ τὰ βασίλεια Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στησίχορος [216 PMG] δὲ καὶ Σιμωνίδης [549 PMG] ἐν Λακεδαίμονι.   —BVCPrRaRbRfRwS, partial MSa

TRANSLATION:   It is manifest that the scene of the drama is in Argos. But Homer says that the palace of Agamemnon is in Mycenae, and Stesichorus and Simonides say it is in Lacedaemon.

LEMMA: BVRb, ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει MCPrRf, 49 ἀργείων πόλις S, lemma in Ra lost to trimming       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 47.01 SSa, first instance of 47.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 φανερὸν … ἀγαμέμνονος om. Sa   |    1–2 φανερὸν … φησὶ now missing in Ra, lost to trimming   |    1 φανερὸν ὅτι] φανερῶς Rf, ἰστέον ὅτι Rw   |    ἡ] ἐστι (compend.) M   |    1–2 ὑπόκειται κτλ om. M   |    1 ἀπόκειται S   |    2 ἐν μυκ. φησὶν εἶναι VRaRw, ἐν μυκ. εἶναι φησὶ Rf, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. transp. Rb, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. εἶναι S   |    μυκήνῃ BVPr, κυκήνη Rw   |    ἀγαμέμνονος κτλ om. Rf, adding at end (cf. sch. 37.08) οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ τὸ καὶ ἐριννύας οὕτως· ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεάς   |    τοῦ ἀγαμ. VRw   |    ὁ δὲ στησ. καὶ Sa   |    λακεδαίμονι] Rb, perhaps Ra, λακεδαιμονίᾳ BVCPrRwS, λακεδαιμονίω Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στησείχορος a.c. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,21–24; Dind. II.48,19–22

COLLATION NOTES:   In Ra the trimming at the top of the page means that the position of the accent on λακεδαιμονι cannot be determined; ‑νι is followed by :~, but it is impossible to exclude the possibility that alpha was written in suspension above iota on the part of the sheet that is now missing.    |   


Or. 47.01 (vet exeg) μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθαι:  1τὸ ἑξῆς μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις δέχεσθαι.  2πρὸς δὲ τὸ πῦρ οὐδὲν ἀνταπέδωκεν.  3ἔξωθεν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὸ ἐναύειν, καί ἐστι σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν.  4οὐ γὰρ τὸ δέχεσθαι πρὸς τὸ πῦρ ληπτέον.   —MBVCPrRaRb1Rb2RfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The construction is ‘nor receive us under their roofs’, but he did not give any corresponding verb to govern ‘fire’. Therefore one must understand from outside the verb ‘kindle’ (‘enauein’), and this is an Attic schema, ‘not to kindle with fire’ (dative), instead of ‘nor to kindle some fire/from fire’ (genitive). For the verb ‘receive’ should not be taken as governing ‘fire’.

LEMMA: MC, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθα Rb2, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς Rf, μήτε πυρὶ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MSa      POSITION: cont. from 46.02 BVPr, add. δὲ (δ’ V); cont. from sch. 45.13 Rb1      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς om. RaRb1RwSSa   |    after ἑξῆς add. ἔδοξε δ’ ἄργει BPr, ἔδοξε δ’ ἄργει τῶδε V   |    στέγας M, στέγη Pr   |    ἐγδέχεσθαι Rw   |    2 δὲ om. Rb1   |    οὐδὲν] οὐδ’ M, οὐδὲ Pr, om. Rw   |    3 οὖν] γὰρ V, om. RaRb1S   |    προσυπακουστέον V, ὑπακουστέον RaRb1Rf   |    after (first) ἐναύειν add. ὅ ἐστι φωνεῖν S (compare Mn, sch. 47.10)   |    καὶ ἔσται Rf, καὶ ὅτι Rw   |    καὶ … (third) ἐναύειν om. Rb2   |    σχῆμα om. V   |    μὴ] τὸ μὴ Rf   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐναύειν om. V   |    μήτι πυρὸς ἐναύειν] προσάπτειν Rf   |    μήτε] μὴ τοῦ S, μήτ() Rb1, μηδὲ Sa, μὴ Pr, μήτι Schw.    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μῆθ’ app. M, μήτε Rf   |    3 first ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν SaRb2, ναύνειν Rb1   |    second and third ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν Rb1   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,25–103,2; Dind. II.48,23–27

COMMENT:   Schw. emends μήτε πυρὸς to μήτι πυρὸς, perhaps to give governance to πυρός. Acc. πῦρ with ἐναύειν is extant dozens of times, but there is a single instance of gen. (either partitive or of source) in fragment 245 of Claudius Aelianus quoted in Suda ε 1136 s.v. ἐναύειν: … ἐπεὶ μήτε ὕδατος ἐκοινώνουν αὐτῷ, μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν ἐβούλοντο. This supports πυρός without τι, and μήτε is in fact to be expected in a clarifying paraphrase.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 48.08 (48–51) (vet paraphr) κυρία δ’ ἥδ’ ἡμέρα: κέκριται, φησὶν, ἡμᾶς τελευτῆσαι· πότερον δὲ λίθοις βληθέντας ἢ ξίφει, σήμερον κρινοῦσιν —MBOVCPrRaRbRfS

TRANSLATION:   It has been decided, she says, that we die, but whether (we die) stricken by stones or by the sword, today they will decide.

LEMMA: V, ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας BPr, ἢ φάσγανα θήξαντε S      REF. SYMBOL: B(to 51)V(to 47);      POSITION: cont. from sch. 51.01 MCRaRbRf (add. δὲ MC)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κέκριται om. C (i.e. cont. from sch. 51.01 with δὲ φησὶν)   |    φησὶν om. O   |    2 πρότερον Ra   |    δὲ ἢ λίθοις V   |    λίθῳ (βληθέντας om.) O   |    τήμερον M   |    κρινοῦμαι M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κρινοῦσι BOPr, κρίνουσιν RaRbS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  (assigned to 51) Schw. I.103,5–6; Dind. II.49,22–24

COMMENT:   The misleading explication of the passage (that they have already been condemned to death) is conditioned by the presence of the interpolated line 51.   


Or. 50.10 (vet exeg) ⟨νὼ⟩: τὸ νώ δυικῶς, ὅ ἐστιν· ἡμεῖς οἱ δύο.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The (pronoun) ‘nō’ is used in the dual, that is: we, the two (of us).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,3; Dind. II.49,18


Or. 50.11 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨νῶ⟩: ἡμᾶς  —MOVAaAbCrFKPrMnSSaXXaXbZaZbZlZmZuTYYfGGrZcB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.18


Or. 51.01 (vet exeg) ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντ’: δυικῶς τὸ θήξαντε —MCRaRbRf

TRANSLATION:   (The elided form ‘thēxant’’ is to be taken) in the dual number, ‘thēxante’.

LEMMA: Ra(θήξαντε app.), ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας M(θήξαντος)CRb      REF. SYMBOL: MRbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   δυ. transp. after θήξ. Rf   |    τὼ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,4; Dind. II.49,22


Or. 54.01 (vet exeg) λιμένα δὲ Ναυπλίειον:  1Ναύπλιος Ἀργεῖος ἀνὴρ ναυτικῆς ἔμπειρος λιμένα κατασκευάσας ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκάλεσε Ναυπλίειον.  2ἦν δὲ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης.  3ἢ ὅτι περὶ τὸν λιμένα διέτριβεν, ἐκ τούτου ὁμώνυμος αὐτῷ ὁ λιμήν.   —MBVCAaCrPrRaRbRfRwSaOx, partial Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Nauplius, an Argive man skilled in seamanship, built a harbor and named it Nauplieion after himself. He was the son of Poseidon and Amymone. Or because he spent his time around the harbor, for this reason the harbor shared his name.

LEMMA: MBVCPr(ναύπλιον MBPr), ναύπλιον Rb; marg. label ναύπλιος B4      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.20 SSa(ἱστορία in marg. S), follows sch. 54.20 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   much of note washed out in M   |    1 γὰρ add. after ναύπλιος M   |    ἦν add. after ναύπλιος AaRaRbSSa, after ἀνὴρ Rf   |    ἀργεῖος om. Rf   |    ναυτ. ἔμπ.] ἔμπειρος τῆς ναυτικῆς ὃς Rf   |    ναυτικὸς Sa, μαντικῆς Y2, ναυτί* a.c. Yf2 (began writing ναυτίλος or ναυτίας?)   |    λιμένα δὲ AaRaRbSSa, λιμένας CrOx   |    παρασκευάσας Aa   |    ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ Rw   |    ἐκάλεσε] ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν CAaRaRbSSa, καὶ ἐκάλεσε CrOx, ἐκέλευσε Pr, ὠνόμασε Y2Yf2   |    ναύπλιον BAaCrRfRwSY2YfOx2, app. M; ναύτιλον Rb   |    2–3 ἦν δὲ κτλ om. Y2Yf2   |    2 ἦν δὲ … ἀμύμωνης om. Rf   |    οὗτος add. before υἱὸς V   |    καὶ ἀμ. om. CrOx   |    3 περὶ τὸν λιμένα] Rf, τὸν λιμένα RbRw, λιμένα MC, εἰς τὸν λιμένα AaRaSSa, κατὰ τὸν λιμένα Cr, κατὰ τὴν λίμναν Ox, ἐν λιμένι BVSa   |    διέτριβε καὶ C   |    ἐκ τούτου om. Rf   |    after ὁμών. add. ἦν Rf   |    αὐτοῦ Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ναύπλειος S   |    2 ἀμυμόνης Ra, ἀμώνης Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,7–10; Dind. II.49,26–29


Or. 54.20 (vet exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ:  1τὴν ὁδὸν. διαπεπερακὼς ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν πλατῶν τὰς ναῦς σημαίνει.  3πλάτη δὲ τὸ πλατὺ τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.   —MBVCAaCrPrRwSSaOx, partial Rf

TRANSLATION:   (Having completed(?)) the journey. Having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. With ‘oars’ (‘platai’) he indicates the ships. ‘Platē’ is the flat part of the oar, which is dipped into the sea.

LEMMA: SSa, πλάτῃ MCRw      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.01 BVPr, adding ἐκπληρῶν δὲ πλάτῃ; follows sch. 22.03 Sa; precedes sch. 54.01 Rf; cont. from sch. 54.01 Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 τὴν … σημαίνει om. Rf   |    1 τὴν ὁδὸν om. Aa   |    ἤτοι τὴν BVPr   |    punct. after ὁδὸν add. Schw., forming two separate notes.   |    ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης VPr   |    διαπεπερακότ(ες) M, διαπεπρακὼς S   |    τὸν λιμένα om. BVPr   |    προσορμίζει Aa   |    ταῖς om. M   |    2 τῶν πλατῶν] τῆς πλάτης Aa   |    ἐσήμαινε V, ἐσήμανε Pr   |    3 πλάτη δὲ κτλ om. CrSaOx, transp. before the lemma in S   |    πλάτην V   |    δὲ] γὰρ Rf   |    πλατὺ] πλάτος RfS   |    ὃ καθ. κτλ om. Aa   |    καθίεται] καθέζεται Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀδὸν S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,11–13; Dind. II.50,8–11

COMMENT:   The text was adjusted in the version of BVPr to make sense of the two accusatives ὁδὸν and λιμένα, and this version is thus secondary. The most likely solution is that of Schwartz, who treats the first accusative as a separate explanation (compare O’s gloss, 54.22), apparently meant to supply a clearer object (clearer than λιμένα) of ἐκπληρῶν taken in the postclassical sense ‘accomplish’ or ‘complete’; but perhaps the text is lacunose, because for greater clarity one would except something like (ἐκπληρῶν) τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν διὰ τοῦ λιμένος or τὴν διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης (note the addition of θάλασσης, a further adjustment found in VPr). Without the added punctuation, one could change to ⟨εἰς⟩ λιμένα (cf. sch. 54.03, 54.04), but the result is less satisfactory: ‘having traveled across the path/journey with oars into the harbor, he moors at the shore’. For the assumption that ἐκπληρῶν means ‘complete’ here, compare Eust. in Il. 1.43 (I.199,33–200,3) ὅτι δὲ ὅρμος κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ λιμένος πρὸς τῇ γῇ πέρας, δηλοῦται σαφῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘λιμένα Ναύπλιον ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ ὁρμεῖ’, ὡς μὴ ἂν ἄλλως ἐξὸν ὂν ὁρμισθῆναι νῆα τοιαύτην, εἰ μὴ κώπαις ἐκπληρώσασα τὸν ὅλον λιμένα πρὸς τῇ γῇ γένηται.   


Or. 57.02 (vet exeg) φυλάξας νύκτα:  1ἐδεδίει γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἡμέρας ἐπιπολούσης εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων, ὧν κατὰ Ἴλιον οἱ παῖδες ἔπεσον, ἀναιρεθῇ.  2αὕτη γὰρ τούτου αἰτία καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν.  3διὰ τοῦτο νυκτὸς ἐπικαταλαβούσης εἰσῄει μή †τινα ἔχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν†   —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   For Helen was afraid to enter the city when daylight approached (or prevailed?), lest she be slain by the fathers whose sons fell at Ilion. For this woman was to blame for this and for many other things. For this reason she entered after night overtook (day), lest †having someone in sight† …

POSITION: cont. from sch. 63.09 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπτολούσης app. Rb, ἑπιπολοῦσα Sa   |    κατὰ τὴν ἴλ. Sa   |    ἔπεσον] ἔπλεον RbSSa   |    ἀναιρεῖν Rb, ἀναιρεθείη SSa   |    2 τούτου] τούτων RbSSa   |    ἑτέρων] τούτων SSa   |    3 καταβούσης Rb, λαβούσης Sa   |    e.g. μή τις εἴσω στείχουσαν κατ’ ὄψιν ἴδῃ or μή τινι εἴσω στείχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν ἐντύχῃ/ἀπαντήσῃ/φανῇ; μή τινι ἔλθῂ κατ’ ὄψιν Schw.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 τιν’ ἔχουσα Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,18–21; Dind. II.51,10–13

COMMENT:   The active ἐπιπολέω is very rare (and late); LSJ Rev. Suppl. takes the meaning in Sch. Hes. Theog. 2 to be ‘go up to or upon’ (BDAG gives ‘climb’), but it is possible that the verb was used as an alternative form of ἐπιπολεύω, for which see LBG (‘an die Oberfläche treten, überfluten; beherrschen, regieren’).   


Or. 57.06 (vet exeg) νύκτα μή τις εἰσιδών:  1οὐκ ὀρθῶς νῦν ποιοῦσί τινες τῶν ὑποκριτῶν πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὰ λάφυρα.  2ῥητῶς γὰρ αὐτὴν φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπεστάλθαι, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὸ δρᾶμα ἡμέρᾳ συντελεῖται.   —MBVCPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Certain of the actors nowadays incorrectly have Helen entering early in the day, and the spoils too. (They are wrong to do so) because he (the poet, or she, the character) says explicitly that she was sent away (from the ship) at night, whereas the events of the play are carried out by day.

LEMMA: M(ἰδὼν)C, μή τις εἰσιδών BVPr, ἑλένην φυλάξας RbSSa, μή τι εἰσιδὼν Rw, 58 μεθ’ ἡμέραν στείχουσαν Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSa, ref. to 58 μεθ’ ἡμ. στ. Rf      POSITION: follows sch. 72.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 νῦν om. Pr   |    τινες] τὴν MC, αὐτὴν BVPrRw   |    πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην] Schw., πρὸ εἰσπορευομένην Rb, προ εἰσπορ. S, προεισπορ. MBVCRw, προπορ. Sa, προσεισπορ. PrRf   |    τὴν ἐλένην RbRfSSa, om. others   |    καὶ om. Sa   |    τὰ λάφυρα om. Rw (punct. before καὶ, i.e., καὶ ῥητῶς γὰρ)   |    λάφυρα] RbSSa, λαφ. προεισπορευόμενα MBVCPr, λάφυρα μεθ’ ἡμέραν Rf   |    2 ῥητῶς] RbRfRwSSa, ἀρρήτως BVPr, ἀρρήτω MC   |    φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπ.] RbSSa, νυκτὸς ἀπ. φησὶ others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ποιοῦσιν BVPr   |    2 ἀπεστᾶλθαι M   |    δράμα MVCPrRfS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,14–17; Dind. II.50,21–24

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   actors   


Or. 63.09 (vet exeg) ἔλιφ’:  1τίς ἔλιπεν; 2δηλονότι ὁ Μενέλαος, ὅνπερ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει.  —MCVRbRwSSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   Who left her? Clearly, Menelaus, whom he (the poet, or she, the speaker) mentions subsequently.

LEMMA: Rb, ἔλιφ’ ὅτ’ ἐς Τροίαν VRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. C; Saain scholia block, Sab s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλιπεν om. all except MC   |    2 ὁ Μενέλαος δηλονότι transp. VRbSSaa   |    ὅνπερ κτλ om. Sab   |    ὅνπερ] Dindorf, ὅπερ MCRwSaa, ὧπερ VRbS   |    τὸ ἑξῆς M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,22; Dind. II.51.9–10


Or. 68.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως φερόμεθα  —BCV3

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘we are borne along (relying) upon a weak power’.

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. CV3      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.15

COLLATION NOTES:   V3 by adding ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως above 69.05 gloss φερόμεθα, written earlier by V3.   |   


Or. 71.01 (vet exeg) ὦ παῖ Κλυταιμνήστρας:  1τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους ἐξέπεσεν ὁ Εὐριπίδης.  2νῦν γὰρ πρῶτον ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσι.  3καὶ ἡ μὲν Ἑλένη ἔξεισιν ἔχουσα χοὰς καὶ τὸν βόστρυχον ἀποτετμημένον,  4ἅμα δὲ δυσωπεῖ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν καὶ λυπεῖ ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ ὀνόματος Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ προτάσσουσα. ||  5ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως δὲ καὶ τὸ διὰ μέσου.  6τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος χρόνου παρθένε, Ἠλέκτρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ πολυχρόνιε παρθένε.   —MBVCPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Euripides has failed to express the fitting character. For they (Electra and Helen) now see each other for the first time, and in a manner entirely lacking character they neither embrace each other nor greet each other with affection. And Helen comes out with libations and her cut-off lock of hair, and at the same time she annoys Electra and causes her pain by recalling the name of Clytemnestra and by placing it first (in her speech). (?)In addition, the phrase in between is added without proper concord/with change of construction. The word order is: ‘maiden for a long length of time, Electra’, equivalent to ‘o maiden of long standing’.

LEMMA: MBVCRfRw, ὦ παῖ RbSSa, ὦ κλυταιμνήστρα Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRfSa      POSITION: after sch. 80.06 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ] τούτω Rb, p.c. S, τοῦτω a.c. S, τοῦτο Sa   |    1 προσηκόντως RbSa, προσηκόντος S   |    ὁ εὐρ. om. Rw, ὁ om. VRf   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ C   |    πρώτως MVCPrRfRw   |    first ἀλλήλας] ἀλλήλους RbS   |    βλέπουσι BVPrRwSa, ἀποβλέπουσιν M, βλέπουσαι Rb, βλεπούσας Rf, βλέπουσα S   |    καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ om. Rf   |    εὐήθους V, ἀείθους Rb, ἀληθῶς Sa, ἄνθως S   |    second ἀλλήλας om. Rf   |    3 καὶ ἡ μὲν … ἀποτετμημένον] transp. here Schw. (citing Rf, in which 4–5 are omitted), om. VSSa, transp. after 5 διὰ μέσου (with initial καὶ om.) MBCPrRbRw   |    3 ἔξεισιν om. Rw   |    τετμημένον Rf   |    4 ἅμα] ἄλλως Rf   |    δὲ om. Sa   |    λυπεῖ om. VSa   |    ὑπομιμνήσκουσα] διυπομ. V, ὑπομιμνήσκουσαν αὐτὴν Rf   |    τῶν ὀνομάτων τῆς κλυτ. Sa   |    4–5 καὶ προτάσσουσα … μέσου om. Rf   |    4 προστάσσουσα BVSRw, προστάττουσα Rb   |    5–6 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως κτλ om. VSSa; punct. as sep. sch. Rb with lemma μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος and sep. ref.   |    5 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως suppl. Schw.   |    τὸ διὰ] Schw.; τόδε διὰ MBPrRw, τὸ δέ διὰ C, τὸ γνω(μικὸν), διὰ Rb   |    6 παρθένε μακρὸν μῆκος χρόνου transp. Rf (om. δὴ)   |    παρθένε ἠλέκτρα χρόνου transp. MC   |    first παρθένε] παρθένου Rb   |    ἠλέκτρα κτλ om. RfRw (continuing with sch. 72.01)   |    τοῦ om. C   |    πολυχρονία Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 προσφωνοῦσιν PrSSa, ‑ῶσιν Rb   |    3 τὸν] τὸ Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,23–104,6; Dind. II.52,3–10

COMMENT:  It is likely that ἀήθως (2) derives its precise meaning here from the preceding τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους. That is, the complaint is not that there is no expression of character in the words and accompanying stage-action, but that the critic does not find the rhetorical ἦθος embodied in the speeches the two women address to each other to be optimal in rhetorical terms. I plan to discuss elsewhere instances in the Euripides scholia where speeches are criticized rhetorically almost in abstraction from the dramatic purposes of the author.    |    ἀποβλέπουσι (2) in M with plain accusative is very rare (with the sense ‘look to as a model, admire’), whereas βλέπω is common either with a plain acc. or with εἰς/πρὸς.   |    On 5: the sense is very doubtful and Schwartz’s solution to the corruption may not be right. In scholia one expects ἀκόλουθος/ἀνακόλουθος to refer to presence or lack of grammatical concord, or a change of construction, or analogical vs. anomalous inflection. The adverb is unlikely to mean here (without the emendation) ‘in accordance with the preceding manner’ (scil. of alleged impoliteness), but with the emendation it is not clear what is to be viewed as irregular. Likewise, the transmitted τόδε διὰ μέσου could be a corruption of τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου and this could be a misplaced remnant of a note on 74 (the Thoman sch. 74.13 makes just this claim about ὅδε). Another possibility is suggested by sch. 72.12, which appears to treat the whole of a line διὰ μέσου; but if that is intended, ἀνακολούθως would still be an odd usage.   

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 72.01 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος:  1ὅ ἐστι· πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθενευομένη.  2τοῦτο δὲ ὑβρίζουσα αὐτήν φησιν ὡς αἰτίαν ἐχούσης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ γαμουμένης.  3καὶ διὰ τούτου παρεμφαίνει ὅτι εὐμοιρίας νομίζει τέλος τὸν γάμον.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION:   (Explained) in another way: ‘maiden for a long time’: which means ‘living as a maiden for much time’. She (Helen) says this by way of insulting her (Electra), as if she is to blame and for this reason unmarried. And through this phrase she (or he, the poet) subtly suggests that she (he) considers marriage to be the ultimate end of a good portion in life.

LEMMA: MC (ἄλλως in marg. C), παρθένε μακρὸν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: cont. from 71.03 BPrRfRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι B, εἴτουν Pr, ἥ ἐστι Rf; ἐστὶ Ox   |    πολὺν χρόνον VPr   |    παρθενεύουσα V   |    2 δὲ καὶ ὑβρ. BVPrRw   |    αὐτὴν om. V   |    ἐχούσης] MC, ἐχούσῃ VCrRwOx, ἔχουσαν BPr, ἔχουσα Rf   |    γαμουμένης] Schw., γαμουμένη VCCrRwOx, γαμουμένην MBPrRf   |    3 καὶ διὰ κτλ om. VRf   |    καὶ διὰ … παρεμφαίνει] παρεμφαίνει δὲ διὰ τούτου BPr(om. δὲ), ἔμπροσθεν οὖν παρεμφαίνει Rw   |    τούτου] τοῦτο M   |    τὸ τέλος CrRwOx   |    τῶν γάμων s.l. Rw, τοῦ γάμου CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,7–10; Dind. II.52.10–13, 15–17

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 73.01 (vet exeg) πῶς ὦ τάλαινα:  1διὰ τούτου ὠνείδισεν αὐτὴν ὡς μητροφόνου ἀδελφήν.  2οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐναγέσι προσφθεγγόμενοι καὶ αὐτοὶ δοκοῦσι μιαίνεσθαι, ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλεῖ [Eur. Her. 1219] καὶ Ἰξίονι [Eur. fr. 427] δέδεικται.   —VRw, partial RbSSa

TRANSLATION:   With this phrase she (Helen) reproached her (Electra) as being sister of a matricide. And those who speak to polluted persons seem even themselves to be defiled, as has been shown also in (commentaries on?) Heracles and Ixion.

LEMMA: V, 75 προσφθέγμασιν Rb(προσφθέγγουσι)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: V, Rb(app. at 75), Sa (no corresponding mark at text)      POSITION: follows sch. 57.02 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ .. ἀδελφήν om. RbSSa   |    διὰ τούτου] Schw., διὰ τοῦτο VRw   |    ὡς (tacitly) Dind., ὦ VRw   |    μητροφόνοι ἀδελφοί Rw   |    2 ἐνάγουσι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,11–13; Dind. II.52,20–22

COMMENT:   Presumably a note of some antiquity, since it refers to the lost Ixion and the non-select play Heracles, or possibly to commentaries on them.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer   |   Euripides, Heracles   |   Euripides, Ixion   


Or. 76.01 (vet exeg) εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν:  1καὶ τοῦτο πανούργως.  2ἀναμάρτητον γὰρ τὸ θεῖον.  3ἐμφαίνει οὖν ὡς καταψευδομένων αὐτῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.   —MBVCCrPrRaRb1Rb2RfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   This too is said maliciously. For the divine is infallible. She (or he, the poet) intimates therefore that they are falsely accusing Apollo.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα BVPrRf, εἰς Φοῖβον Rb1Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Rf      POSITION: cont. from sch. 73.01 SSa; Pr has this (and sch. on following lines as well) after sch. 101.06; Rb has this twice in succession      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. RaRb2SSa   |    ταῦτα Rb1   |    2 γὰρ τὸ θεῖον om. Rf   |    3 οὖν MVRb1Rw, γοῦν CrOx, δὲ Rb2Sa, ὁ ποιητὴς BPr(B punct. after ποιητής, not after θεῖον), οὖν ὁ ποιητὴς Rf   |    ὡς om. Rb1   |    καταψευδ.] καὶ ψευδ. MC, μάτην ψευδ. RaRb2SSa   |    ψευδομένην αὐτὴν τὸν ἀπόλλων(α) RaRb2SSa   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V   |    at end add. προστάξαι φονεύειν τὴν μητέρα RaRb2SSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐμφαίνε M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,14–16; Dind. II.53,14–16

KEYWORDS:  κακούργως   |   theological amelioration   


Or. 78.02 (vet exeg) ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον:  1ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα·  2διὰ μέσου γὰρ τὸ ‘ὅπως ἔπλευσα’, εἶτα ὥσπερ αἰτίαν λέγουσα τοῦ πλοῦ ‘θεομανεῖ πότμῳ’ φησὶν,  3ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ εἱμαρμένης μανεῖσα, ἢ μοίρᾳ θεοῦ μανεῖσα.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. For the phrase ‘however I sailed’ is parenthetic, and then as if telling the cause of the voyage she says ‘by a fate of divinely-inspired madness’, meaning having gone mad because of destiny, or having gone mad by a fate imposed by a god.

LEMMA: M(ἢν)CRw, ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα BV(ἥλιον),      REF. SYMBOL: MBVSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν] τὸν M   |    2–3 as sep. sch. Rf (punct. and space after 1 ἔπλευσα)   |    2 διὰ … ἔπλευσα om. Ox   |    γὰρ] δὲ Rf   |    τὸ om. MC   |    ὅπως ἔπλ.] ὅπως δ’ ἔπλ. V, ὅπως διέπλευσα SSa   |    ὥσπερ αἰτίαν] ὡς παραιτία Pr   |    ὥσπερ] ὡς VRf, ὡσπερεὶ Ox   |    αἰτίαν om. Ox   |    λέγουσα] λέγει SSa, S with punct. after πότμῳ and adding πότμῳ γὰρ before φησὶν, Sa with punct. after πλοῦ and space and ref. as if new sch. starting θεομανεῖ (Rf also has high stop after πλοῦ)   |    τοῦ πλοῦ om. V   |    φησὶν] τὴν εἱμαρμένην φησὶ V   |    2–3 φησὶν … (first) μανεῖσα om. C   |    3 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. V   |    μανεῖσα … μανεῖσα] ἐλαθεῖσα κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν Rf (cf. next sch.)   |    θεῶν Sa   |    second μανεῖσα om. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἢν M, ἧν S   |    ἀφοῦ RwSa   |    3 εἰμαρμένης vel ἐμαρμ. M, ἡμαρμένη Ox   |    ἢ] ἡ Pr   |    μοῖρα BCCrRwOx   |    (second) μανοῦσα B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,17–19; Dind. II.53,20–23; 54,1–2

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 78.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα·  2εἰ δὲ θέλεις γνῶναι πῶς ἔπλευσα, γίνωσκε ὅτι θεομανεῖ πότμῳ.  3κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ ὑπὸ δαίμονός τινος βίᾳ ἦχθαι εἰς Τροίαν φησίν.  —MBCPrRaRb, partial VSSa

TRANSLATION:   Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. And if you want to understand how I sailed, know that it was by a fate of divinely-inspired madness. She conceals her adultery and claims that she was led to Troy by force by some divinity.

LEMMA: MPr, in marg. B; cont. from prev. VSSa      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: follows sch. 82.08 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἣν … πότμῳ om. VSSa   |    1 εἶδον φησὶν Ra   |    ἔπλευσα] ἔπνευσα Ra   |    2 εἰ δὲ … ἔπλευσα om. Ra   |    ἐν add. before θεομανεῖ Pr   |    3 δὲ om. Rb   |    βίᾳ] Schw., om. VSSa, καὶ βίας M, βίας CRb, βίας transp. before δαίμονος BPrRa   |    τινος om. RaRb, τίς Sa, p.c. S   |    εἰς τὴν Sa   |    φησίν om. MS, transp. before ἦχθαι Sa   |    φησὶν ἑλένη Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἦν RaRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,21–23; Dind. II.53,23–26


Or. 78.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἣν⟩: λείπει τὸ οὐκ εἶδον  —M

TRANSLATION:   (To govern the relative pronoun) ‘I have not seen’ is to be understood.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,24

COMMENT:   If this is not a careless way of saying that the relative pronoun depends on the verb two lines later in 80, then this explanation is given because the mss almost all have a ὅπως δ’ in 79 and thus 80 οὐκ εἶδον appears to be part of a separate clause and unable to govern the pronoun in 78.   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 80.06 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεῖσα δ’ αἰάζω τύχας: ἄδηλον τίνος ἀπολειφθεῖσα θρηνεῖ, τοῦ {μὴ} ἰδεῖν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἢ τοῦ γνῶναι τῆς πορνείας τὴν αἰτίαν —MBVCCrPrRbRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   It is unclear what it is that she has been separated from to cause her to lament, her {not} seeing Clytemnestra or her understanding the cause of her adultery.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπολειφθεῖσα VRbRwS(ἀπολειφθεῖς)      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; after sch. 81.09 SSa (with lemma 73 in Sa); cont. from 78.03 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ μὴ γνωρίσασα τῶν αἰτιῶν τῆς πορνείας prep. Sa   |    ἀπολειφθῆναι Rf   |    first τοῦ] τὸ Pr   |    μὴ del. Schw.   |    ἰδεῖν] V, εἰδέναι others   |    ἢ τοῦ … αἰτίαν] ἀπολειφθεῖσα τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐμῆς φυγῆς Rb, ἀπολειφθεῖσα τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν δρόμον τῆς φυγῆς S   |    ἢ] καὶ Pr   |    τῆς πορν. τ. αἰτίαν] τῆς μοιχείας τ. αἰτίαν Sa, τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς μοιχείας Rf   |    at end add. ἢ τοῦ φόνου RfSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄδηλον τινὸς MRf, ἄδηλόν τινος Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,25–105,2; Dind. II.54,5–7, 2–4

COMMENT:   Note that the second half of the comment is based on the presence of δ’ in 79.   |    It is not certain that the deletion of μὴ is needed, since it could be a redundant negative after the idea of deprivation (but rhetorical balance is better without it). Its presence is imitated in the derivative sch. 80.08, 80.09.   |   


Or. 81.02 (vet exeg) Ἑλένη, τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἄν:  1πρὸς πάσας τὰς ὕβρεις ἀντέθηκε τὸ Ἑλένη, ὅθεν καὶ χιάζεται ὁ στίχος·  2σεσημείωται γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς Ἑλένης.  3αἰνίττεται δὲ ὅτι πονηρῶς κερτομεῖ περὶ τούτων πυνθανομένη περὶ ὧν παροῦσα ὁρᾷ.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION:   In response to all the insults Electra has opposed the word ‘Helen’, for which reason the chi is affixed to the line. For the name of Helen has been marked as significant. And Electra implies indirectly that Helen is maliciously criticizing when she inquires about things that she sees before her.

LEMMA: MCRf, ἑλένη τί σοι V, ἑλένη BPrRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντας Rw   |    ἀνατέθεικε (or ‑θηκε?) V, ἀνθέστηκε Rf, ἀντέθηκεν Rw   |    τῆ ἑλένη CrOx   |    ὄθεν om. Pr   |    σχίζεται RfRw, χλευάζεται CrOx   |    2 γὰρ om. V   |    3 πονηροῦ changed to πονήρου M, πονήρους Pr   |    first περὶ] παρὰ Rw   |    περὶ ὧν] παρὰ ὧν Rw, ἃ Rf, περὶ del. Schw.   |    ὁρᾷς MCrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 πονήρως BCCrRwOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,5–8; Dind. II.54,19–22

KEYWORDS:  αἰνίττομαι   |   πονηρῶς   


Or. 81.09 (vet exeg) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσα:  1τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα ὁρᾷς;  2τί δὲ ὁρᾷς;  3[81] ‘ἐν συμφοραῖσι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον’.  4δῆλον δὲ ὅτι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον λέγει ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον.  5περὶ τῶν δύο γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἐπύθετο λέγουσα [73] ‘πῶς, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σός’.  6εἰκότως οὖν καὶ αὐτὴ ἐπάγει τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἄυπνον κηδεμονίαν καὶ τὴν Ὀρέστου νόσον.   —BVCPrRfRw, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to say the things you see? And what do you see? ‘The offspring of Agamemnon in misfortunes’. It is obvious that with ‘offspring of Agamemnon’ she speaks not just of Orestes but also of herself. For Helen asked about the two when she said ‘How, poor girl, you and your brother …’ Justifiably, therefore, she too follows up with her own sleepless solicitude and Orestes’ sickness.

LEMMA: B(παροῦ()), τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἂν Pr, ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· ἣν ἐπεὶ προσίλιον ἔπλευσα· ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· C, λέγοιμ’ ἂν ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἴλιον ἔπλευσας παροῦσα εἰσορᾶς Rw, 73 πῶς ὦ τάλαινα κασίγνητός τε σὸς Sa      REF. SYMBOL: Sa (at sch., not at text)      POSITION: cont. from sch. 81.02 PrRf, cont. from 82.08 V; between 65.04 and 80.06 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τί χρέων … σός om. Sa   |    1 οἷον prep. Rf, ὁ δὲ νοῦς prep. V   |    τί χρεὼν] Schw., τί ἔχων V, τί ἔχω CRfRw, τίς χωρεῖ Pr, τίς χρεία B   |    εἰπεῖν] διηγήσασθαί σοι B, διηγήσασθαι Pr   |    ἅτινα] ἃ VRf   |    ὁρᾷς] παροῦσα ὁρᾶς Rf   |    3 ἐν συμφοραῖς B, om. Rf   |    4 δῆλον … γόνον om. Rf   |    δῆλον δὲ ὅτι] δηλονότι VC   |    4–5 οὐ τὸν … τῶν δύο γὰρ] ἐμὲ καὶ ὀρέστην καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ περὶ τὸν βωμὸν V (from misreading β̅ = δύο)   |    4 λέγει μόνον transp. Rw   |    ἀγαμ. γόνον om. Pr   |    5 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ] γὰρ καὶ BPr   |    ἡ ἑλένη] om. V, ἑλένη Pr   |    ἐπύθετο] θετο Rw   |    λέγουσα om. V   |    κασίγνητε V   |    τε σός om. VRw   |    6 οὖν om. Rw   |    αὕτη BSa, αὐτὴν Rf   |    ἀπάγει BPr, ἐπιφέρει V   |    τὴν ἑαυτῆς] τὴν ἑαυτῶν Rw   |    κηδεμονίαν] V, δυσδαιμονίαν BCPrRfSa, δεισιδαιμονίαν Rw   |    τὴν τοῦ ὀρ. Rw   |    τὴν νόσον ὀρέστου transp. V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 ἐπάγη C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,12–17; Dind. II.54,28–55,3

COMMENT:   Clearly this note was transmitted in a corrupt, partly illegible, or lacunose form. It is also a good example of how the B tradition often smooths out difficulties: τίς χρεία makes sense and uses a typical glossing word (often applied to χρεὼν), but the other corrupt readings point to χρεών, as Schw. saw; illegible **δεμονία has probably been adjusted (not just in B) to the generic δυσδαιμονία, whereas the specific κηδεμονία in V is more apposite.   


Or. 82.08 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον:  1τὴν ἀπολογίαν δι’ ἑνὸς ἐδήλωσεν ὀνόματος·  2καὶ Ὀρέστης γὰρ κρινόμενος εἰς τὴν ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ τοῦ πατρὸς κατέφυγεν ἀπολογίαν.   —MBVCPrRbRfRw

TRANSLATION:   She made clear her grounds of defence through a single name (Agamemnon); indeed Orestes too when on trial took refuge in the defence derived from his father.

LEMMA:  Rw, τὸν ἀγαμέμνονος Rb, ἐν συμφοραῖσι MC, ἐν συμφ. τὸν ἀγαμένονος V      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: cont. from 81.09, add. δὲ (after ἀπολογίαν) BPr; cont. from 76.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν ἀπολ. δὲ BPrRf, τὴν ἀπώλειαν Arsenius   |    2 καὶ om. Rb   |    ὀρέστην γὰρ κρινόμενον V   |    κοινόμενος Rb   |    ἀπὸ add. Schwartz   |    ἀπολογίαν κατέφυγεν transp. V   |    κατέφ.] ἀπέφ. RbRw   |    ἀπολογίαν] φιλοτιμίαν BPrRbRf; φιλότητα Arsenius   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατέφυγε BPrRbRf (all before φιλοτιμία)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,9–11; Dind. II.55,4–6


Or. 83.01 (vet exeg) ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος:  1ἐγὼ μὲν μὴ καθεύδουσα παρεδρεύω ἕνεκα τοῦ μικρὸν ἐμπνεῖν τοῦτον.  2εἶτα δυσχεραίνουσά φησι τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ, ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ ὄντι ἀθλίῳ.  3καὶ βεβαίωσις τούτου ‘νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος’.   —MBCPrRf, partial VRw

TRANSLATION:   Without sleeping I sit beside (him) because this man has little breath of life. Then in distress she says, (beside) the wretched corpse, that is, (beside him,) being a wretched corpse. And the justification of this is ‘for this man is a corpse’.

LEMMA: MC, ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος BPrRf, πάρεδρος Rw;      REF. SYMBOL: MBRf      POSITION: cont. from 84.01 V, prep. ὁ δὲ λόγος      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μὴ add. before παρεδρεύω Rf   |    τοῦ] τῶ Pr   |    μικροῦ Rw   |    2–3 ἵν’ ᾖ κτλ om. VRw   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ om. M   |    3 νεκροῦ M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἕνεκεν C, ἔνεκεν app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,18–21; Dind. II.55,9–11

COMMENT:   The explanation is based on taking 84 οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς with the main clause and not with νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος, a construal motivated by assuming ἕνεκα has its common meaning ‘because of’ rather than its less common idiomatic sense ‘as far as concerns’. The same punctuation is assumed in the next scholion. But sch. 84.01 reflects the correct punctuation and interpretation.   |   


Or. 83.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως:  1ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος θάσσω παρεδρεύουσα τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς,  2ὅ ἐστιν· ὅπως μὴ ἀποψύξας λάθῃ με, φυλάττω.   —MBVCMnPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   I, sleepless, sit in attendance beside the wretched corpse because of his scant breath. That is, in order that he not breathe his last without my noticing, I watch over (him).

LEMMA: MBPrRf, in marg. B; ἐγὼ μὲν V; ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: cont. from 83.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς prep. V   |    ἐγὼ … νεκρῷ om. Rw   |    καὶ add. before παρεδρ. PrRf   |    2 ὅ ἐστιν om. MnRbRwSSa   |    μὴ om. Rb   |    ἀψύξας app. M, ἀποψύχας C   |    φυλάττων Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 παρεδρευοῦσα Mn   |    οὔνεκα VCPr   |    2 φυλάσσω BPrRf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,22–24; Dind. II.55,12–14


Or. 84.01 (vet exeg) νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος:  1ἕνεκα τοῦ πνεύματος νεκρός ἐστι· 2μικρὸν γάρ τι ἔχει πνεῦμα καὶ μόλις ἀναπνεῖ.   —MBVCMnRbSa

TRANSLATION:   As far as his breathing goes, he is a corpse. For he has very scant breath and hardly respires.

LEMMA: MVC, νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος εἵνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnSaRb      REF. SYMBOL: MVSa      POSITION: intermarg. B; after next MnRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἕνεκα … ἐστι om. MnSa   |    πνεύματος] πατρὸς (compend.) C   |    1–2 νεκρός ἐστι μικρὸν] νεκρὸν V   |    1 ἐστι om. Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀναπνέει C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,1–2; Dind. II.55,15–16


Or. 84.02 (vet exeg) αὐτὸ γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ νεκρόν ἐστιν.  —MBRbV3

TRANSLATION:   His very breath, she says, is dead.

LEMMA: σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnRbSa      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. MV3; intermarg. B, cont. from prev.       

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὸ γὰρ] ἢ οὕτως αὐτὸ B   |    αὐτοῦ] του Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,3; Dind. II.55,16–17


Or. 85.05 (vet exeg) τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω κακά:  1σιωπῶ τὰ κακὰ τούτου, ἵνα μὴ δόξω αὐτῷ ὀνειδίζειν τὴν μητροκτονίαν.  2καὶ διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν αὐτοῦ ἐσήμηνεν,  3ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ὠνείδισας αὐτῷ εἰποῦσα ὅτι [74] ‘μητρὸς ὅδε φονεύς’, ἐγὼ δὲ οὔ.   —MBVCMnPrRbRfRwSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   I keep silent about the ills of this man, so that I may not seem to reproach him for the matricide. By means of her refusal to speak of them she (Electra) indicated the great number of his ills, while on the other hand she insinuates that you reproached him by saying that ‘this man is the murderer of his mother’, but I do not.

LEMMA: MCSa, τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω BV, τὰ τοῦδ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω MnRwb, οὐκ ὀνειδίζω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διωπῶ Mn   |    κακὰ τούτου VMn(τοῦτ‑ a.c.)RbSaYf2, κακὰ τοῦτον M, κατὰ τοῦτον BCPrRfRw   |    φησὶν add. before ἵνα Pr   |    δόξη VRb   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὴν Sa, αὐτὸν Mn   |    τὴν] αὐτὴν B a.c.   |    2 διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς] διὰ τοῦτο σιωπῶ RbSa, διὰ τὴν σιωπὴν Mn   |    μὲν transp. after σιωπῆς BPrRf, after τὸ VRwYf2   |    αὐτοῦ om. MnRbSa   |    ἐσήμηνεν VCRw, ἐσήμανεν others   |    3 first δὲ om. Sa   |    ὀνείδισας Rb, perhaps ἔδεισας Rf a.c.   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν MnPrRfSa   |    εἰπὼν V   |    ὅτι … φονεύς] μητρὸς φονέα Sa, μητρὸς Rf   |    ὅτι om. BRbYf2   |    ὅδε] δὲ MBCMnRb, om. Rw   |    φονεὺς ἔφυ Yf2, om. ἐγὼ δ’ οὔ   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,4–7; Dind. II.56,6–9


Or. 86.01 (vet exeg) σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία:  1πλεονάζει τὸ ὑπαρκτικὸν ῥῆμα, ἵν’ ᾖ σὺ δὲ {εἶ} μακαρία καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ σὸς μακάριος.  2⟨ἢ⟩ εἰς τὸ πόσις τελεία στιγμή, τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς ἀπολύτως.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   The verb of being is superfluous, so that the sense is: ‘You, fortunate one, and your husband, fortunate’. Or, there is a full stop at ‘posis’ and the following phrase is to be taken separately.

LEMMA: MCRw      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: sep. from prev. by three-dot punct. B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σὺ] οὐ B   |    εἶ del. Schwartz   |    first ὁ om. B   |    2 ἢ add. Mastr. (alternatively, regard as two sep. notes, with Schw.)   |    εἰς] εἰς δὲ C   |    πόσις οὖν B   |    τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς] τὸ δὲ ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ῥήμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,8–10; Dind. II.56,11–13

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει   


Or. 87.01 (vet exeg) ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς:  1ἤλθετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς.  2τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ τοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τραχύτερον αὐτὸ ἐποίησεν·  3ἁρπασόμενοι γὰρ ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς, φησίν.  4ἔοικε δὲ τῷ Ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας.   —MBVCPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   You have come to us. By the addition of the phrase ‘to/against us’ she made it (her utterance) harsher: ‘for you have come to attack and seize us’, she says. It is like the (use of the preposition ‘epi’ in) ‘Seven against Thebes’.

LEMMA: MVCPrRf, lemma ἥκετον Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbRf      POSITION: cont. from 86.01 B; after sch. 81.10 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπολύτως prep. PrRf (from sch. 86.01)   |    ἦλθε V   |    2 τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ] τὸ Rf   |    τραχύτερον αὐτὸ washed out in Rw   |    αὐτόν VRbRf, s.l. γρ. αὐτὸ V   |    3 ἁρπασάμενος M, ἁρπασόμενος V, perhaps ‑ομένους Rw   |    ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς om. M, add. s.l.   |    ἡμᾶς ἤλθετε transp. VRb   |    εἰς ἡμᾶς Rf   |    φησίν om. VRb   |    4 ἔοικε δὲ κτλ om. V   |    ἔοικε] εἴρηκε a.c. app. B, corr. in line and in marg.   |    τῷ B, τὸ others   |    θήβας B, θήβαις others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ταχύτερον Rf   |    4 ἔοικε] ἔοικεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ (20) φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι. I.106,11–13; Dind. II.56,25–57,2


Or. 88.01 (vet exeg) πόσον χρόνον δέ:  1πάντως δέδοικε μὴ ὀλίγον χρόνον δυστυχοῦσι,  2διὸ οὐδὲ τὸν χρόνον εἶπεν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.   —MBVCPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   Assuredly, she (Helen) is fearful that they have been unfortunate for (just?) a short time; therefore Electra did not even mention the time (in her reply).

LEMMA: MVCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 93.03 and sch. 94.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντως] om. BSa, πῶς Pr   |    δέδοικας M, δέδοικα RbSa   |    2 οὔτε MBCPr, οὐ Sa   |    ἡ ἑλένη Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὁλίγον M   |    δυστυχοῦσιν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,14–15; Dind. II.57,4–5

COMMENT:   The analysis fits with the tendency, evident in a number of scholia in this passage, of reading the characters’ statements as full of hostile innuendo (cf. next sch.). The critic assumes that Helen would be content if the siblings’ sufferings were of long duration, and suggests that in turn Electra replies without being specific about how many days in order to frustrate Helen’s Schadenfreude.   


Or. 89.01 (vet exeg) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα:  1οὐ πρὸς τὴν πεῦσιν ἀπεκρίνατο·  2ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἤρετο ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου νοσεῖ,  3ἡ δὲ εἶπεν ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε.  4τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν ὁμοίως ἄδηλον τῇ Ἑλένῃ.   —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION:   She did not respond to the inquiry. For Helen asked since what point in time he has been sick, and she said since he killed his mother. And this is in turn likewise unclear to Helen.

LEMMA: MVCRfRw, ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα γενέθ(λιον) B      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ om. Rw   |    τὴν om. MC   |    ἀπεκρίναιτο B (rewritten by later hand), ἀπεκρίνετο C   |    2 ἡ μὲν … ποίου washed out in Rw   |    κατὰ ποῖον χρόνον V   |    3 ἐξ οὗ BVCRf   |    3–4 μητέρα κτλ om. Rf (no more room on 116r, but no scholia ever entered on 116v)   |    4 after ἄδηλ. add. ἐστι BVRw (‑λόν ἐστι B, ‑λον ἔστι V, ‑λον ἐστὶ Rw)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἴρετο MRf (η s.l. Rf)   |    3 εἶπε Rw   |    ἀνεῖλεν MBV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,16–18; Dind. II.57,7–9


Or. 90.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1καὶ οὗτος, ὅτι μητέρα ἀνεῖλε, μέλεος,  2κἀκείνη, ὅτι ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνῃρέθη, μελέα.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Both this man is wretched because he killed his mother, and she is wretched because she was killed by her son.

LEMMA: MVCMn(μέλος)PrRSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSaYf2      POSITION: intermarg. B; Pr omitted first half in the sch. block, but added it vertically in margin, with ref. symbol      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ] ἔστιν δὲ καὶ Rb, ἔστιν δὲ MnSSa   |    οὗτος] αὐτὸς VMnRbSSa   |    ὅτι] ἢ ὅτι Rb   |    τὴν μητέρα CMnSa   |    μέλεος] om. V, μενέλεος M   |    2 κἀκείνη] καὶ αὕτη V   |    ὑπὸ τοῦ Yf2   |    παιδὸς αὐτῆς Pr   |    μελέα] μελέα τυγχάνει BYf2, μελέα τε ἡ ἑλένη V, μελέα τε ἑλένη τυγχάνει Sa, μελέα τῆ ἑλένη τυγχάνει MnRb; see next sch.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὖτος M   |    ἀνεῖλεν MMnRb   |    μελαία Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,19–20; Dind. II.57,17–18


Or. 91.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει τάδ’⟩: οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.  —MCLp

TRANSLATION:   Orestes is in such a state of misfortune that he has no strength at all because of his troubles.

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   μηδὲν Lp, μὴ δὲ MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,21–22; Dind. II.57,22–23


Or. 93.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ:  1οὕτως σοι πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ,  2ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη·  3εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, πείσομαι.   —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION:   I will obey you so much as my being occupied with the tendance of my brother permits, meaning: if what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey, since I am occupied; but if it does not separate (me), I will obey.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: in BP inserted between 1 and 2 of sch. 93.03      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως … ἀδελφοῦ om. BPr   |    2 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τουτέστιν BPr, αὐτοῦ C   |    ὡς ἀσχολ. om. BPr   |    3 εἰ δὲ … πείσομαι om. M   |    εἰ δὲ οὐ] οὐδὲ οὐ B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σο app. M   |    πήσομαι M   |    προσεδρείαν C   |    2 εἰ μὲν] ἡ μὲν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11


Or. 93.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τοῦτό σοι, φησὶ, πεισθείην, ὃ μὴ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.  2ἢ παντελῶς ἀπαρνεῖται τὴν ὑπούργησιν,  3τουτέστιν· οὐ πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι.  4ἔνιοι δὲ λείπειν φασὶ τὸ μή, ἵν’ ᾖ εἰρωνεία·  5πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι μὴ ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ·  6ἄσχολος γάρ ἐστιν.  7ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει·  8πῶς οὖν, φησὶ, πεισθῶ ἀσχολουμένη τῇ νοσοκομίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ;  9ἢ ὡς σχολὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ ἄγουσα, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα.  10ἢ τάχα τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτε, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅτε μὴ ἄσχολος.  11λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή.   —MBCPrRw, partial V

TRANSLATION:   I would obey you in this thing, whatever will not distract me from the tendance of my brother. Or she denies her help entirely, that is to say: I do not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother, so that the word ‘hōs’ may be taken as ‘hoti’ (because). But some say that there is an ellipsis of (the negative) ‘mē’, so that there is irony: I obey you because I am not occupied with the tendance of my brother; for she is occupied. Some interpret it as a question: How then, she says, am I to obey when I am occupied in tending my sick brother? Or because (I am) not at leisure, meaning the business is great. Or perhaps take the ‘hōs’ as ‘hote’ (‘when’), so that the sense is: when I am not occupied; for (the negative) ‘mē’ is to be understood.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V, in marg. MC; ὡς ἄσχολός γε BPr, ὡς ἄσχολος Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτό σοι … πείθομαί σοι transp. Rw to follow 5 προσεδρίᾳ, prep. ἢ   |    1 φησὶ om. V, φασὶ Rw   |    πεισθεῖσα Pr   |    ὧ μὴ B   |    ἀσχολήσῃ MC   |    με om. M   |    τῆς προσεδρευούσης τῶ ἀδελφῶ Pr   |    2–10 ἢ παντελῶς κτλ om. V, leaving short space before next lemma (V3 add. εἰ δὲ ἀπασχολήσει με ἢ χωρίσει με οὐ πεισθῶ σοι)   |    2 before ἢ add. partial sch. 93.01 BPr   |    ἢ] ἢ ὅτι BPr   |    3 first ὅτι] ὡς Rw   |    4 λείπειν φασὶ] φησὶ λείπειν Pr   |    λείπει C   |    5 πείθομαί σοι … προσεδρίᾳ om. Pr   |    τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ] προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ transp. M   |    6 γὰρ ἦν BPr, γάρ (ἐστι om.) Rw   |    7 ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει om. BPr   |    8 οὖν] σοι BPrRw   |    πεισθῶ] πιθὼ Pr   |    νεκροκομία Pr   |    9–11 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ] ἵνα ᾖ ἐρωτηματικῶς B, ἵν’ ἦ ἐρωτηματικὸν Pr   |    8 ἀντὶ τοῦ] αὐτοῦ C   |    10 τάχα] βάχ() C, βραχὺ MRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    11 λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή om., s.l. add. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπασχολήση Pr   |    προσεδρείας BVCRw   |    3 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία CPr, [Rw illegible, damage]   |    5 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία C, perhaps Rw (damage)    |   9 πράγμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,4–12; Dind. II.58,11–20

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 94.01 (vet exeg) βούλει τάφον μοι πρὸς κασιγνήτης μολεῖν:  1ἁπλούστερον αὐτῇ διαλέγεται, ὅτι μέλλει δεῖσθαι αὐτῆς,  2ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ παραφυλάττεται {καὶ} μητρὸς εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ὀνειδίζειν αὐτῇ.  3[Menander, Dysc. 492–493] ‘δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι κολακικὸν τὸν δεόμενόν του’.  4†διὰ τοῦτο οὖν συγγονίας άτω†   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   She speaks with her in a more straightforward manner, because she is about to make a request of her, and at the same time she is also careful not to say {also} ‘of (your) mother’, so that she may not seem to reproach her. ‘For one making a request of someone has to behave like a flatterer’. (?)For this reason she used a noun of kinship (sister).(?)

LEMMA: M, βούλει τάφον μοι VC, βούλει τάφον BPr      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: follows 88.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτῇ διαλέγεται] μὲν αὐτ() λέγεται V   |    2 ἐνταῦθα δὲ MC, ἐν ταύτη δὲ V   |    first καὶ V, om. others   |    second καὶ del. Mastr.   |    παραφυλάττεσθαι V, περιφυλάττεται Pr   |    after εἰπεῖν add. σῆς B   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὴν M   |    3 κολακευτικὸν Pr   |    δεόμενόν του Men., δεόμενον τινός V, δεόμενον· οὐ MC, δεόμενον BPr   |    4 διὰ … άτω] MC(ἄγω C), om. BVPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,13–16; Dind. II.59,8–10.

COMMENT:   The corrupt words at the end may have originated from something like διὰ τοῦτο ὀνόματι συγγενικῷ ἐχρήσατο (Schw., modeled on sch. 95.03).   |   


Or. 95.01 (vet exeg) μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς: νῦν μητέρα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσε δεικνύουσα ὅτι οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην λοιδορίαν προσήκατο. —MBVCPraPrbRbS

TRANSLATION:   Now she (Electra) called her (Clytemnestra) mother, showing that she did not even accept the first reproach (in 71 and 74).

LEMMA: MBC, μητρὸς κελεύεις VRb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: in block Pra, s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   μητρὸς VRb   |    αὐτὴν om. S   |    δεικνύουσαν C, δεικνύσα (sic) B, om. PrsS   |    πρώην MBC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκάλεσεν MPrb   |    δικνύουσα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,17–18; Dind. II.59,11–12


Or. 95.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: ἢ ὅτι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ἐχθρᾶς μητρὸς παραιτεῖται τὴν αἴτησιν  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:  Or because she is using the mention of her hated mother to decline the request.

POSITION:  cont. from prev.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ ὅτι] ὅτι C, ἢ τάχα BPr   |    τοῦ ὀνόματος] τοῦτο C, τὸ ο̅() M   |    τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς μητρὸς M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,19; Dind. II.59,12–13


Or. 95.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἡ μὲν κολακεύουσα συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο,  2ἡ δὲ παραιτουμένη τὴν κολακείαν εἶπε ‘μητρός’.   —MBCPrV3

TRANSLATION:   Helen, trying to wheedle a favor, used a term of kinship (sister), but Electra, rejecting the wheedling appeal, said ‘of (my) mother’.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MBCPr      POSITION: above 94 V3      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συγγενικοῖς ὀνόμασιν Pr   |    συγγενικῶς B   |    2 τὴν om. MC    |    μητρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς BPr; only μρ[ V3 (damage)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,20–21; Dind. II.59,14–15

COMMENT:   For the analysis cf. Sch. bT Hom. Il. 10.192 … εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φίλα τέκνα· τῷ γὰρ συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου νενίκηκεν ἡδονήν (about Nestor addressing the Greek night watchmen).   


Or. 96.18 (vet exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: χοαὶ αἱ χεόμεναι τοῖς νεκροῖς σπονδαί.  —MOCV3

TRANSLATION:   ‘Choai’ (‘poured offerings’) are the libation poured for the dead.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:   χοαὶ om. OV3   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,1; Dind. II.59,21


Or. 97.01 (vet exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν:  1οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν εἰς τὸν Μενέλαον.  2ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν·  3ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως, ἄντικρυς ἐναγῆ καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν οὖσαν προσπελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ ἀποδεικνύει τὴν Ἑλένην διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she places hope in Menelaus. If the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), she is openly declaring that Helen is polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐκ om. Pr   |    καὶ ταῦτα (from V, see next), καὶ τὰ MC, καίτοι BPr   |    ἔχειν om. MC   |    2 ἐὰν μὲν] εἰ μὲν οὖν BPr   |    ὁ λόγος ᾖ transp. BPr   |    -τερον MC   |    τὴν ἑλ. ἀποδεικ. transp. BPr   |    διὰ τῶν πεπραγμένων BPr   |    αὐτ τῶ φίλω Pr   |    τοῖς φίλοις del. Schwartz; perhaps a misplaced variant for τῷ τάφῳ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μετριότ‑ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108.2–6; Dind. II.59,26–60,5


Or. 97.04 (vet exeg) ἢ ἄλλως: πῶς; πικρῶς θέλει αὐτὴν ὁμολογῆσαι δι’ ὃ φυλάσσεται προσελθεῖν τῷ τάφῳ. —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   How (is it not proper)? With hostility she (Electra) wants her (Helen) to admit for what reason she (Helen) is wary of approaching the tomb.

LEMMA: Pr      POSITION: cont. from prev. with only high stop before ἢ ἄλλως MC      

APP. CRIT.:   punct. after πῶς add. Schw.   |    θέλει] εἰς Pr   |    ὁμολογ⟨εῖν ποι⟩ῆσαι suppl. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὸ CPr, δι ὃ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,7–8; Dind. II.60,5–6


Or. 99.01 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ: οὐδαμοῦ ἀνώμαλον τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἦθος —MVCYf2

TRANSLATION:   Nowhere is the character(ization) of Electra inconsistent.

LEMMA: V, 100 ὀρθῶς ἔλεξας C      REF. SYMBOL: V; to 100 C      POSITION: marg. M(beside 100)C, s.l. Yf2      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐδαμῶς Yf2   |    τὸ transp. after ἠλέκτρας Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,9–10; Dind. II.60,14

COMMENT:   The claim here is that Electra is always speaking freely and being critical of Helen, and is apparently an argument against an alternative view that she is more moderate (cf. 98.14).   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Schwartz misread M as having οὐδαμῶς.   |   

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 99.02 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ:  1τοῦτο φησὶ θλιβομένη.  2εἰ μὴ γὰρ σύ, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐγίνοντο· σὺ τούτων ἀρχηγός.  3δάκνουσα δὲ τοῦτό φησιν.   —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   She says this because she is distressed. For if you had not gone off, she says, these things would not be happening; you are the first cause of these events. And she says this in a stinging manner.

LEMMA: C, p.c M (a.c. perhaps ὀψὲ εὖ γε φρονεῖς), ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς Pr      POSITION: marg. M; after sch. 90.01 Pr (among disordered notes on 14v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 φησὶ … γὰρ σύ om. M   |    3 δάκνουσα Schw. (vol. II, Addenda), δακρύουσα all   |    τοῦτο] ταῦτα Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,11–12; Dind. II.60,15–16

COMMENT:   Knowing only the defective version of M (τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες), Dindorf proposed to read εἰ μὴ τότε, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, which was adopted by Schwartz, who missed the version in C (and did not use Pr). The full version shows the emendation to be superfluous.   


Or. 102.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: μόλις ἐλεγχομένη τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶπεν.  —MOVYf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Helen) with difficulty spoke the truth when cross-examined.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   μόλις om. O   |    τὴν ἀλήθειαν O   |    λέγει Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,15; Dind. II.60,25


Or. 103.14 (vet exeg) ἀναβοᾷ:  1τὸ ἀναβοᾷ δευτέρου ἐστὶ προσώπου παθητικῆς διαθέσεως, ἀναβοᾷ σύ, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δεινῶς γὰρ διὰ στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους ἀναβοᾷ σύ.   —MBVCAbMnPraPrbRaRbRwSY2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Anaboāi’ is second person of the passive voice, you are (your name is) loudly shouted, equivalent to shouted against. The sense is: you are terribly decried in the talk of Argos.

LEMMA: MBC      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf; cont. from next sch. VRaRbRw (add. δὲ VRbRw); cont. from sch. 99.02 Pra (14v), Prb follows sch. 97.01 (15r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἀναβ. … διαθέσεως om. Ra   |    τὸ om. AbMnPraPrbS   |    ἀναβοᾷ] app. καταβοᾶ Ab   |    δευτέρου ἐστὶν προσώπου M, προσώπου ἐστι δευτέρου BCPrb, προσώπου δευτέρου ἐστὶ VRw(ἐστὶν), προσώπου δύο ἐστὶν Rb, δευτέρου προσώπου Pra, δεύτερον πρόσωπον AbMnS, δεύτερον πρόσωπον ἐστὶ Y2Yf2   |    παθητικῆς διαθέσεως] παθητικῶν PraY2, τῶν παθητικῶν VRb, παθητικὸν AbMnSYf2    |    second ἀναβοᾷ … καταβοᾷ] om. S, first sentence of sch. 103.15 interposed before ἀναβοᾷ σύ AbMn   |    ἀναβοᾷ σύ] om. BPrb, ἀναβοᾶ σοι V, ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾶ σύ MCPra, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναβοῆσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Y2, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Yf2   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ] om. RwY2Yf2, ἤγουν καταβοᾶ Pra   |    after καταβοᾷ add. σύ BPrb   |    2 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. Pra   |    νοῦς δὲ (ὁ om.) Mn   |    δεινῶς γὰρ om. VMnRaRbRwS, prob. Ab (damage)   |    διὰ τοῦ στόματος B, διστόματος Rb   |    σύ] om. BPrb; punct. before σὺ S, as of σὺ starts next lemma    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καταβοὰ Mn   |    2 ἔργους Mn   |    ἀναβαᾶ Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,16–18; Dind. II.61,4–6


Or. 103.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’.  —MVCAbMnPrRaRbRwY2

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition is used with the accusative in the sense) through the mouth (prep. with gen.), just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. app. C; ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόμα VRw, δεινὸν γὰρ ἄργει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: before prev. sch. VRaRb, follows sch. 122.06 in Rw; cont. from Pra version of prev. Pr; AbMn insert this in prev. sch., before ἀναβοᾷ σύ      

APP. CRIT.:   note mostly lost to trimming Ra   |    ὥστε prep. Rb [Ra], ὡς τὸ prep. AbMn, διὰ στόμα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    διὰ τοῦ στόμ. om. Y2   |    τοῦ om. MnPr [Ab]   |    ὡς τὸ] αὐτὸ Rb[Ra], ὥσπερ τὸ Pr   |    ἀνά τ’ ἔντεα MCPrY2 (ἀνα τ’ C, app. M)   |    καὶ] om. Mn, perhaps Ab, καὶ διὰ MC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔντεα] εἴτεα Rb[Ra]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,19–20; Dind. II.61,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   After this sch. in Mn there are two grammatical scholia that do not relate to anything in the text: (at end of column of scholia on 11r) ξυνωρὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύνω ξύρεσθαι καὶ σύρεσθαι (mistranscribed in Dindorf IV.257,1–3); (in the bottom margin of 11r) βραχίων βραχικύων [read βραχὺς κίων] τίς ὢν οἰονεὶ βραχὺς ἦν, cf. Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 119,16 and Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βραχίων.   |   


Or. 103.16 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο δὲ ἀπολογίας ἔχεται ὡς ὅτι συμπάσχουσά σοι εἴρηκα.  2πλεονάζει δὲ ὁ τέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   This remark is close to an apology, alleging that ‘I have spoken in sympathy with you’. The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous.

LEMMA: cont. from prev. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴρηκας M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,20–21

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει   


Or. 106.01 (vet gloss) ἑλ[  —H3

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This is reported by Daitz with a gamma and undeciphered trace after lambda and assigned to hand H3 (with u.v.). On his image I see only ἑλ and perhaps a faint abbreviation stroke on the lambda. I wonder whether this is a personae nota placed at the right of the line instead of the left, or in addition to the left (for an example of this in M see Prelim. Stud. 182). To be rechecked when the new images of H are publicly available.   


Or. 106.09 (vet exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: κυρίως δὲ πρόσπολοι λέγονται αἱ δοῦλαι.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The slave-women are called ‘prospoloi’ in the proper sense (of the word).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   κυρίως δὲ om. C   |    πρόπολοι C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,22; Dind. II.61,15


Or. 108.01 (vet exeg) εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθένοισιν:  1τί οὖν; ταῖς τελείαις τοῦτο καλόν;  2ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐν Σπάρτῃ εἰώθασι γυμνάζεσθαι αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ παρθένοι,  3ὥστε δέδοται μὲν παρθένοις εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν, οὐ μὴν καθόλου,  4ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ ὡρισμένοις πράγμασιν οἷον κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις,  5oὐ μὴν ἄλλο τι πραγματευομέναις.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   What then? Is this fine for adult women (to go out among a crowd)? Well then, one can say that in Sparta the wives and the unmarried girls are accustomed to take exercise, so that it has been granted to unmarried girls to go out in public, but not as a general rule, but (only) in defined circumstances, such as when carrying a ritual basket in procession or exercising, not however for any other activity.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθ() οὐ καλ(ον) B, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν VPrRbRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV, app. Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴποι τίς prep. BVPrRw, εἶπε τις prep. Rb   |    ταῖς om. Pr   |    τοῦτο] τὸ MCRw, om. V   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν Pr   |    3 δίδοται VRw   |    4 ἀλλ’ om. Pr   |    κανισκοφορούσαις VRb, κἂν ἐνφερούσαις Rw   |    5 ἀλλ’ ὅτι M, ἀλλ’ ὅτε Rb, ἀλλὰ Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰώθασιν Rb   |    3 ὠστε Rb   |    ὅχλον C   |    4 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,4–8; Dind. II.61,23–62,4

COMMENT:   The commentator seems unaware that funeral processions and subsequent ritual visits to the grave of a relative were also occasions for women to go out.   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 108.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ταῖς νεάνισιν·  2οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγάμοις.  3ἄγαμος γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  4παρθένος δέ ἐστιν ἥ τε ἀμιγὴς καὶ ἡ ἄρτι ἡβῶσα.  5ἢ πάλιν κακονόως οὐ παρθένον βούλεται δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπείσθη αὐτῇ.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘parthenioisin’ Helen here means) young girls. For she does not mean unmarried girls. For Electra too is unmarried. And a ‘parthenos’ is both the girl who is still a virgin and the one who is just coming to sexual maturity. Alternatively, once again with ill will she (Helen) wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she (Electra) did not accede to her request.

LEMMA: Pr, in marg. B, ἕρπειν MC      POSITION: before sch. 108.01 M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ παρθένοισι prep. VRb, παρθένοις prep. BPr (perhaps lemma mistaken for first words of note)   |    2 τοῖς M   |    3 καὶ] om. VCPrRb, ἦν Rw   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα] ἡ ἑλένη CRb   |    4 δέ] τέ MBVPrRb   |    ἡ ἀμιγής τε transp. (and second ἡ del.) Elsperger 1908: 69 n. 33   |    ἀμιγὴς om. Pr   |    ἡ om. MPrRbRw   |    5 κακοήθως VRb, κακούργως Pr   |    δεῖξαι βούλεται transp. Schw., without note   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν] τὴν ἑλένην Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἀμιγὶς Rb, ἀμογῆς Rw   |    ἄρτι] ἄργη C   |    ἡβόωσα Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,23–109,2; Dind. II.62,5–8

KEYWORDS:  κακονόως   |   κακοήθως   |   κακούργως   


Or. 108.05 (vet exeg) τοῦτο κακοήθως εἶπεν. βούλεται γὰρ μὴ παρθένον δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τῷ μὴ πεισθῆναι αὐτῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She said this maliciously. For she wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she did not accede to her request.

REF. SYMBOL: H (to παρθ.)      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 108.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ ἕρπειν κυρίως ἐπὶ ὄφεως.  —HMV3C

TRANSLATION:   The (verb) ‘herpein’ is used properly of a serpent.

POSITION: s.l., except C, cont. from prev., adding δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἕρπειν om. HV3   |    ἐπὶ ὄφεων λέγεται C   |    τῆς ὄφεως app. H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,3; Dind. II.62,8


Or. 109.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τροφὰς⟩:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα·  2ἀνθ’ ὧν ἀνετράφη ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα.   —HMVC, partial OAbMnPrSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Meaning repayment for nurture. Giving a return for the fact that she was raised by her.

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν τίνοις ἂν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. CMnPrSSa; marg. HM; under the line (in lower margin) Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα om. AbMnPrSSaYf, om. O, but sep. has (τροφ)ια above τροφὰς   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V    |    τροφεῖα] τρόφεια M, (τροφ)ια O, τρόφιν (or ‑ην changed to ‑ιν) C   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὧν om. Ab, ἀνθ’ ὧ app. Yf2   |    ἀνεστράφη Sa, ἐτράφη S, ἀνατρέφη Mn   |    ἐπ’ αὐτῆς AbMnPrSSa   |    ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα om. HO   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀνθῶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,9–10; Dind. II.62,11–12

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 115.10 (vet exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν’ ᾖ μετὰ γάλακτος.  —MCMnRmargRbS

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘meta’ is omitted (and to be understood), so that the meaning is ‘with milk’.

LEMMA: μελίκρατ’ ἄφες MnRbS       REF. SYMBOL: M (to γάλακτος), Rb(to the whole line)       POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ μετά om. C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἵνα Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,11; Dind. II.63,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.13 (vet gloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: μετὰ  —HOAaAbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γάλακτος add. H   


Or. 115.16 (vet exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου ῥύσιν διὰ τῆς ἄχνης ἐσήμανε.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμάτων εἴρηται [Hom. Il. 4.426]·  3‘ἀποπτύει δ’ ἁλὸς ἄχνην’.  4οἱ δὲ ἀκύρως τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  5λάχνη γὰρ ἡ θρὶξ, ἀλλ’ ἄχνη τὸ λεπτὸν μέρος, ὃ κατέχειν τις οὐ δύναται, οἱονεὶ ἀέχη τις οὖσα.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) indicated the abundant flow of wine vividly by using the word ‘achnē’. And this word has been used of waves (in Homer): ‘the sea spits forth a foam of salt water’. Some say it is used in a transferred sense to mean wine-colored hair. For hair is called ‘lachnē’, but ‘achnē’ is used of the fine portion of hair that one is not able to grasp/control, as if being some unheld thing (‘aechē’).

LEMMA: BPr(οἰνοπόν Pr, a.c. B), μελίκρατ’ ἄφες γάλακτος οἰνοπόν τ’ ἄχνη MC, μελίκρατ’ ἄφες VMnRaRbS, ἄχνην Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partly washed out   |    1 ἐκφαντικῶς C, ἐμφατικῶς Rb   |    δαψιλῆ transp. after οἴνου MBCPrRw   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    1 διὰ τῆς] BPr, διὰ γὰρ τῆς others   |    1–2 ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ] τοῦτο ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ MnRaRbRw, τοῦτο ἐσήμανε. ὅμηρος γὰρ V    |    1 ἐσήμανε om. S   |    2 τῶν om. V   |    2 εἴρηται om. V   |    3 ἁλὸς] διὸς Rw   |    ἄχνην] ἄχνη V, ἄχην Mn   |    4 ἀκύρως] V, κυρίως others   |    φησὶ Mn   |    5 λεπτὸν μέρος] λεπτόμενον V   |    οὐ om. S   |    ἀέχη] ἔχνη C, ἄχη Rw, ἀέχνη Pr   |    second τις] τί M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δαψιλὴν Mn   |    ῥῦσιν Pr   |    3 ἀλὸς M, ἄλλος Pr   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἄχνη] ἀλάχλη a.c., ἀλάχνη p.c. Pr   |    first τίς Ra   |    οἰονεὶ MMn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,12–16; Dind. II.63,5–9

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 115.17 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου {καὶ} ῥύσιν· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἄχνης τοῦτο ἐσήμηνεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Abundant flow of wine. For this is what he indicated by using the word ‘achnē’. Other say (the phrase) means wine-colored hair.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 116.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀκροῦ χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἄκρον χῶμα  —HM

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(going) up to the top of the mound’.

POSITION: s.l. H, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,17; Dind. II.63,20


Or. 118.16 (vet exeg) ⟨τε⟩: περιττὸς ὁ τέ· βούλεται δὲ λέγειν φόβῳ ταρβοῦσα.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous. She means to say ‘dreading with fear’ (that is, the dative noun ‘fear’ goes with the participle ‘tarbousa’ rather than being a separate expression).

POSITION: intermarg. MC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,18; Dind. II.647–8

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 119.06 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐμενῆ δ’ ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: γράφεται πρευμενῆ, ὅ ἐστι πραϋμενῆ καὶ προσφιλῆ. —MCV3MnRbS

TRANSLATION:   ‘Preumenē’ is (also) written, that is, gentle-minded (‘praümenē’) or friendly.

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V3S      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. καὶ V3CRb   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἤγουν MnRbS   |    πραϋμενῆ καὶ om. RbS   |    πραϋνομένη C, cf. πραυμένη M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσφιλ() C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,19; Dind. II.64,9

COMMENT:   Compare sch. MBPr Hec. 538 πρευμενής: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 120.02 (vet exeg) καὶ πόσει γνώμην ἔχειν:  1ἐνταῦθα ἡ βελτίστη οὐδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα ἑαυτῆς προέκρινε·  2τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μικροῦ δεῖν καὶ ἐπελάθετο.   —MCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the wonderful woman did not even give precedence to her daughter over herself. As for her husband, she almost even forgot about him.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ πόσει RaRbSa, καὶ ποσι Mn, πόσει S       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. MnSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τοῦ] τοῦτο M   |    γὰρ om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προέκρινεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,20–22

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 121.01 (vet exeg) τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν:  1καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι, ὅμως μετὰ ἀρᾶς.  2τὸ γὰρ οὓς ἀπώλεσεν θεός δοκεῖ μὲν συναχθομένη λέγειν, πανούργως δὲ ἐμφαίνει ὅτι θεοῖς ἀπηχθημένοι εἰσίν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπολλύει εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλεσεν, ὡς ἐγνωσμένης ἤδη τῆς παρὰ θεῶν δυσμενείας.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted, but even so she does it with a curse. For in uttering the phrase ‘whom god has destroyed’ she seems to be sharing their distress, but with malicious cunning she indirectly suggests that they are hated by the gods. For she did not say ‘is destroying’ but ‘has destroyed’, as if the hostility on the part of the gods is already decided.

LEMMA: all (add. τοῖνδε Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δόξῃ] λέξῃ B   |    1–2 μετὰ ἀρᾶς. τὸ γὰρ οὓς] μιαροὺς καλεῖ. οὓς γάρ φησι V   |    2 δοκεῖ] εὐδοκεῖ M   |    λέγειν om. V   |    καὶ add. before θεοῖς BVRw   |    ἀπηχθομένοι B, ἀπηχθομένα app. Pr, ἀπηχθημένη V   |    3 ἀπολλύει] οσπόλλ begun by B, but corr.; ἀπολύει MVPr   |    εἷπεν om. V   |    ὡς… δυσμενείας om. V   |    ἐγνωσμένως C   |    ἤδη om. Rw   |    παρὰ om. PrRw   |    θεῷ C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παντελῶ Rw   |    ἁρᾶς Rw   |    2 ἀπώλεσε BCPrRw   |    3 δυσμενίας Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,23–27; Dind. II.64,12–16

KEYWORDS:  πανούργος/πανούργως   |   character, analysis of   


Or. 121.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: μέμνηται καὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 122.01 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν, ταῦτα κἀμὲ ὑπισχνοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ποιεῖν.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The things which it has become customary to do for the dead, promise that I too will do these in regard to my sister.

LEMMA: MBPrRaRb(ἀδ’ εἰς), ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν καιρός C, ὑπισχνοῦ Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      POSITION: after 122.04 V      

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιεῖν] πλεῖν Pr   |    ταῦτα … ποιεῖν om. V   |    κἀμὲ] καὶ S   |    ὑπισχοῦ Rb, ἐπισχνοῦ S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,1–2; Dind. II.64,17–18


Or. 122.02 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἅπαντα τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν δωρήματα, ἃ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐμὴν ἐκπονεῖν, ὑπισχνοῦ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   All the gifts for the dead, which it is timely to perform for my sister, promise (them).

LEMMA: BPrRw       POSITION: cont. from 122.01 C, from 122.11 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἅπαντα] ἅπαντα δὲ BVPrRw, ἅπαντα δὲ δωρήματα M (with dicolon as if the words are a lemma)   |    εὐκαιρον εἰς] εὔκαιρα εἰς M, εὐκαιρεῖς Rw   |    τὴν ἐμὴν V   |    ἐκπονεῖν ἐμὴν transp. BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,3–4; Dind. II.64,18–20


Or. 122.03 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἅπερ δὲ πρέπει τοὺς τεθνηκότας παρὰ τῶν ζώντων λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦ τῇ ἐμῇ ἀδελφῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   And whatever it is proper for the dead to receive from the living, promise these things to my sister.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 126.03 (vet exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1οἱ μέν φασι συνωνυμεῖν τῇ μορφῇ καὶ τῇ δομῇ,  2οἱ δὲ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  3οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  4ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.   —MBCPr, partial VCAaRaRbRwSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is synonymous with shape and bodily form, some with the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φύσις MnRaRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf2, cont. from sch. 126.02 VAaRw      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partially washed out   |    1–4 οἱ μέν … κακὸν om. Yf2   |    1 δομῇ] ὁρμῇ B(ὀρ‑)C, δοκιμῆ Mn, ὁράσει Pr   |    τῆ εὐπρεπεία V   |    τοῦ κάλλους Aa   |    3–4 οἱ δὲ κτλ. om. Pr, jumping to what follows κάλλος in sent. 1 of sch. 127.01 σωτήριόν τε   |    3 οἱ δὲ] ἄλλοι δὲ Sa   |    ἕκαστον Sa   |    4 ὡς μέγα κτλ om. VAaMnRaRbRwSSa (see next sch.)   |    φαῦλος del. Schw., add. κακῶς after first τοῖς   |    first ἐστι transp. to follow κακόν B   |    first καὶ om. Yf2   |    after first κεκτημένοις add. αὐτὸν Yf2   |    ὁ ἀγαθὸς add. before πάλιν B   |    ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις om. B   |    second ἐστι om. CYf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 second τῇ] τὴν Rw   |    4 εστιν … ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,7–11; Dind. II.66,5–9


Or. 126.04 (vet exeg) 1οἱ μὲν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν φασὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  2οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  3ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images when available; looks like ἐπιβλαπὴς on Daitz image.   |   


Or. 127.01 (vet exeg) σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις: 1πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκτήσαντο, 2ὧν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Γανυμήδης παρὰ θεοῖς εἶναι ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοις κοσμήσας τὴν θρεψαμένην. 3καὶ Ἀμυμώνη δὲ διὰ τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τὸ ἄνυδρον Ἄργος πολύυδρον ἐποίησε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος.   —MBVCPraPrbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For many persons possessed their beauty for the salvation of themselves or their country. One example of these is Ganymede, who was deemed worthy to be among the gods and adorned with immortal horses the country that raised him. And also Amymone because of her individual beauty caused (her country) waterless Argos to become rich in water through her intercourse with Poseidon.

LEMMA: MC, σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς VRw(τῆς κακῶς), ἄλλως· σωτήριόν τε B, σωτήριόν τε HPrb      POSITION: between sch. 128.01 and 129.09 M, after 129.09 Prb, after 149.01 Rw; Pra is incomplete version cont. from sch. 126.02      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πολλοὶ … κάλλος om. Pra   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    τῆς om. HVRw   |    2–3 ὧν ἐστιν κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐστιν εἷς] εἷς ἐστι καὶ BPra   |    εἷς om. Prb   |    ὁ om. BPrb   |    εἶναι] V, om. others   |    ἵππους ἀθανάτους Prb   |    κοσμῆσαι B, κοσμήσειν Prb, κομίσας Pra   |    τῆ θρεψαμένη Prb   |    3 καὶ ἡ ἀμυμ. BVPraRw   |    second τὸ om. Pra   |    ἄργος] πέλαγος Pra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γαννυμήδης VCPraPrbRw   |    3 ἀμυμόνη MRw, ἀμύμων Pra   |    ἐποίησεν MB   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,13–17; Dind. II.66,11–15


Or. 127.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: πολλοὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ κάλλος εὐεργέτησαν τὰς πατρίδας.  —M

TRANSLATION:   For many have benefitted their native land because of their beauty.

POSITION: between sch. 126.03 and 128.01 M (punct. as sep., but no lemma)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,12; Dind. II.66,9–10


Or. 128.01 (vet exeg) εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας: 1τὸ εἴδετε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτον’ καὶ [Hom. Il. 4.223] ‘ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις’. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμωσὶ ταῦτα λέγειν. 3οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον. 4ἐφελκυστικὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον τῶν θεατῶν ὁ ποιητὴς, οὐ φροντίζων τῶν ἀκριβολογούντων.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘eidete’ (‘did you see’) is equivalent to ‘idoi tis an’ (‘one might see’), as (the Homeric phrases) ‘you might say (he was) mightily angry’ and ‘there you would not see him dozing’. Some say that she addresses this to the servant-women, others say it is directed to the audience, which is indeed better. For the poet is always rather inclined to draw in the audience, showing no regard for those who are fussy about details.

LEMMA: MBC, εἴδετε Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra largely washed out   |    1 ἴδετε V, εἴδε S   |    ἴδη Pr   |    φαίας V   |    after ζάκ. add. τέ τιν’ ἔμμεναι B(ἔμεναι)Pr   |    καὶ ἔνθ’ … ἴδοις om. MnSSa, app. Ra   |    καὶ] καὶ τὸ BPr   |    ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν om. V   |    βρίθοντα V   |    ἴδης PrRb   |    2 φησι VRaRb   |    δμωσὶ] B, δμωῆσι MVC(‑ῇσι) [Ra], δμώαισι Rb(τμω‑)MnSa, δμωέσι S, δμωΐοις Pr   |    3 πρὸς] φησι V   |    ὃ] ὅτι V, perhaps Ra, οἳ Rb   |    4 ἐφελκυστικὸν MC, ‑ικῶς Mn   |    γὰρ om. Sa   |    ὁ ποιητὴς transp. after ἐστιν MnRaRbSSa   |    μᾶλλον ἀεὶ transp. V [Ra]   |    ἀεὶ] αἳ Rb[Ra], καὶ MnSSa   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    ἀκριβολογουμένων M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κεν M   |    ζάκουσον Pr   |    ἔνθ’] ἔντ’ Pr   |    βρύζοντα Rb   |    4 θεάτων Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,18–22; Dind. II.66,17–67,2

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   dramatic technique of Euripides   


Or. 128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἴδοι τις. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμώαισι ταῦτα λέγειν, 3ὃ ἄμεινον.   —H

TRANSLATION:   One might see. Some say she says this to the servant-women, which is better.


Or. 128.08 (vet gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδοι τίς ἄν  —HMnSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:   τι app. B3a   |   ἄν om. HB3a   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B, perhaps faint trace of a sigma?   |   


Or. 128.23 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείποι τοῦ ὑγιοῦς.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   In order that by the small extent of the removal she would not at all fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair).

LEMMA: C, 129 ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή V      REF. SYMBOL: (to 129) V      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ δὲ V   |    ἀπολείποι Mastr. (after ἀπολίποι Schw.), ἀπολείπει MC, ἀπολίποιτο V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.24 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ ὑγιοῦς μηδὲ τῷ κάλλει λυμήνασθαί τι  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   So as, by the small extent of the removal, not at all to fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair), nor to cause any damage to her beauty

LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg.), ἄλλως ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας Pr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μικρότητι Pr   |   μὴ δὲ BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 129.09 (vet exeg) ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή: 1ἤτοι πονηρὰ, ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον· 2τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εὔμορφος ἐπιμελεῖται. 3ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι σεσωφρόνισται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι μεμένηκεν.   —HMBVCAaPrRaRbSa, partial YY2

TRANSLATION:   That is, she is bad, or has the same cast of mind as previously. For she is careful about being beautiful in appearance. And she (Electra) criticizes her (Helen) because not even by her wrongful actions has she been chastened, but she has continued in the same character traits.

LEMMA: B(τ’)AaPrMnSSa, ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι Rb, lemma ἡ πάλαι γυνή MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      POSITION: s.l. YY2      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 (ἤτοι om.) πονηρὰ ἢ … φρονοῦσα written by Y, ἃ καὶ … ἐλέγχει αὐτὴν added by Y2   |    1 ἃ καὶ om. Pr   |    2 τοῦτο γὰρ BPr   |    εὔμορφον MCY2; above εὔμορφος something illegible in H (εὐμορφίας?)   |    3 ὅτι οὐδὲ κτλ] om. Y2, ὡς μὴ δέπω[ H, the rest lost   |    οὐδὲν Aa   |    τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασι AaS   |    σεσωφρόνηται AaRa, perhaps a.c. Rb, either this or ‑ησται a.c. Mn   |    αὐτοῖς om. MBCAaPrSa [H]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φρονεῖσα Pr   |    3 ἐλλέγχει MnS   |    μεμένηκε MCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,3–6; Dind. II.67,10–13


Or. 131.03 (vet exeg) πᾶσάν θ’ Ἑλλάδα:  1τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰποῦσα ἐπήνεγκε τὸ καθόλου·  2ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.255–256]· ‘ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες / ἄλλοι τε Τρῶες’.   —MBVCPr, partial H

TRANSLATION:   After mentioning the individual she added the overall group: like Homer, ‘Truly Priam would rejoice, and Priam’s children and other Trojans’.

LEMMA: MBC(δ’)Pr(ἅπασαν), καὶ τόνδε πᾶσάν θ’ ἑλλάδ() V      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ κατὰ V   |    2 ὡς κτλ om. H   |    ὡς καὶ ὅμ. BVPr, ὥσμηρος C   |    γηθήσῃ BPr, γηθῆ() V   |    ἄλλοι τε τρῶες om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἦ κεν] ἧκε C, ἧκεν V, εἴ κεν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,7–9; Dind. II.67,16–18

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 132.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὰς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra caught sight of them.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. ascribes this to C as well as M, but this is a slip. Sch. 131.03 starts at the bottom of 14v and is completed in the first line of 15r, and sch. 140.07 follows it. No interlinear or intermarg. notes are written near 132, and fire has not damaged any notes on this page of C.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 132.02 (vet exeg) αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ θεασαμένη αὐτὰς ταῦτα φησὶ.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra, having caught sight of them, says this.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 138.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς πραϋμενής.  —HMC

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘gentle’, ‘friendly’, ‘kindly’.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. M, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   πραϋμενής om. H   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ambig. whether accent πραϋμένης or ‑μενής M   |   


Or. 140.07 (vet exeg) σῖγα σῖγα:  1ἠρέμα, ἀψοφητὶ καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας.  2πρόσφορος τῷ πάθει ἡ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἀγωγὴ δοχμιάζουσα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwbSa, partial Rwa

TRANSLATION:   Quietly, without noise and silently. The melodic sequence of the rhythm, being dochmiac, suits the strong emotion.

LEMMA: B, σίγα σίγα MVCPrRbRwbSa, ἄλλως Rwa      REF. SYMBOL: BVSa      POSITION: follows sch. 144.01 Rwa (15r), follows sch. 122.01 (itself displaced after sch. 149.01) Rwb (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἠρέμα … ἡσυχίας om. Rwa   |    ἡμέρα M   |    ἀψόφητον MnSa   |    2 προσφόρως VMnRwbSa, προφόρως Rb   |    after πρόσφ. add. δὲ BPr   |    δογματίζουσα MnSa, om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρέμα V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,15–16; Dind. II.68,12–13


Or. 140.18 (vet exeg) λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ κούφως καὶ ἐλαφρῶς τιθεῖτε τὸν πόδα μετὰ τῆς ἀρβύλης.  2εἰ δὲ γράφεται λευκὸν ἴχνος, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.538] ‘ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις’.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘lightly and nimbly place your foot together with the shoe’. And if the reading is (instead) ‘white footprint’, (the adjective is applied with) the whole (indicated) from the part as in ‘silver-footed Thetis’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως ἴχνος ἀρβύλης Pr       POSITION: cont. from 140.07 B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,17–19; Dind. II.68,14–16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.30 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ἴχνος δὲ λέγει τὸν πόδα καὶ ἀρβύλη ἐστὶν εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου κοίλου καὶ βαθέος.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   By footprint he means the foot, and ‘arbulē’ is a species of women’s footwear that is hollow and deep.

LEMMA: Pr       POSITION: cont. from sch. 140.18 B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,20 app.; Dind. II.68.16–17


Or. 140.34 (vet exeg) ἀρβύλης: εἶδος ὑποδήματος κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου.  —HMOC

TRANSLATION:   Species of hollow, deep women’s footwear.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. M, marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου] γυναικείου κοίλου H, κοίλου γυναικείου O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111.20


Or. 141.01 (vet exeg) τιθεῖτε:  1ποιητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιθῶμεν.  2εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορὸς κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔσω.   —HBVCAbMnPraRbRwSSaa, partial AbPrbSab

TRANSLATION:   (The second-person imperative is used) poetically, instead of ‘let us place’. And the chorus has come inside according to the assumed scenario.

LEMMA: B(ἄλλως in marg.)VRw, ἀλλὰ τιθεῖτε Pr, τιθεῖτε τιθεῖτε Rb, τιθεῖτε μὴ κτυπεῖτε C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. AbMnSSaa; marg. HPrb; beneath the line (in lower margin) Sab      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ποιητικῶς … τιθῶμεν om. Prb   |    ποιητικῶς om. Saa   |    τοῦ om. CSaa   |    θῶμεν MnRbSaaSab   |    2 εἰσελήλυθε κτλ om. Ab, om. or lost to damage Sab   |    δὲ] γὰρ Saa, om. S   |    κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθ.] VMnPrRb, om. H, κατὰ ὑπόθεσιν others   |    ἔσω] ἔνδον BPr, om. MnSSaaPrb, perhaps correctly   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσελύληθε Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,21–22; Dind. II.69,3–4

COMMENT:   Both καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν and κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν are common expressions. The former is the more common, used especially in philosophers, medical and scientific writers, and writers on rhetoric, where it means ‘by assumption’ or ‘assuming for the sake of argument’ (see the example of καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα in sch. 288.07). With the article the phrase means ‘in accordance with the assumption already made’ or, in reference to staging, the scenario assumed by the playwright/director in presenting the action. That seems to be the sense here, as also in sch. Med. 112 κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰσῆλθον οἱ παῖδες, ἡ δὲ πρεσβῦτις οὖσα ἔξωθεν ἐπιστενάζει, sch. Alc. 233 οὐκ εὖ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἔσω πραττόμενα δεῖ ταῦτα θεωρεῖσθαι.   |   Unless ἔσω/ἔνδον is a secondary addition, this note reflects the view that Orestes and Electra are actually to be imagined to be indoors, probably because of ὑπώροφον in 147, the meaning of which was much disputed: compare the gloss ὑπόσκηνον of V1 (147.37). Without ἔσω, εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορός would simply have its standard meaning ‘the chorus has made its entrance (into the orchestra)’.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)   


Or. 142.03 (vet exeg) ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσ’:  1τὸ ὁλόκληρον τούτου τινές φασι τὸ ἀπόπροθι,  2καὶ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν οὕτως ἐξεδέχοντο [Il 7.334] ‘τυτθὸν ἀποπρὸ νεῶν’.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that the full version of this word (‘apopro’) is ‘apoprothi’, and they interpreted it thus in line with the Homeric passage ‘a little distant from (‘apopro’) the ships’.

LEMMA: M(ἄποπρο βάτ’ ἐκεῖσε)B(ἄποπρο βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσε)C(ἄπο πρόβατ’ ἐκεῖσε), ἄλλως· ἀπόπρο μοι VRw, ἄποπρο βᾶσ’ ἐκεῖσε Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: s.l. H; after sch. 142.04 VRbRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ὁλόκληρον written twice Rw   |    τινὲς τούτου transp. H(τοῦτο)BPr, τινές om. VRw   |    φασὶ τινὲς transp. Rb   |    second τὸ om. HBVPrRb, καὶ Rw   |    ἀπόπροθεν Rw   |    2 καὶ παρὰ κτλ om. H   |    τὸ add. before παρὰ BRw, p.c. Pr, τῶ add.V, a.c. Pr, τοῦτο add. Rb   |    παρὰ τὸ ὁμηρικὸν MC, παρὰ τῷ ὁμήρῳ BPrRw, παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRb   |    οὕτως om. VRbRw   |    ἐξεδέχοντο VRb, ἐδέχοντο MC, ἐξεδέχετο Rw, ἐκδέχονται BPr   |    τυτθὸν om. C   |    ἀπόπρο νεῶν] ἀπρόπ(ον) τε Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀλόκλ. Rb    |    2 ἀπόπρο B, ἀπὸ προ RbRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,23–25; Dind. II.69,8–10

COMMENT:   With some uncertainty, I print what is close to the version of MC on the assumption that B often presents a superficially ameliorated version of a corrupt or misunderstood text. In the B version the postponement of the quotation after the verb is troubling, although this could have resulted from the re-addition of the quotation to a shortened version that dispensed with it. Furthermore, M’s abbreviation for παρὰ τὸ (πτ with αο above the two letters) is one the scribe does not use very often and is likely to have been derived from a heavily abbreviated old source, so that παρὰ τὸ is less likely to be the transposition of an original τὸ παρὰ.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 143.01 (vet paraphr) ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας: πόρρω μοι καὶ χωρὶς τῆς κοίτης γίνεσθε —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   For my sake, please get far from and apart from the bed.

LEMMA: V(κοίτης)Rw, ἀποπρόβατε MnRb(ἀποπροβάτε)Sa(ἄπο πρόβατε), lemma 145 σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά MC      REF. SYMBOL: VSa, to 145 σύριγγος M      POSITION: precedes 142.03 VRbRw; follows sch.144.01 in MC; intermarg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   σύριγγος prep. MC   |    πόρρω … κοίτης om. MC    |    καὶ χωρὶς om. Pr   |    γίνεσθε] om. BPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι M, ἀντιγίνεσθε C   |    after γίν. add. τὸ δὲ ὁλόκληρον τινὲς ἀπόπροθι VMnRbRwSa (φασὶ τινὲς MnRbSa, ἀπόπροθοι VMnRw) (from 142.03)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόρρω] χωρ changed to πρόρο, then corr. to πρόρρο Mn   |    γίνεσθαι MMnRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26; Dind. II.69,5–6


Or. 143.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩:  1διαθέσεως δέ ἐστιν ἐμφαντικὸν τὸ μοι,  2ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 19.287] ‘Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The (dative pronoun) ‘to/for me’ is expressive of a disposition (of interest or concern), as (seen in) the example ‘Patroclus to wretched me most (beloved)’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 145.09 BPr (Prb version of 145.09), cont. from prev. others      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διαλέξεως Sa   |    δὲ] om. Sa, γὰρ Pr, δὲ ἀπήχησίς MC   |    ἐστιν om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐμφαντικῶς MVCRw   |    2 after ὡς τὸ add. συρίγξεως MC   |    δειλῇ πλεῖστον om. Sa   |    δειλοὶ MV, δηλοῖ MnPrRw, δηταὶ app. Rb   |    πλεῖστον om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πόρο corr. to πόρρο Mn, after starting to write χώρις   |    2 πάτροκλ’ ἐμοὶ B, πρόκλε μοι Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26–112,2; Dind. II.69,6–7

COMMENT:   The interpolated words in this and the previous sch. in MC, along with the incorrect lemma in MC, point to a strange conflation with elements of 145.08 and/or 145.09 (and note the placement after 145.09 in BPr).   


Or. 144.01 (vet exeg) ἰδοὺ πείθομαι:  1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰρηκέναι τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς δὲ τὸ ἆ ἆ εἶπε πρῶτον ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὕτη ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πρώτη φωνὴ εὕρηται.  3ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἐπειδὰν πλῆθός τι θεάσηται παράδοξον, εὐθὺς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀναβοᾷ ἢ τὸ ἆ ἆ τῆς φύσεως ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τοῦτο.  4εἶτά φησι πρὸς τὸν χορόν·  5τοιαύτην πέμπε φωνὴν οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἦχος σύριγγος καλάμων λεπτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀποτελούμενος.  6οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄργανον τῆς σύριγγός φησι·  7τοῦτο γὰρ πολύφωνον ὂν καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἐγεῖραι δύναιτ’ ἄν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said ‘ah ah’ first since in fact this was the first sound/vowel discovered by nature. Certainly, at any rate, whenever a throng catches sight of something unexpected it immediately shouts out nothing other than ‘ah ah’, nature leading it to this expression. Next, Electra says to the chorus: emit such voice as is the sound of a whistling (syrinx) of slender reeds that is created in marshes. For what she means here is not the musical instrument of the syrinx, for this, being many-voiced, would be able to awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrRbSa, ἆ ἆ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSa      POSITION: cont. from sch. 142.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἰδοὺ πείθομαι      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτο εἰκὸς … ἐπὶ τοῦτο om. Ra   |    1 τοῦτο] om. B, ταῦτ’ Rb, τοῦτο δὲ Pr   |    εἰκὸς] εἰρηκὼς C   |    εἰρηκέναι om. Rb   |    χορὸν] χορνὸν Rb, χρόνον Mn   |    καὶ ἡ ἠλ. VC   |    παραδεὴς Rb, πεδεὴς M   |    γινομένη MRb   |    τὸ ἆ ἆ] τοῦτο BPr   |    2 φυσικῶς … εἶπε om. MnSa   |    πρῶτον εἶπεν transp. BVPr(πρώην)Rb   |    ἐπειδὴ] ἐπεὶ Mn   |    αὕτη] αὐτη app. M, αὐτὴ MnRbSa   |    ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. πρ. φώνη] πρ. ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. φωνὴ transp. VMnRbSa   |    πρώτη MnSa (cf. H 144.02), πρῶτον others   |    φωνὴ] φυσικὴ Pr   |    εἴρηται MnRbSa   |    3 γοῦν] οὖν V   |    ἐπειδὴ VMnRbSa   |    πλῆθος om. BPr   |    τι θεάσηται] τι θεάσηταί τις B, τις θεάσηται τι Pr, τεθέαται VMnRbSa   |    παραδόξων MC, ‑ξως VMnRbSa   |    ἆ once Rw   |    εἰς τοῦτο Sa   |    4 εἶτα] ἡλέκτρα Ra   |    χορὸν] χρόνον Rb   |    5 τοιαύτην πέμπε φώνην] οὕτω φώνει μοι MnRaSa, τοιαῦτα πέμπε μοι Rb   |    πέμπει M, πέμπε μοι V   |    ὁ om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἕλεσιν] σέλεσιν M, ἕλλησιν MnPrRaRbSa   |    6 τῆς σύριγγος] σύριγγα BPr   |    φησι om. Mn   |    7 γὰρ] γοῦν Pr   |    ὂν om. MBCPrRw   |    τὸν add. before ἐνδυμ. BVMnPrRaRbRw   |    δύνατ’ ἄν Rb, δυνάμενον MBCPrRw   |    at end add. ὁ ἐνδυμίας γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο χρόνους ξαʹ (or ξδʹ?) Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    2 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    3 ἂ ἂ C, app. α̅ α̅ V   |    5 ἐστὶν initially om. by Pr (began ἦ(χος)), but immediately corrected self   |    7 πολλύφωνον Mn   |    τὸν ἐνδυμίονα δυμίαν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,3–11; Dind. II.69,11–19

COMMENT:   I have found no parallel for specifying a particular number of years that Endymion slept, as is found in the added final phrase in Sa, ‘for Endymion slept for 61 (or 64?) years’.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 144.02 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς αὕτη εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ πρώτη φωνὴ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εὕρηται.   —H

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said (this) since it was discovered by nature as the first sound/vowel.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   2 perhaps φυσικῶς δὲ αὕτη H check new images when available; εὕρηται] mostly obscured by overlying text, check new images.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 145.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ἀπήχησις συρίγξεως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The echoing sound of a whistling.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπηχήσεως M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,12; Dind. II.70,12


Or. 145.09 (vet exeg) σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά:  1ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι, ὡς πνοὴ συρίγξεως δόνακος.  1οὐ γάρ φησι σύριγγος τοῦ αὐλοῦ·  3οὗτος γὰρ καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἂν ἐγείραι.   —HMBVCPraRw, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Speak to me without disturbing noise, like the breath of the whistling of a reed. For she (or he, the poet) does not mean by syrinx the aulos. For this would awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: CRw, σύριγγος ὅπως BPra(ἄλλως prep.), ἄλλως in marg. MBC, λεπτοῦ δόνακος V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: marg. H; after sch. 143.02 MC, after 162.24 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως prep. V   |    after ἀθορύβως add. φησι BPraPrb   |    μοι ὡς] ὥσπερ H   |    πνοὴ] φωνὴ V   |    συρίγξεως om. H   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Prb   |    οὐ γὰρ … σύριγγος τοῦ] μὴ τ(οῦ) or μὴ γ(ὰρ)(?) H   |    3 οὕτως γὰρ M   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἂν ἐγείραι Schw., ἂν ἐγεῖραι δύναται M, ἐγεῖραι δύναται C, ἀνεγείρει B, ἀνεγάρει Rw, ἐγείρει app. H, ἤγειρεν V, ἐγείλει Pra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φωνεῖ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,13–15; Dind. II.70,12–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 147.01 (vet exeg) ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον ὡς ὑπόροφον:  1μικρὸν σὺ, φησὶ, κελεύεις με φωνεῖν, ὡς ψιθυρίζει τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ κάλαμος·  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα τούτου φέρω βοὴν ὡς ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένην.  3ὁ δὲ ὄροφος κάλαμός ἐστιν ἀσθενής τε καὶ λεπτὸς καὶ παπυρώδης,  4οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.451]· ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες’.  5ἐκ τούτων δέ εἰσι καὶ αἱ γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν.  6ὡς ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος.   —MBVCMnPrRaRb1RwSSa, partial ORb2Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   You bid me, she says, to speak softly, just as the reed whispers in the breath of the wind. And I bring a cry even softer than this, like one that is made by an orophos-reed. The orophos is a weak and slender and papyrus-like reed, which Homer too refers to: ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. The reeds of auloi are made of these. And since it is weak, it makes a weak reverberation because it does not resist the force of the breath.

LEMMA: MVC(all ὑπώρ‑), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς MnRaRb1SSa (ἀτρεμέαν Rb1, a.c. S; all five mss have either no punct. after ὡς or punct. before ὡς, as if ὡς part of note), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον BPr, [ὑπώ]ροφον Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Sa      POSITION: Rb2 is second version immediately after first; follows sch. 147.23 Y2Yf2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστι prep. Rb2   |    μικρὸν] BORwY2Yf2, μικρὰν MC, μικρῶς Pr, om. VMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    σὺ om. Y2Yf2   |    φησὶ om. OMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    με] μοι BVMnRRaRb1Rb2SSa, om. O, με corr. to μοι (or vice versa?) Pr   |    φωνεῖν] φωνὴν (transp. before φησὶ) M, φωνήν C   |    punct. as if new sch. at ὡς ψιθ. Ra(with ref. symbol)Rb1   |    ὡς καλάμου (ψιθ. … πνοῇ om.) O   |    ὡς om. Rw   |    τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ]τῆς τοῦ ἀν. πνοῆς Yf2, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου VMnRaRb1SSa   |    πνοῇ] κινήσει BPrRb2, φωνῇ C, πνοῆ καὶ κινήσει Rw   |    2 καὶ om. MCRw(add. s.l.)Y2Yf2, perhaps O (margin cut)   |    ἔλαττονα] ἔλαττον MBOCPrRwY2Yf2   |    τούτου] VRaSSa, p.c. Mn, τοῦτο Rb1 and a.c. Mn, αὐτοῦ MBOCPrRwY2Yf2, om. Rb2   |    φέρω MOC, φέρω σοι others   |    βοὴν] φωνὴν O, βοάν MnRaSa (η s.l. MnRa)   |    ὡς] τὴν Rb2   |    ὑπορόφου VRaS, ὑπ’ ὀρόφου MnRb1Sa, ὑπὸ ῥόφου Rb2   |    γενομένην VRaSa, after γινομένην repeated βοήν Rb2   |    3 punct. as if new sch. begins at ὁ δὲ ὄρ. Mn   |    ὁ δὲ ὀροφεας V   |    κάλαμός ἐστιν] λεπτὸς ἐστὶ κάλαμος O   |    ἐστιν] om. MC, ἐστὶν ἢ Rb1   |    τε καὶ λεπτὸς om. Rb2RwY2Yf2, λεπτὸς καὶ om. MBOCPr   |    παπυρώδως Rb1, πυρώδης M, παπυρώδης ἐς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος O   |    4 οὗ μέμνηται] ὧ χρῶνται εἰς σκέπην ὀσπητίων καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὄροφος καλεῖται ὁ ὑπὸ τῶ ὀρόφω (τοῦ ὀρόφου Yf2) καὶ τῆ στέγη ὢν ἐπιτήδειος Y2 Yf2   |    οὗ] οὐ Rb1   |    καὶ ὅμ. μέμνηται transp. Rb2   |    4–6 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ] om. Yf2, only καὶ ὅμ. λαχ. ὄροφον λέγει Y2   |    4 τ’ ἀμήσαντες Pr   |    5–6 ἐκ τούτων κτλ om. ORb2 (Rb2 cont. with Rb2 version of sch. 149.02)   |    5 ἐκ τούτου VMnRaRb1SSa, εἰς τούτων M(app. corr. from εἰς τοῦτον)   |    εἰσι] γίνονται BPr, ἐστι C   |    6 ἀσθενὴς] ἀσθενεῖς VC, ‑ὴς perhaps corr. from ‑εις M   |    after δὲ add. καὶ VMn   |    τὴν om. Mn   |    τῷ μὴ] τὸ μὴ MnPrSa   |    ἀνίστασθαι Rw   |    βίᾳ] βοῇ MBCMnPrRaRb1RwS   |    τὸ πνεῦμα Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σοὶ S   |    before τῆς Yf2 wrote κά (κάλαμος started, not deleted)   |    3 λευπτὸς Ra   |    4 λαχνείεντ’ C   |    ἀμείσαντες Rb1Rb2   |    5 δὲ εἰσὶν M   |    αἰ S   |    γλωσσῖδες Sa, γλωσσίδαις Mn, γλυσίδες Rb1   |    ἀνθίσταθαι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,16–22; Dind. II.70,21–71,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for lemma, damage.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 147.02 (vet paraphr) 1μικρόν μοι φησὶ †κελεύειν αδ† ὡς ψιθυρίζει κάλαμος ἀνέμου πνοῇ.  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ φέρω βοήν.   —H

TRANSLATION:   You command me to sing in a small voice, she says, as a reed whispers at a breath of wind. And I bring on a cry even smaller than that.

APP. CRIT.:   1 corrupt for κελεύεις ᾄδειν?   


Or. 147.21 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος εἰς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος.  2τὴν μὴ διϊκνουμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a slender reed suitable for thatch-roofing. (The adjective here means) the one that does not extend through and outside the roof, that is, short.

POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὑπώροφον οὖν add. before τὴν μὴ B   |    τὸ μὴ διϊκνούμενον MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὅ ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,1–2; Dind. II.71,12–14


Or. 147.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς καὶ παπυρώδης.  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘Orophos’ is a weak and papyrus-like reed.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H, Daitz gave ἐστιν τέ where I see [ἀσθ]ενὴς (ὴς comp.).   |   


Or. 149.01 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  τὸ κάταγε ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῇ ἀνατάσει τῆς βοῆς.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bring down’ (‘katage’) is the opposite of the raising up of the cry.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBSaRb      POSITION: between two versions of 149.02 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ κάταγε om. V   |    ἀναστάσει MVMnRbS, ἄνω στάσει Sa   |    τῆς βοῆς om. VMnRbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε Mn   |    ἐστι CMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,3–4; Dind. II.72,3


Or. 149.02 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  1σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κάταγε ⟨κάταγε⟩ τὸ πρόσελθε πρόσελθε· 2ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ καταγωγαὶ οἱ λιμένες.   —HMBVaVbCMnPraPrbRb1Rb2RwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   And ‘bring down, bring down’ (‘katage katage’) means ‘approach, approach’. From this sense also harbors are called places to bring (down) to shore (‘katagōgai’).

LEMMA: MVaC       REF. SYMBOL: VaSa; label καταγωγοί add. by later hand in B      POSITION: cont. from prev., except B, and before prev. VaRb2, s.l. HPrbZu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σημαίνει δὲ] δὲ καὶ Mn, om. HVaPrbRb2, ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    τὸ κάταγε MBCPrRb1PraRw, om. others   |    second κάταγε suppl. Schw.   |    second τὸ om. HVaPrbRb2RwZu   |    πρόσελθε twice HMVaC, once others   |    after πρόσελθε add. σημαίνει Rb2   |    2 ἐξ οὗ Prb   |    καὶ om. Va   |    καταγωγοὶ MBCPraPrbRw, s.l. Rb2, κατάγομαι Va   |    οἱ λιμένες om. VaRb2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,4–5; Dind. II.72,4–5

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H to confirm it has καταγωγαὶ.   |   


Or. 149.21 (vet exeg) ἀτρέμας ἴθι:  1τῇ ἐπαναλήψει μεμίμηται τὴν ἠρεμαίαν προϊεμένην φωνήν·  2ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐξακουομένη δεύτερον ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσι.   —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   By the repetition he (the poet) has represented a woman who projects a quiet voice. For as if not being heard clearly she has used the same words again.

LEMMA: MCPrRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 149.02 V (Va version), add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῇ om. MC   |    τῶν λέξεων add. before ἐπαναλ. VRb   |    μέμνηται MVCRb   |    προϊεμένην Rb, ‑μένη others   |    2 ἐξακουομένην MVRb   |    ταῖς αὐταῖς] τοιαύταις V   |    λέξεσι om. MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρεμαίαν MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,6–8; Dind. II.71,20–72,2

COMMENT:   I have used the lemma that is transmitted, which is also implied by the intermarg. position in B (which had room to place it a line higher at the level of κάταγε κάταγε), but the note may originally have applied to Electra’s whole phrase from κάταγε … ἄτρεμας ἴθι.    |   The poet is regularly the subject of μεμίμηται and the like in scholia, and even if that were not the case, the nom. προϊεμένη printed by Schwartz would give an unattested construction.   

KEYWORDS:  μιμέομαι   


Or. 152.02 (vet exeg) χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ [149] ‘πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας’.  3ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρονίως, ὅ ἐστι διὰ χρόνου, ἐκοιμήθη.   —MBVCMnRaRbSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:  (‘Chronia’ is) used for ‘from a long time ago’. And this (the whole sentence) has reference to the phrase ‘approach quietly’. And the sense is: after a time, that is, after an interval, he fell asleep.

LEMMA: V, χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν C, χρόνια γὰρ Mn(χρονίαν)RaRbSSa, χρόνια M      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 149.02 B, cont. from sch. 149.21 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 χρόνια δὲ prep. BV   |    τοῦ ἀπὸ] om. C, τοῦ διὰ V, τοῦ MnPrRaSSa   |    πολλοῦ χρόνου] πολὺν καιρὸν Pr   |    πολλοῦ] παλαιοῦ Ra   |    2 δὲ om. Pr   |    τὸ πρόσιθι ἄτρεμας om. V, leaving blank space, words add. V1   |    3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. H   |    χρονίως] χρόνος Sa   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἐστὶ Pr, ὅτι V   |    ἐκοιμήθην a.c. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πρόσιθι BMnPrRaRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,9–11; Dind. II.72,5–7


Or. 154.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ τύχην πότερον ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον νενευκέναι.  —HMBCAaMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Am I to say) that his fortune has inclined toward the worse or toward the better?

LEMMA: MCMn(τυγχαν’)RaRbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MSa       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τύχαν RbSa, δυστυχίαν Aa, om. S   |    ποτέρου S   |    ἢ om. M   |    ἠμεῖνον M   |    νένευκε B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,12–13; Dind. II.72,16–17

COMMENT:   Note how B’s version smooths the grammar, whereas the transmitted infinitive requires the reader to assume εἴπω from the lemma.    |   


Or. 157.01 (vet exeg) τί φὴς ὦ τάλας:  1οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς καὶ συναχθόμενος γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραγε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’.  2διό φησιν [158] ‘ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.   —HMBVCMnPrRb, partial AaRaRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Making the misfortunes their own and sharing in the grief, the chorus cried out in a louder voice ‘O, wretched one!’ Therefore she (Electra) says ‘you will destroy (him/me) if you stir his eyelids’.

LEMMA: M(ὁ τ.)BCAaMnRb(ὁ τ.)SSa(ὢ SSa), ὦ τάλας VAaRaRw, τὶ φὴς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRbSa      POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἰκειούμενοι Pr   |    τὰς] περὶ Pr   |    ὁ χορὸς τὰς συμφορὰς transp. H, ὁ χορὸς om. Rw   |    συναχθήμενος Rb, συναχθόμενοι Pr   |    ἀνεκέκραγε V, ἀνακέκραγε AaMnRaRbRw, ἐξεβόησε H   |    τὸ] τί Mn   |    ὁ τάλ. Rb   |    2 διό κτλ om. AaRaRwSSa   |    εἰ] εἰς Rb   |    κινήσεις τοῦ ὕπνου VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγονότερον, ω s.l. Aa   |    ὢ τάλ. Sa, ὠ with both accents S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,14–16; Dind. II.72,20–22

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: 1δεῖ νοεῖν στεναγμόν τινα γεγενῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ, 2ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα, θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must understand that some kind of groan was made by the chorus after ‘o, pitiable man’, so that what Electra says—‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’—makes good sense.

LEMMA: (160–161) ὦ μέλεος ὦ τάλας MC, 160 ὦ μέλεος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: M (to 160 ὦ μέλεος)       POSITION: cont. from 157.01 BPr, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δεῖ νοεῖν στεν. τινα] δεινόν τινα στεναγμὸν Rw   |    νοεῖν transp. after γεγεν. Pr   |    2 ᾖ om. Pr   |    παρὰ om. MCRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγενεῖσθαι Pr   |   2 νῦν Pr   |    θωύξας MPr, θωΰξασα Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,17–19; Dind. II.72,22–24

COMMENT:   It is not impossible that this note was originally attached to the second ὦ τάλας in 161, as suggested by the transmitted lemmata in MCRw and the position of sch. 157.05 after 160.01. But the notion that the chorus involuntarily made an inarticulate cry ‘as women are wont to do in extreme distress’ (sch. 168.05) fits their first reaction in 157 better than their more articulate comments in 160–161.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 158.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: εἰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ μεταστήσεις.  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   If you will estrange (him) and shift (him) from sleep.

LEMMA: ὀλεῖς Rw       POSITION: s.l. B, marg. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] αἱ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,20; Dind. II.72,26

COLLATION NOTES:   B rewritten here by later hand.   |   


Or. 159.18 (vet exeg) χαρὰν: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς [211] ‘ὕπνου θέλγητρον’ φησιν.  —MBVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, what he calls in the later passage ‘charm of sleep’.

LEMMA: (no punct. after it) VRb, Rw ὕπνου γλυκυτάτου       REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. BC      

APP. CRIT.:   ὕπνου χαρὰν prep. Rw   |    ὃ καὶ V   |    ἑξῆς ὕπνου] ἐξύπνου V, ἐξ ὕπνου Rb   |    θέλγητρα Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,21–22; Dind. II.73,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Rewritten by later hand in B.   |   


Or. 159.19 (vet exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸν βαθύτατον ὕπνον  —H

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 160.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἠρέμα δέ πως ἀρνεῖται τὴν πρᾶξιν Ὀρέστου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.   —MBVCBPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   He himself is wretched because of how he has fared from the gods. And in a sort of tacit way she denies the deed is Orestes’, referring the wrongdoing to the god.

LEMMA: VRb, ἄλλως Pr, in marg. MC, ἐργμάτων Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B, follows sch. 157.04 MCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2 ὀρέστης V   |    τὸν om. B   |    ἁμαρτίαν] αἰτίαν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δε πῶς Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,22–114,1; Dind. II.73,7–8


Or. 160.02 (vet exeg) 1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἀρνεῖται δέ πως τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου πρᾶξιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρων ταῦτα.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Wretched himself because of the actions coming from gods. In a certain way she is denying the action of Orestes by attributing these things to a god.


Or. 162.11 (vet exeg) ἄδικος ἄδικα:  1τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. Hipp. 701] εἰρημένον·  2‘πρὸς τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα’.  3ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας νενόμισται.  4ἢ τὸ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ἐμφαίνει ὅτι δικαίως μὲν ἐμαντεύσατο τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός, ἀδικεῖ δὲ τῷ δράσαντι μὴ ἐπικουρῶν.  5τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως·  6ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἄδικα τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.   —H3MBCPrb, partialO MnPraRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This is (an illustration of) the statement made elsewhere, ‘For we possess our (repute for) sense in proportion to our fortunes (that is, the outcomes of our actions)’. For because the murder of their mother seemed to have turned out unfortunately for Orestes, Loxias has been deemed unjust (by Electra). Or the phrase ‘he gave unjust judgments’ indicates that although he justly gave an oracular command for the murder of the mother, he acts unjustly in not giving aid to the one who acted. The run of the sense is: the unjust Loxias gave unjust judgments at that time when upon the tripod of Themis he proclaimed the unholy murder of my mother.

LEMMA: Rw, ἆ ἄδικος ἄδικα BC(ἂ), ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BRbSa      POSITION: after sch. 164.01 C, after sch. 160.01 Pra (15v), after sch. 173.01 Prb (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τοῦτ’ … οὕτως om. O, 1–4 τοῦτ’ … ἐπικουρῶν om. Pra, 1–3 τοῦτ’ … ὁ φόνος om. MnRbSSa, 1–2 τοῦτ’ … κεκτήμεθα om. Rw   |    1 τοῦτ’] του δε M   |    2 πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. M, πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. (sic) C   |    3 ἐπειδὴ γὰρ BPrb   |    πεπτωκέναι corr. to περιπεπτωκέναι s.l. H3   |    ἄδικος] ἔκδιος Rb, ἔκδικος MnSa, δῖκος S   |    νομίζεται Rw   |    4 ἢ] ὅτι MnSSa   |    τὸ] τὰ MnSSa   |    ἄδικα] ἄκα M, ἄδικον Rw   |    ἐδίκησεν Rb, ἠδίκησεν MnSSa   |    ὅτι] μὲν ὅτι Prb, γὰρ ὅτι MnRbSSa   |    ἐμαντεύσατο] ἐψηφίσατο H3   |    4–6 τὸν φόνον κτλ om. S   |    4 ἀδικεῖ δὲ … ἐπικουρῶν] ἄδικος δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπικουρεῖ H3   |    5 δὲ om. Mn   |    οὕτως] οὗτος CMnPrbRbSa (comma after it C), οὕτως ὅτι Pra   |    6 ὁ ἄδικος] ὁ ἀδικῶν Pra   |    ἄδικα τότε] ἀδικώτατα H3   |    ὅτε] ὅτι MnSa   |    τρίποδος RwSa   |    θέμιδος om. Sa   |    ἀπόφονον om. MnRbSa   |    φόνον om. MBOCPraRw, transp. after ἔλακεν Prb   |    ἔλακεν … μητρός] τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐμαντεύσατο MnRb(ἐματ‑)Sa   |    ἐμᾶς H3BOCPrbRw, ἡμᾶς Pra   |    ματρός B, ματέρος O, μητέρος Rw [H3]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἐματεύσατο Rb   |    ἐπικούρων C   |    6 ἀπόφωνον Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,4–10; Dind. II.73,18–74,3

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 162.12 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δικαίως ἔδοξεν εἰρηκέναι  —BRw

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he seemed not to have spoken justly’.

LEMMA: Rw       POSITION: marg. (at 162) B      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,18


Or. 162.22 (vet gloss) ⟨ἄδικα⟩: ἀδίκως.  —HMCF2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HF2Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,3


Or. 162.23 (vet exeg) ἔλακεν:  1καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Plut. 39] ‘ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμμάτων’ τραγικῇ λέξει χρησάμενος.  2⟨τότε δὲ⟩ ὅτε τὸν ἀπόφονον ⟨φόνον⟩ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   And Aristophanes (also used this verb in) ‘he cried forth from the fillets’, using a tragic vocable. ⟨‘Then’⟩ (means) when Loxias at the tripod of Themis declared as verdict the horrible ⟨murder⟩ of my mother.

LEMMA: MB(no punct. after it)C; label ἀριστοφάνης add. in marg. late hand in B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 162.11 (Prb version, 16r); unclear whether sep. from sch. 162.11 H3 (damage)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀριστ. φησὶν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπόφωνον a.c. H3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,11–13; Dind. II.74,3–5

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 162.24 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τὸ ἀπόφονον Ἀπόλλωνι, οὐκ Ὀρέστῃ ἐγκαλοῦσά φησιν.  2ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπόφονον ἐδέξαντο τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον.  3τὴν δὲ ἀπό πρὸς τὸ ἔλακεν, ἀπέλακεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —H3MBCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   She says ‘unholy’ (‘apophonon’) in criticism of Apollo, not of Orestes. And some have interpreted ‘apophonon’ as meaning the unusual/bizarre murder. And the preposition ‘apo’ (some others have interpreted as) belonging to the verb ‘elaken’, (making the compound) ‘apelaken’, equivalent to ‘proclaimed an oracle’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. C      REF. SYMBOL: H3 (to 163 ἀπόφονον)      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον), cont. from (Pra version of) sch. 162.11 Pra, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον) (15v last line), cont. from prev. Prb, add. δὲ after ἄφονον (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸν MC   |    ἀπόφ-] ἄφονον Prb   |    ἐγκαλοῦσι C   |    2 ἔνιοι] ἕτεροι Pra   |    δὲ repeated after ἀπόφ. Pra   |    ἐδέξατο H   |    3 τὸ ἀπὸ δὲ πρὸς PraPrb   |    ἀπέλακεν om. PraPrb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,14–16; Dind. II.74,5–8

COMMENT:   The interpretation in the third sentence turns the pejorative ἀπόφονον into a second φόνον and seems designed to reduce the the criticism of Apollo, assisting the claim that the criticism contained in ἄδικος ἄδικα is diminished by the partiality of Electra’s perspective (sch. 160.11).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz reported H as omitting τοῦ (3), but for the ἀντὶ τοῦ abbreviation compare the one in sch. 194.02 on the next page in H.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 162.26 (vetThom gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: εἶπεν  —HZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.01 (vet gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄτοπον φόνον  —H

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.16 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς περί  —M

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition ‘epi’ is used) in the sense of ‘peri’ (‘around, nearby’).

POSITION: s.l. (above ἀπόφονον)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,17


Or. 164.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩:  πρῶτον γὰρ εἶχεν ἡ Γῆ τὸν τρίποδα, εἶτα δεύτερον ἡ Θέμις, εἶτα Ἀπόλλων παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβών. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   At first Earth had the tripod, then secondly Themis, then Apollo, having received it from Themis.

POSITION: marg. B; after sch. 160.01 C, cont. from sch. 160.01 M, cont. from sch. 162.12 BRw      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ] δὲ BRw   |    ἡ γῆ εἶχε transp. BRw   |    εἶτα δὲ Rw   |    δεύτερον ἡ θ.] ἡ θ. δευτέρα Rw   |    Θέμις printed by Schw. as if in M (cf. sch. 163.18), θεός all (nomen sacrum θ̅σ̅ in MB)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,18–19; Dind. II.73,10–12


Or. 167.01 (167–168) (vet exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ‘σὺ γάρ νιν’ ἕως τοῦ ‘θωΰξασα’ τὸ κῶλον.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The colon runs from ‘because you him …’ up to ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   second τοῦ] τὸ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,17; Dind. II.76,12–13

COMMENT:   This note could be offering advice about where to pause in reading the sentence or reminding the reader to take θωΰξασα with σὺ despite the intervening ὦ τάλαινα, which, later at least, some took as parenthetic self-address (sch. 167.10–12). Alternatively, it could be a very rare comment on the division of lyric cola. If the latter, this division produces a colon of two iambs and spondee or molossus, followed by a dochmiac ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου. In all three mss carrying this note, however, the division in the text is / σὺ … ἔβαλες / ἐξ ὕπνου /.   |   


Or. 168.04 (vet exeg) θωΰξασ’:  1ἀγρίως βοήσασα.  2τὸ γὰρ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’ γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ὁ χορός.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. For the chorus spoke the exclamation ‘o wretched man’ more loudly.

LEMMA: θωΰξασα BVPrRbRw, θωΰξας ἔβαλες MC      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τὸν γὰρ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,8–9; Dind. II.76,13


Or. 168.05 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩:  1θηριώδει βοῇ χρησαμένη.  2καὶ ἴσως εἴρηται παρὰ τοὺς θῶας.  3τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι φωνῇ ἐχρήσατο θρηνώδει ὁ χορὸς γραφῆναι μὴ δυναμένῃ, ἰυγμῷ ἢ καὶ ἰυγμοῦ τραχυτέρᾳ,  4ὅπερ εἰώθασι ποιεῖν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κακοῖς.  5ἃ γὰρ μὴ δύναται γράφεσθαι, ταῦτα δι’ ἑτέρων προσώπων δηλοῦται,  6οἷόν τι καὶ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ οἰκέτου στενάξαντος ἕτερός φησιν [Com. adespota 743a Kock = Arist. fr. dub. 967 K–A]· ‘ἀκούεις, ὡς στένει’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having used a wild (animal-like) cry. And perhaps the word (‘thōussein’) has been formed by derivation from the word ‘jackals’ (‘thōes’). And some say that the chorus used a mournful sound that cannot be written, a cry of grief or a sound even harsher than that, which is just what women tend to do in extreme distress. Whatever (sounds on stage) cannot be written, these are made clear through (the statements of) other characters. For example, also in the comic poet when a slave uttered a groan, another says ‘do you hear how he groans?’

POSITION: cont. from all, prep. θωΰξασα δὲ M(θωύξας)BCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φωνῆ, with βοῆ s.l. Rw   |    χρησάμενος Pr   |    2 παρὰ τοὺς θῶας Dind., παρὰ θῶας Rw, π. τ. θόας BCPr, app. M; perhaps read παρὰ τὸ θῶες (see comment)   |    3 θρηνώδει] θηριώδει C   |    ἢ om. Rw   |    ἰυγμοῦ] ὑγμοῦ M, ἰυγμῷ C   |    τραχυτέρω C, ταχύτεροι app. Pr   |    5 ὃ γὰρ Pr   |    δύνανται CRw   |    γραφῆναι Pr   |    δηλοῦνται C, δηλοῦσι Pr, om. Rw   |    6 τι] ὅτι Pr   |    τῶν κωμικῶν PrRw   |    ἕτερος om. MC   |    ἀκούεις φησιν transp. MC   |    ᾧ στένει C, ὡς στενάζει Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,10–15; Dind. II.76,3–9

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Magn. 461,3–4 θωΰσσειν: τὸ θηριώδει φωνῇ χρῆσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θῶες· ἢ θρηνώδη, which suggests this note may once have had παρὰ τὸ θῶες.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Com. adespota   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 168.06 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ζωοῦ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. (The verb is derived) from the animal (i.e., the word for ‘jackal’).

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 168.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩:  1ἡ ἐξ πρόθεσις πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες,  2ἐξέβαλες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήγειρας.   —MCRb, partial B

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), and (the compound) ‘you cast out of’ (‘exebales’) is equivalent to ‘you stirred up out of (rest)’ (‘exēgeiras’).

POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B; cont. from sch. 168.07 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … ἔβαλες om. B   |    πρόθεσις om. Rb   |    2 ἐξέβαλες δὲ om. Rb   |    δὲ om. B   |    τοῦ om. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔβαλλες Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,18–19; Dind. II.76,14–15


Or. 169.01 (vet exeg) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ.  2καθησυχάζουσα δὲ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησὶν ὅτι καθεύδειν αὐτὸν νομίζω.  3διὸ ἐπιφέρει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει, ὁριστικὸν λέγων, ὡς ἀμφίβολον εἰποῦσα οὐκ ἔπεισεν.   —BC

TRANSLATION:   (Aorist ‘I thought’) used for (present) ‘I think’. Trying to calm Electra, she (the chorus) says that ‘I believe he is sleeping’. For this reason (i.e., the use of ‘think’) she adds later ‘he is asleep’, speaking in an indicative/definite form, since when she spoke with ambiguous caution she did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: C       POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κατηχυσάζουσα C, καθηχυσάσουσα Arsenius   |    ὁριστικὸν ὑπνώσσει transp. C, but corr. with superscript numbers   |    3 λέγων Mastr., λέγειν C, λέγει νῦν B (punct. after ὑπνώσσει and νῦν; no punct. C)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,22–24; Dind. II.76,16–18

COMMENT:   Compare 169.03. B’s νῦν appears to be secondary, and its reference is clumsy in a note on 169, although it would work in a separate note on 173.   


Or. 169.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ —HV3

TRANSLATION:   (The aorist verb ‘edoxa’, ‘I believed’ is used) in the sense of (the present tense) ‘dokō’ (‘I believe’).

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. V      


Or. 171.09 (vet gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: ὑποστρέψεις  —HMOV1CZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. H, intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V1Zu   |    -ψας Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,25


Or. 173.01 (vet exeg) ὑπνώσσει:  1μὴ ταράσσου, φησὶν ὁ χορὸς, κοιμᾶται γάρ.  2τὰ γὰρ δύο σ̅σ̅ ἐνεστῶτος ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Do not be distraught, says the chorus, for he is sleeping. For the double sigma makes the verb present tense (scil. as opposed to a future, with one sigma, from transitive ‘hupnoō’).

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: H3       POSITION: marg. B; between (out-of-order) sch. 147.05 and sch. 162.11 Pr (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταράσσαι H3   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ Pr   |    δύο om. C   |    ἐνεστῶτος Schw., ἐνε() H, ἐνεστωτ() B, ἐνεστῶτα M(‑ώτα)CPr   |    ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα] ῥῆμα ποιοῦσι τὸ ὑπνώσσω B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,26–27; Dind. II.76,19–20


Or. 173.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: ὑπνώττει  —M

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.11 (vet exeg) λέγεις εὖ:  1ἀληθῶς καὶ καλῶς λέγεις.  2ταῦτα δέ φησι σκοπήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον.   —MBOCPr

TRANSLATION:   You speak truly and well. And she says this having seen that he is sleeping.

LEMMA: MCPr       POSITION: marg. B, s.l. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ καλῶς λέγεις om. O   |    2 δέ om. O   |    αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον] Schw. (from next), ἀποκοιμώμενον O, ἀπὸ τοῦ κοιμωμένου MBCPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,1–2; Dind. II.77,3–4


Or. 174.03 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Νύκτα πρὸς τὸ κοιμίσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —HMBVCMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   She invokes Night to ask her to put Orestes to sleep.

LEMMA: V, πότνια MnRbS       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: intermarg. HMC, s.l. B      

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς τὸ] εἰς τὸ MnSSaSSa, εἰς πρὸς τὸ Rb   |    κοιμῆσαι CRb, προκοιμῆσαι SSa, προσκοιμήσαι Mn, κοιμηθῆναι M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κοιμῖσαι H, corr. H3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,5; Dind. II.77,11–12


Or. 174.04 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα:  1ὁ κατὰ φύσιν ὕπνος ἐξ ὑγρότητος γίνεται·  2ὑγρὰ δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἀφισταμένου τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος καὶ θερμαίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα.  3ὁ τοίνυν Ὀρέστης ἐξηραμμένος ὑπὸ νόσου τε καὶ ἀσιτίας, ὑγρανθεὶς τῷ νυκτερινῷ καταστήματι μᾶλλον κοιμηθήσεται, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἠρεμουσῶν ἐν σκότῳ.  4ἕπεται ὕπνος ἡσυχίᾳ αἰσθήσεων καὶ κινήσεων.   —MBVCMnPrRb1Rb2SSa, partial HH3Rw

TRANSLATION:   Sleep that occurs naturally comes from moisture. Night is moist because of the departure of the sun that dries and warms the air. Thus, Orestes, dried out by sickness and lack of food, once moistened by the nighttime weather, will more likely fall asleep, especially because the senses are at rest in the darkness. Sleep follows upon inactivity of senses and movements.

LEMMA: MC, ὑπνοδότειρα B, νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα Rw, πότνια νὺξ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: cont. from prev. VMnRb2SSa, all with ὁ γὰρ; Rb1 version appended to sch. 162.11 (beg. last line of 92r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 written by H, 3–4 by H3   |    2 ὑγρὰ … νὺξ] ἡ νὺξ γὰρ ὑγρὰ Rw   |    ὑγρὰ] ὑγρὸν H   |    δὲ ἡ] δὲ οὖσα ἡ VMnRb2(οὖσαν)SSa   |    ἀφισταμένη V, ἀμφισταμένην Rb2   |    τοῦ ἡλίου] ἡλίου H, τούτου Rb1   |    καὶ θερμαίνοντος om. MMnRb2SSa   |    after ἀέρα add. ἐπάγει τὸν ἐξ ὑγρότητος γινόμενον ὕπνον VRb2SSa   |    3 ἐξηράνθη Rw   |    τε transp. before ὑπὸ H3   |    αἰτίας Rw   |    3–4 ἄλλως τε καὶ κτλ om. Rw; ἄλλως written as beginning a new sch. CRb2 (with new ref. symbol Rb2)   |    3 ἄλλως τε] om. M, ἀλλ’ ὥστε Rb1, ἄλλως δὲ H3   |    ἠρεμουσῶν] θερμῶν οὐσῶν Pr   |    σκότει VCMnPrSSa   |    4 ὁ ὕπνος VPrRb1   |    ἡσυχ. …κινήσεων om. VMnRb2SSa   |    ἡσυχίαν H3M(ἠσ‑)C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀμφισταμένου Rb1   |    3 ἐξηραμένος H3VMnRb1S (corr. s.l. H3Mn)   |    ὑπο ὑπο Mn   |    ἀσιτείας Mn   |    ἡρεμ. H3VS, a.c. or p.c. C   |    4 ἔπεται MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,6–11; Dind. II.77,12–17

KEYWORDS:  scientific explanation   


Or. 174.05 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ:  1τοῦτο τὸ μέλος ἐπὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις νήταις ᾄδεται καί ἐστιν ὀξύτατον.  2ἀπίθανον οὖν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ὀξείᾳ φωνῇ κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιπλήσσουσαν τῷ χορῷ.  3ἀλλὰ κέχρηται μὲν τῷ ὀξεῖ ἀναγκαίως, οἰκεῖον γὰρ τῶν θρηνούντων, λεπτότατα δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα.   —H3BPr

TRANSLATION:   This song is sung on the so-called lowermost strings and is very high-pitched. So it is unconvincing (scil. as part of the poet’s duty of dramatic representation) that Electra use a high-pitched voice, especially when she is rebuking the chorus (for being too loud). But she does use the high pitch, necessarily—for this is proper to those lamenting—, but in as softly as she possibly can.

LEMMA: H3, ἄλλως in marg. B, ἄλλως Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H3      POSITION: between sch. 177.01 and 183.11 in BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦτο … ἐστιν om. H3   |    λεγόμεναι B   |    2 τῆ ἠλέκτρ()Pr   |    καὶ ταῦτα] καίτοι H3   |    3 λεπτότατα Schw., λεπτότερον all   |    δὲ ὡς κτλ om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὀξέα B   |    ἐπιπλήσουσα H3, ἐπιπλήσουσαν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,14–17; Dind. II.77,19–23

KEYWORDS:  ἀπίθανον   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 177.01 (vet exeg) Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι:  1ἔδει ἐκ Χάους εἰπεῖν, ὡς Ἡσίοδος·  2[Hes. Theog. 123] ‘ἐκ Χάεος Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο’.   —MBVCMnPraPrbRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) should have said ‘from Chaos’, as Hesiod: ‘from Chaos Erebus and black Night were born’.

LEMMA: MVCMnRbSSa(om. ἐρεβόθεν, leaving blank space), cont. from sch. 174.04, add. δὲ, BPra; labels χάος and ἡσίοδος add. in marg. late hand in B      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔδει … ὡς] καὶ Prb   |    ἔδει] ἤδη Pra   |    ἐκ] εἰς MC, καὶ ἐκ Pra   |    1–2 εἰπεῖν … χάεος om. PraPrb   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    χάεος] χάους VRbSSa   |    ἔρεβή app. Mn, ἐν ἐρέβους Prb   |    μέλαιναί C, μελαίνη Pra   |    ἐγένοντο] om. M, ἐγίνετο MnRbSSa, a.c. Pra, ἐγένετο BPrb, p.c. Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.77,18–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 178.05 (vetThom gloss) ⟨κατάπτερος⟩: ταχεῖα  —HMOVFF2GPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZc

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M and marg. F      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,18; Dind. II.78,11


Or. 183.01 (vet exeg) ⟨κτύπον ἠγάγετ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ ἀναφώνησιν λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  —MB

TRANSLATION:   This too Electra speaks as a (suddenly louder) exclamation.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,20; Dind. II.78,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   B probably by first hand, but rewritten later.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   ἀναφώνησις   


Or. 183.08 (183–186) (vet paraphr) οὐχὶ σῖγα σῖγα:  1oὐ σιωπήσεις, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος φυλασσομένη τὸ ἀνακελαδεῖν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ὕπνου χάριν ἥσυχον αὐτῷ παρέξεις;  2ἢ τὸν κέλαδον ἄπωθεν τοῦ λέχους ποιουμένη.  3οἷον· οὐ σιγήσεις καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸν ἐάσεις κοιμηθῆναι;   —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa, partial HO

TRANSLATION:   Will you not be silent, she says, warding off from your mouth the raising of a loud cry, and will you not let him enjoy in peace the delight of sleep that derives from the bed? Or, making the loud cry far off from the bed. As if to say, will you not be silent and let him sleep in peace?

LEMMA: οὐχὶ σίγα σίγα B, σίγα σίγα φυλασσομένα M(‑όμενα)C, σίγα σίγα VMnPrRbSa, ἵγα σίγα S (σίγα σίγα in text all)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ σιωπήσεις … παρέξεις om. O   |    φυλασσόμενος Rb, ‑μενον Mn   |    τοῦ ὕπνου HVMnRaRbSSa   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν M, αὐτῆ Pr   |    2 ἢ τὸν … ποιουμένη om. H   |    ἄπωθεν OC   |    ποιουμένην Mn   |    3 οἷον] om. O, ἤγουν MnSSa   |    οὐ] οὐχὶ O, om. Pr   |    αὐτὸν] ἐαυτὸν M, αυτὸν with both breathings O   |    μετὰ τῆς ἡσυχ. Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σιωπήσει Sa   |    κοτης Rb   |    2 ἄποθεν MBVMnPrRaRbSSa   |    λέχεος MOC   |    3 οἶον M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,21–25; Dind. II.78,19–23


Or. 185.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λέχους χαράν —MC

TRANSLATION:   The delight (that derives) from the bed.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τινὰ M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.26


Or. 187.02 (vet exeg) θρόει τίς κακῶν:  1λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν ἐκδέχεται,  2πότερον δύναται ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ.   —HMBCPraPrbR, partial OG

TRANSLATION:   Say what sort of end awaits him, whether he can find relief (from his sickness) or not.

LEMMA: BPra, θρόει MC      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l. OPrbG, marg. H, intermarg. M; λέγε spaced as if sep. gloss on θρόει O; cont. from sch. 186.01 Rb, prep. ἠ θρόει (sic)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λέγε om. H, add. H3, εἰπὲ Prb   |    ποῖον] ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Rb   |    εἰσδέχεται MPra, διαδέχεται PrbG   |    2 πότερον κτλ om. OG   |    πότερον] ἆρα B(ἄρα)PraPrb   |    δύνανται Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ῥᾶισαι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,1–2; Dind. II.78,27–28


Or. 187.03 (vet exeg) 1εἰπὲ ποῖον ἔσται τὸ πέρας, ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν μένει.  2ἆρά γε ῥαΐσει τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ;   —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION:   Say of what sort the final conclusion will be, what sort of end awaits him. Will he indeed get relief from his sickness or not?

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (intermarg. M)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ πέρας ποῖον τέλος] τὸ τέλος ποῖον τὸ πέρας B, τέλος ποῖον πέρας Pr    |   ἑαυτὸν M(ἐ‑)C   |    2 ἆρά γε κτλ. om. BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἄρα γε MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,3–4; Dind. II.78,28–29


Or. 187.05 (vet gloss) ⟨θρόει⟩: εἰπέ  —MMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,27


Or. 187.06 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨θρόει⟩: λέγε  —H3V1Aa3CrF2KMnRRfrSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuTB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, δὲ prep. S   |    λέγει SZu   


Or. 189.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὔτε⟩: περισσὸς ὁ τ̅ε̅.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (In the compound negative ‘oute’) the ‘te’ is redundant (and should be ignored).

LEMMA: οὔτε in text MC       POSITION: marg. MC (both beside 188)      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 190.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐσθίει, τεθνήξεται.  —MVCGPrSZuB3a

TRANSLATION:   For if he does not eat, he will die.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. MCB3a, s.l. others      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ γὰρ οὐκ Pr   |    γὰρ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐσθίῃ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,5; Dind. II.79,10


Or. 191.01 (191–193) (vet paraphr) ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπώλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων πατροφόνου μητρὸς αἷμα δούς,  2οἷον ἐνδοὺς ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι.  3τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μέλεον ἀποδοὺς αἷμα φόνον πατροκτόνου μητρός.   —MBVCMnPraRbSSa, partial HPrb

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: Apollo destroyed us by granting the bloodshed of a mother who killed our father. As it were, having granted to us and enjoined (us) to accomplish the murder of our mother. The run of the sense is: having given back (as our right) wretched bloodshed, the killing of a mother who killed our father.

LEMMA: MB(ἐξέφυσ’)CMnS, ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος VPraRb, ἐξέθυσεν Rw (as if first word of sch.)      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐργάσασθαι om. Prb   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H   |    αἷμα] ἅμα M   |    2–3 οἷον κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐκδοὺς PraRb   |    ἐργάσεσθαι Mn   |    3 δὲ om. Prb   |    μέλει Pra   |    αἷμα φόνον] φόν. αἷμα transp. V   |    φόνου MnPrbRbSSa, a.c. V [Rw, water damage]   |    πατροκτόνου] πατροφόνου MnRbS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πρὸ φονου Rb   |    αἷμα] αἰμα p.c. S (αι** a.c.)   |    3 ἐξῆς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,6–9; Dind. II.79,14–17


Or. 191.02 (191–193) (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ πατροφόνου.  2τουτέστι· δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς πατροφόνου μητρός.  3οἷον· ἐγχειρίσας ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς τιμωρῆσαι τῷ πατρί.  4δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀποδούς.   —MBCRw, partial VPr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘ex’ (‘out of’) is to be taken (or understood) with ‘patrophonou’ (‘killer of a father’). That is, having granted us the bloodshed and killing of the mother who killed our father. As it were, entrusting to us and enjoining the avenging of our father from the murder and bloodshed of our mother. It can also mean ‘having given back (as due)’.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)BCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, μέλεον ἀπόφονον V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … πατροφόνου om. V   |    ἡ ἐξ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ τὸν φόνον … μητρός om. Pr   |    3 ἀπὸ τοῦ … μητρὸς om. Pr   |    after τιμωρῆσαι add. καὶ V   |    4 δὲ] γὰρ V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 αἷματος M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,10–13; Dind. II.79,17–20

COMMENT:   The combination of different views is particularly striking here. The first and third sentence seem to reflect an (eccentric) interpretation of the genitive μητρὸς as expressing source, while the second takes the genitive as a normal objective one. One could transpose sentence 3 to follow sentence 1; but if they were once joined, one might expect to see ἐξ and not ἀπὸ used in the paraphrase. Note that the separation in sense of ἐξ from ἐξέθυσ’ is also adopted in 192.23, whereas such an interpretation is implicitly rejected in the glosses 191.08, 191.09.   


Or. 194.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὠφείλετο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδός.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For it was owed (necessary, fated) that she be killed, but not by her son.

POSITION: s.l. O; follows sch. 191.02 Rw, cont. from sch. 191.02 others, ἀλλ’ (from ἄλλως) prep. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἵλετο Pr   |    μὲν om. O   |    γὰρ] καὶ V, om. app. Rw (damage)   |    αὐτὴν MBPr, αὐτῆ V, αὐτὴ OC, αὕτη Rw   |    ὑπὸ] Dindorf, ἀπὸ MOVCRw, παρὰ BPr   |    τοῦ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,14–15; Dind. II.80,1–2

COMMENT:   In Byzantine Greek, as in classical, ὀφείλεται/ὠφείλετο is used as a passive with words like χάρις, μισθός, and τιμωρία as its subject and the person in the dative, or sometimes as an impersonal verb with accusative and infinitive. Thus both the acc. αὐτὴν of MBPr and the dative αὐτῆ of V are possible here. Schw. and Dindorf printed nominative αὐτὴ. There are a very few late passages with the person in the nominative and the thing owed to the person in the acc., as Suda θ 78,24–25 (from Damascius, Vita Isidori) τιμὰς ἀπονέμων, οἵας ὠφείλετο πρωτεύων ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ πόλει; sch. in Basilicorum libros I-XI, book 60, 29.7.5 ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὠφείλετό τινα ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ. That construction seems less likely with an infinitive and presumably the nominative variants of OCRw are secondary.   


Or. 194.02 (vet exeg) δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον μὲν αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀνελοῦσαν τὸν ἄνδρα,  2οὐ μέντοι εὐκλεὲς οὐδὲ πρέπον ἦν ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτὴν εὐθύνας δοῦναι τοῦ φόνου.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: it was just that she be killed because she killed her husband, but not, however, a source of glory or fitting that it be at the hands of her son that she paid the penalty for the killing.

LEMMA: MC, δίκαια μὲν BVMnPrRb      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: marg. H; cont. from prev. Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. VMnSSa   |    δίκαιον om. Mn   |    μὲν] μὲν οὖν VRbSSa, οὖν Mn, μὲν ἦν Rw   |    ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὴν transp. VMnSSa, αὐτὴν om. Rb   |    2 οὐ μέντοι … ἦν] ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔδει MnSSa   |    οὐδὲ πρέπον om. H   |    αὐτὴν εὐθύνας κτλ om. H   |    αὐτὴν om. MnRbRwSSa   |    εὐθύνην Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνελοῦσα SSa   |    εὐκεὲς Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,16–18; Dind. II.80,2–4


Or. 194.03 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπομνήματι καὶ ταῦτα τῆς Ἠλέκτρας.  —MCRw

TRANSLATION:   In the commentary, these words too are assigned to Electra (instead of to the chorus).

POSITION: cont. from prev. MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα Schw., τὰ M, τὸν CRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,18–19; Dind. II.80,5

COMMENT:   Perhaps ‘the commentary’ refers to the commentary of Didymus that was being excerpted by a later commentator. But if so, we cannot say whether the assignment of the words to Electra was advocated by Didymus or only reported by him.   

KEYWORDS:  assignment of speaker   |   Didymus   


Or. 195.04 (vet exeg) ἔκανες ἔθανες:  1φονεύσασα ἀνῃρέθης.  2τουτέστιν ὁ κατὰ σοῦ πραχθεὶς φόνος ἄμυνα ἐγένετο καὶ οὐκ ἀδικία·  3σὺ γὰρ πρώτη ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀνῃρέθης.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having slain, you were killed. That is, the murder carried out against you occurred as vengeance, not injustice. For you acted first in killing our father, and you were killed.

LEMMA: V, ἄλλως MBCPrRw       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: follows next except in V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φονεύσασα] ἐφόνευσας καὶ V   |    2 πραχθεὶς] προσταγεὶς M, προσταχθεὶς C, γεγονὼς Pr   |    3 πρῶτον Pr   |    τὸν πατέρα om. Rw   |    καὶ ἀνηρέθης om. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,22–24; Dind. II.80,11–13


Or. 195.05 (vet exeg) ἔκανες:  1ἐφόνευσας.  2ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν λέγεται, εἰς ὃ φέρεται ἡ ἱερουργικὴ μάχαιρα.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You murdered. From this source (the root of ‘ekanes’) is formed the word ‘kanoun’ (‘basket’), that into which the knife for ritual slaughter is borne.

LEMMA: BPr(ἔκτανες)Rw, ἔκανες ἔθανες MC       REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: cont. from prev. V, prep. ἔκανες      

APP. CRIT.:   1–1 ἐφόνευσας om. V   |    2 τὸ] τοῦ M, καὶ V   |    ἡ om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μάχαιρα] γέγαιρα Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,20–21; Dind. II.80,10–11

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. κ 650 κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομέ‑ νων ἱερείων κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομένων ἱερείων; Sch. Arist. Pac. 948b alpha Holwerda ὅτι ἐκέκρυπτο ἐν τῷ κανῷ ἡ μάχαιρα ταῖς ὀλαῖς καὶ τοῖς στέμμασιν. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κανεῖν; Suda κ 318 s.v. κανοῦν, etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 197.01 (vet exeg) ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας:  1ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς ἐπεξήγησις ⟨τοῦ⟩ ‘ἔκανες ἔθανες’·  2ἀπώλεσας γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τοῦ αἵματος.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘de’ here is equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’), so that the meaning is an explication of ‘you killed, you died’. (That is,) for alive you killed our father and in death you have killed your children through the bloodguilt.

LEMMA: all except O (ἄλλως prep. Pr; app. οὐ δὲ ὤιλεσας M)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ … ἔθανες om. O   |    ἀντὶ …νοῦς om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    ἐξήγησις V, ὑπεξήγησιν Pr   |    τοῦ suppl. Schw.   |    ἔκανες] V, om. others   |    ἔθανες] om. V, ἔθανές πω MCRb   |    2 γὰρ om. OVPr   |    τὸν om. ORbRw   |    ζῶσαν MRb   |    τὰ] BCPr, om. others   |    τοῦ] τοῦ σοῦ OV, σοῦ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπἐξήγησις C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,25–27; Dind. II.80,17–19


Or. 199.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς φησιν ἑαυτὴν καὶ Ὀρέστην.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   In deictic fashion she speaks of herself and Orestes.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. BC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,1; Dind. II.80,21

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 199.05 (vet exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν.  —HBOVCG

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: because of your murder we too have perished.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V(as if for 197)       POSITION: marg. H (beside 199–200), intermarg. B(cont. from 199.01)C(beside 200), s.l. OG (divided into three διὰ τὸν σὸν, φόνον, καὶ ἡμ. ἀπ. O)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἰσονέκυες δὲ prep. B   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. OCG   |    φόβον C   |    ἀπολ. καὶ ἡμεῖς transp. G   |    καὶ om. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,2; Dind. II.81,13–14


Or. 201.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς Ὀρέστην λέγει.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She directs this utterance to Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 206.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος·  2ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἀναστρεπτέον οὖν τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For the unmarried woman is also childless. Therefore one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless.

LEMMA: B, ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον M(ἐπεὶ)C       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἄτεκνος περισσὸν transp. B   |    2 ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος] ἡ γὰρ ἄτεκνος καὶ ἄγαμος transp. H, om. MC   |    3 ἀνατρεπτέον C   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] δύναται MC   |    μὴ γήμασαν B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27

COMMENT:   There was probably a twofold concern among commentators and teachers over this phrase. First, one could accuse Euripides of adding ἄτεκνος in a situation where it did not add anything to what ἄγαμος already implies (according to normative notions of female behavior assumed and promoted by commentators). Second, the phrase could be viewed as morally unsuitable for students to read, as Electra could be taken to acknowledge the possibility of premarital sex (see sch. 108.04, 108.05). The second half of the note attempts to allay those concerns, and it must originally have been written for a text with ἐπὶ δ’, which was sometimes corrupted to ἐπεὶ δ’, with the corruption than spreading to M’s lemma and the text of several recentiores (or the corruption occurred first in a version of the scholion and spread to the lemma and text). When the exchanged word order is assumed, then the second epithet (now ἄγαμος) is no longer redundant.   |   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   |   antistrophe (of word order)   


Or. 207.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διάγω  —MCAbMnRSaG, perhaps Zb

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕλκω (or τὸ ἕλκω?) ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. M [damaged or erased]   |    καὶ prep. S   

COLLATION NOTES:   Zb’s gloss partly erased and overwritten by Zb2 gloss; original uncertain.   |   


Or. 210.06 (vet exeg) τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ: τῷ πάνυ ἐκλελυμένῳ τοῦ σώματος  —HMBOV3CRb

TRANSLATION:   By the extremely relaxed state of his body.

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. HM, intermarg. B, s.l. OV3C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. H3   |    τῷ πάνυ om. O, πάνυ transp. after ἐκλ. V3 (adding to V1’s shorter gloss)   |    τοῦ σώματος HO(om. τοῦ)RbV3, app. σώματος O, τῷ σώματι MBC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,15; Dind. II.82,18–19

COLLATION NOTES:   O has a tiny mark suspended above final tau of σώματ, very like the omicron = ος on ἐλαφρός in the gloss below it; it is less likely to be iota, despite lack of opening, because iota is usually longer, more perpendicular than this stroke, and usually has a trema in the scholiast’s hand.   |   


Or. 211.01 (vet exeg) νῦν οὐ τραγῳδεῖ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   Now he does not declaim in an impassioned way, but rather (he does so) during his madness.

REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: intermarg. BC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,16

COMMENT:   On the senses of τραγῳδεῖν see Prelim. Stud. 32 with note 115.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   τραγῳδεῖν   


Or. 211.05 (vet exeg) ὕπνου θέλγητρον:  1τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, τὸ μάλιστα θέλγειν δυνάμενον τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —HMBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, the one that can most enchant those who are ill. For light sleep is mixed with visions.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φίλον VRb, θέλγητρον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ ὕπνου om. Pr   |    μάλιστα om. H   |    δυνάμενον θέλγειν transp. H   |    ἀσθενοῦντας] ἀρρώστους H   |    2 after ἐλαφρὸς add. ὕπνος VMnSSa [Pr (damaged, app. no space for this added word)]   |    ἀναμέμνηται Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μάλιστα] μάλλιστα Mn   |    δυνάμενοι S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,17–19; Dind. II.82,27–29

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 159.18.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa has τὸ, μάλιστα, cf. this comma elsewhere, e.g. τὸ, κακῶν at start of sch. 234.12.   |   


Or. 213.01 (vet exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1πότνιαν εἶπεν αὐτήν, ἐπεὶ πάντας τιμῶμεν τοὺς παραμυθουμένους.  2τὸ δὲ ‘ὡς εἶ σοφή’ ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  3τὸ δὲ ‘τῶν κακῶν’ οἰκείως προσέθηκεν, ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.   —HMBVCMnPrRbRwSSa3

TRANSLATION:   He called her ‘lady mistress’ because we honor all those who comfort us. The phrase ‘how wise you are’ is equivalent to ‘you have been devised very wisely by nature’. He added the words ‘of ills’ suitably, since the forgetting of ills is good.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ πότνια λήθη V, ὦ πότνια MnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: HMVRb      POSITION: cont. from 211.17 B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   πότνιαν δὲ BPr   |    αὐτὴν εἶπεν transp. VMnRbSa, αὐτὴν om. S   |    1 αὐτὴν] τὴν λήθην τῶν κακῶν B, [τὴν τῶν κακῶν or τῶν κακῶν τὴν] λήθην Pr (damage)   |    ἐπεὶ] ἐπειδὴ VPrRb   |    πάντες VRbS   |    2 λίαν σοφῶς] λίαν· καὶ φῶς Rw   |    ἐπενοήθης σοφῶς transp. H   |    ὑπενοήθης MC, ὑπενοήθη Rw   |    ὑπὸ om. Rw   |    3 τὸ δὲ] ἡ λήθη δὲ Sa, ἡ λήθη τὸ δὲ MnRbS, τὸ δὲ διὰ Rw   |    first τῶν om. Rb   |    καλὴ] καλόν τι χρῆμα VMn(χρήμα)RbSSa   |    ἐστιν om. VMnRbSSa   |    at end add. ἢ ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἡ λήθη V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,25–28; Dind. II.83,10–11, 15–17


Or. 216.11 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν ἀπολειφθεὶς, ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  2οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν ἀμνημονῶ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  3τὸ γὰρ ὄργανον, δι’ οὗ ἀναφέρομεν τὰ πραττόμενα, συννοσεῖ τῷ σώματι.  4ἀμνημονῶ τί πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ, τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον ἀπολειφθεὶς καὶ μανείς.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial MnSSa

TRANSLATION:   Deprived of my previous wits, during the madness. I am unaware not because now deprived of my wits, but rather during my sickness. For the sense organ through which we take in what is being done shares in the illness of the body. I am unaware of what has been done by me during my sickness, because I was previously deprived of my wits and became mad.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν B, τῶν πρὶν ἀπολ. φρ. MnS(ὁ prep.)Sa, ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. MnSSa (cf. their lemma)   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ … φρενῶν add. Sar in space left by Sa   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. M   |    2 νῦν] νοῦν B, perhaps Sar   |    τῶν om. MnSSa   |    νῦν add. before ἀμνημονῶ BVMnPrRbSSa   |    2–4 ἀλλ’ ἐν … ἀμνημονῶ om. Rb   |    2 ἀλλ’ ἐν] ἢ ἀμνημονῶ ἃ πέπρακτα μοι ἐν V   |    3–4 τὸ γὰρ κτλ om. MnSSa   |    3 τὸ γὰρ … σώματι om. app. Pr (damage)   |    σὺ νοσεῖ M   |    4 ἀμνημονῶ τί … νόσῳ om. V   |    τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον] τῶν προτέρων φρενῶν BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μανίᾳ] μαντία Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,1–5; Dind. II.84,4–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck Sa for νῦν/νοῦν, 128v line 14.   |   


Or. 218.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βούλει θίγω σου⟩: φιλαδέλφου κόρης ἦθος καὶ λόγους ἐμιμήσατο.  —MBCAaPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) has represented the character and utterances of a sister affectionate toward a brother.

LEMMA: MC, 217 ὦ φίλτατ’ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. AaPrb; follows sch. 221.01 Pra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ λόγ. μιμήσατο om. Aa   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἦθος καὶ λόγον Prb, ἦθος λόγων Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,12–13; Dind. II.84,16–17

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 219.01 (vet exeg) λαβοῦ λαβοῦ δῆτ’: 1σφόδρα δεομένου ἡ φωνή· 2διὸ τῇ ἐπαναλήψει κέχρηται.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The expression is that of one earnestly entreating; therefore he uses repetition of the same word (epanalepsis).

LEMMA: MVC, λαβοῦ λαβοῦ MnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 168.05 and sch. 174.04 Rw, cont. from 218.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σφόδρα VMnRbS(τὸ)Sa, τοῦ σφοδροῦ Rw   |    δεομένη Pr   |    φωνή ἐστι VMnRbRw(ἐστιν)SSa   |    2 διὸ καὶ BVMnPrSSa, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Rw   |    τῇ μὲν ἐπ. MnRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,14–15; Dind. II.84,23–24

KEYWORDS:  epanalepsis   


Or. 220.02 (vet exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ  —MBOVaVbCAbMnaMnbPrRbSaSbSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   The caked crust (formed) from foam.

LEMMA: Va, στόματος ἀφρώδη M      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: intermarg. B; s.l. VbCAbMnbSbSab; cont. from 219.01 B, cont. from 220.05 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφρώδη δὲ πέλανον prep. MnaRbSaSaa(ἀφθώδη Mna, δὲ om. Sa), πέλανον δὲ prep. B, πέλανον δὲ κυρίως εἶπε prep. Pr   |    καὶ prep. Sb   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ VaAbMnaMnbSaSbSaaSab, p.c. Pr   |    τοῦ om. OVb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον CPrSaSb, a.c. Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,17–18; Dind. II.84,27

COMMENT:   The mss all have the accentuation πέλανον, not πελανὸν, as editors print on the basis of Herodian Gram.Gr. 3:1.178,19 (but V1 writes πελανὸν in Alc. 851 and in the scholion on that line, and the original hand in M at Hipp. 147 has πελανῶν as opposed to πελάνων of other mss and M2).   |   


Or. 220.05 (vet exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας, παρὰ τὸ πεπλατύνθαι.  2οἱ δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγός.  3ἔνιοι δὲ παρὰ τὴν παιπάλην·  4ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον γίνεται.  5ἢ παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι·  6Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’.  7λευκὸν γὰρ τὸ πέμμα. 5οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς δι’ αὐτῶν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   In the proper sense, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake that people use for sacrifices, derived from (the fact of) its having been flattened (‘plat-’). Others say it also means anything that has solidified out of something moist. Some derive it from ‘paipalē’ (fine meal, flour), because for the most part ‘pelanos’ is made out of this. Alternatively, derived from ‘to besprinkle’ (‘palun-’) meaning ‘to whiten’. Homer (says): ‘(snow) lightly dusted (‘epalunen’) the fields (with white)’. For the cake is white. Others derive it from (the fact that people) ‘draw near’ (‘pelazein’) and supplicate the gods with them (the cakes).

LEMMA: MB, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πέλ. BPrRw   |    πέλανος] Arsenius, πέλανον MBVCPr, μέλανον Rw   |    λευκόν Pr   |    ᾧ] ὃ MV   |    χρῆται Rw   |    2 ὁ δὲ φησὶ MBCPrRw   |    3 δὲ] MVRw, om. others   |    παρὰ τὸ πεπάλην VC, παρὰ τὴν πετάλην MPr (for this error compare Photius π 538 τὸ ἐκ τῆς πετάλης πέμμα)   |    4 εἰς γὰρ ταύτην M   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    5 παλῦναι] πλατύναι B, πλῦναι C   |    6 καὶ ὅμηρος VCPrRw   |    ἀργύρας Rw, ἀρούραις Pr   |    7 πέμμα] πέλημα M   |    8 οἱ δὲ] ἢ Rw   |    ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ τὸ V, διὰ τὸ Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 παλύναι MPrRw   |    ἐστὶν M   |    λευκάναι MVCPrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,19–130,5; Dind. II.85,1–6

COMMENT:   Similarly, sch. V Rhes. 430 ὡς πέμμα ξηρανθὲν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ φόνου. ἀκύρως δὲ κέχρηται τῷ πέλανος, ἄμεινον δὲ ἑτέρωθι [220] εἶπεν ‘ἀφρώδη πέλανον’ διὰ τὴν λευκότητα. κυρίως γὰρ ἔλεγον πελάνους τὰ πόπανα ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς παιπάλης, ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου κατασκευάζονται. καὶ Ὅμηρος τὸ λευκᾶναι παλῦναί φησιν [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. Cf. Harpocration 44 Keaney πέλανος· Λυκοῦργος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς ἱερείας. πολλάκις ἐστὶ τοὔνομα παρὰ πολλοῖς τῶν ἀρχαίων. Ἀπολλώνιος δ’ ὁ Ἀχαρνεὺς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν ἑορτῶν οὕτω γράφει: ‘ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ προσαγορευόμενος πέλανος. λέγεται δὲ πέμματά τινα τοῖς θεοῖς γινόμενα ἐκ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθέντος σίτου ἐκ τῆς ἅλω’. ⟨Σαννυρίων⟩ δ’ ἐν Γέλωτί φησι: ‘πέλανον ⟨καλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς οἱ θεοί⟩ / ἃ καλεῖτε σεμνῶς ἄλφιθ’ ὑμεῖς οἱ βροτοί.’ Δίδυμος δὲ κυρίως φησὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς παιπάλης πέμμα, ἐξ ἧς ποιοῦνται πέμματα, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι, ἢ ὅτι λευκά ἐστιν· Ὅμηρος: ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. ἢ διὰ τὸ φανὸν εἶναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκόν. Εὐριπίδης μέντοι ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ [219–220] ἰδίως φησὶν· ‘ἐκ δ’ ὄμορξον ἀθλίου / στόματος ἀφρώδη πέλανον’. ὅπερ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος ἀφρὸν δηλοῖ (the latter half also in Photius and Suda s.v. πέλανος); Et. Magn. 659,15–25; Sch. Apoll. Rhod. 1.1075–77b, etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 221.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἀνάγκην προβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ μὴ δυσωπῆσαι τῇ θεραπείᾳ τὸν ἀδελφόν  —MBVCPraPrbRbRw

TRANSLATION:   She puts forward the compulsion deriving from kinship in order not to cause embarrassment to her brother by her attending to him.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ Rw, κ’οὐκ ἀναίνομαι ἀδελφ’ B, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι Pra       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν M; διὰ add. above τὴν V3   |    ἀπὸ om. V   |    μὴ om. BPraPrb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,9–10; Dind. II.86,8–10


Or. 223.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ἀστείως ταῦτα πεποίηται τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν διαθέσει.  —MBVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This passage has been composed in a charming and refined way in respect to the words, the characters, and the disposition on stage.

LEMMA: C, ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς Rw, ὑπόβαλε πλευρά M, ὑπόβαλε MnRbSSa; ἄλλως V       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: follows sch. 224.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τοῦ M, om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥθεσι C   |   σκηνὴν] σὴν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,11–12; Dind. II.86,11–12

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   |   praise of poet’s skill   |   staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 224.01 (vet exeg) ἄφελε προσώπου:  1τουτέστιν· ἀποδιάστησον τὴν ἔμπροσθεν οὖσαν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου κόμην.  2ἀσθενῆ γὰρ λεύσσω ταῖς κόραις διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας.   —MBVaCMnPraRbRwSSa, partial VbPrb

TRANSLATION:   That is, move away the hair that is in front of my eyes. For I see weakly with my eyes because my hair lies over them.

LEMMA: Rw, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσω κόραις MC, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσσω BVa, λεπτὰ γὰρ Pra, λεπτὸν γὰρ Rb(λευτὸν)MnS, λεπτὰ Sa      REF. SYMBOL: at λεπτὰ MBV, marg. Rb      POSITION: s.l. VbPrb(both starting above ἄφελε προσώπου)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστιν] ἀντὶ τοῦ VaRbMnSSa, om. VbPrb   |    διάστησον M, ἀποδιαστήσεις Pra   |    ἔμπρ. οὖν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὖσαν κόμην Pra   |    οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν transp. VbPrb   |    2 ἀσθενῆ κτλ om. VbPrb   |    ἀσθενὴς Rb   |    κόραις] κόμαις Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κώμην M   |    2 λεύσσω BPra, s.l. Rw, λεύσω others   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,13–15; Dind. II.86,18–20


Or. 224.16 (vet exeg) ⟨λεύσσω κόραις⟩:  1γράφεται λεύσσω νόσῳ,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ λεπτὸν λεύσσειν.   —MBCPr, partial VaVbMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘I see because of my illness’, so that the sense is: the sickness makes me see weakly.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 224.01 all except Va (cont. from sch. 223.01)       

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. … νόσῳ om. VaVbMnRbSSa   |    after γρ. add. καὶ λεπτὰ γὰρ BPr   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ] οἷον VbMnRbSSa   |    λεπτὰ VbPrSSa, λατ()῀ Va   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λεύσω M   |    2 ποίει Va   |    λεύσειν VaVbCMnRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,16–17; Dind. II.86,20–21

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 224.19 (vet exeg) ⟨κόραις⟩: γρ. νόσῳ  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘korais’, ‘eyes’) the reading ‘nosōi’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 225.01 (vet exeg) ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες ἄθλιον κάρα:  1κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν εἶπεν·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστι τῶν βοστρύχων τὸ κάρα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κάρατος οἱ βόστρυχοι.  3ἢ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐπιλείπεται τῇ κεφαλῇ ἢ μόνον οἱ βόστρυχοι, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ὦ τῶν βοστρύχων ἄθλιον κάρα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She spoke with an inversion. For the head does not belong to the locks of hair, but the locks belong to the head. Or (interpret it) that nothing else is left for the head except only the locks of hair, so that the meaning will be thus: o wretched head of (only) locks of hair.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ βοστ. πιν. V, ὦ βοστ. RbS, τῶν βοστ. MnSa, ἄθλιον κάρα Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from 224.26 B, add. δὲ after ἀναστρ., cont. from sch. 225.15 Pr, add. δὲ after ἀναστ.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντιστροφὴν MnSa   |    2 after ἐστι add. οἱ Mn   |    τοῦ κάρ. οἱ βόστρυχοι] οἱ βόστρυχοι MCRw, οἱ βόστρυχοι τῆς κεφαλῆς BPr   |    κάρατος] κάρα V   |    οἱ βοσ.] οἱ δὲ βοσ. Rb   |    3 ὅτι] ὅταν Mn   |    ἄλλο om. S   |    ἢ om. S   |    οὕτως Schw., ὅτι MC, om. others   |    ὦ om. VMnRbRwSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατ’ Pr   |    2 ἐστιν M   |    ἀλλ’ MBCPr   |    3 ἐπιλείπετε Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,21–121,1; Dind. II.87,1–3

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)   


Or. 225.02 (vet exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν καὶ εἰς πλευρὸν δεξαμένη τὸν Ὀρέστην ταῦτα λέγει.  —MBCPrZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself beside him nearby and having taken Orestes against her side, she says this.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   παρακαθ. … καὶ om. O   |    δὲ om. Zu   |    ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all (after ἔξωθεν add. ἡ ἠλέκτρα Zu)   |    πλευρὰν Zu   |    λέγει] φησί Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,1–2; Dind. II.87, app. on 3–4

COMMENT:   Transmitted ἔξωθεν, ‘on the outside, from the outside’, has no legitmate force here. Elsewhere it is used with verbs of sitting only with an accompanying genitive, ‘outside of some place or group’, or with such a place or group implied by the context. On the other hand, ἐγγύθεν is found several times with verbs of sitting, and is common in all periods of Greek prose.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors    


Or. 225.12 (vet gloss) πινῶδες: αὐχμηρὸν  —MVCAbMnRbS

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    αὐχμηροῦ V   |    αὐμηρὸν Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,18


Or. 225.13 (vet gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ῥυπαρόν —MOVCAbCrMnRRbSOx

POSITION: s.l., except Rb(cont. from prev.)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    ῥυπαροῦ V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,18


Or. 225.14 (vet paraphr) πινῶδες: ἀντί τοῦ αὐχμηρὸν καὶ ῥυπῶδες  —BPr

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες B      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 216.13       

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐχμ. om. Pr   |    ῥυπώδης with ε s.l. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,25


Or. 225.15 (vet exeg) πινῶδες: πῖνος ὁ ῥύπος· [Apoll. Rh. 2.200] ‘πίνῳ δέ οἱ αὐαλέος χρὼς ἐσκλήκει’.  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pinos’ means ‘filth, dirt’: (as in a phrase in Apollonius) ‘his dry skin was hard with caked dirt’.

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες Pra       POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from 224.14 BPrb, cont. from 225.13 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   after πῖνος add. γὰρ BVPraPrbRb, add. δὲ λέγεται C   |    πίνῳ … ἐσκλήκει om. VPrb   |    αὐαλέϊ Pra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πίνος C   |    ῥῦπος CPraPrb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,19–20; Dind. II.86,26

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Apollonius Rhodius   


Or. 226.06 (vet gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἐξήρανσαι —MBVCPrGu

POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς prep. C   |    ἐξήρασαι Pr   


Or. 227.06 (vet exeg) ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος:  1περὶ γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας εὐτονοῦσιν οἱ μαινόμενοι ἐντεινομένων τῶν νεύρων καὶ πνεύματος πληρουμένων·  2χαλωμένης δὲ τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιλείποντος παρίενται.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For during the period of madness those insane are vigorous, with their sinews taut and filled with breath; but when the madness slackens and the breath fails, they become enfeebled.

LEMMA: MVCPr, ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος μα() B      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: follows sch. 234.12 C; follows 241.05 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ τὸν om. VRw   |    ἐκτεινομ‑ MVPr, ἐκτεινουμ‑ Rw   |    πλεύμ. πληρ.] πληρουμένων ὑπὸ πνεύματος VRw   |    2 χαλουμένης MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,3–6; Dind. II.87,9–12

COLLATION NOTES:   C’s lemma is preceded by number α as if the preceding sch. 234.12 should have been marked with β to indicate the correct order.   |   


Or. 227.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἐν ἀνέσει γενόμενος Ὀρέστης λέλυται.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having come to be in a state of remission, Orestes is released/loosened.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr, with lemma ἀνῇ corrupted to ἐν ᾗ as part of note; cont. from prev. VRw, add. δὲ after ἀνέσει      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν ᾗ prep. MBCPr   |    γενόμενος Rw, γεγενημένος V, διαγενόμενος others   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Rw, and Pr transp. to beginnning   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,7; Dind. II.87,12–13

COMMENT:   I follow Rw in reading γενόμενος on the assumption that διὰ γεν- arose as a misreading of δὲ γεν-. But if διαγενόμενος is taken as the transmitted reading, the sense seems to be ‘having come through [scil. the period of madness?] (and arrived) in a state of remission’.   


Or. 227.12 (227–228) (vet exeg) ⟨νόσος μανίας/μανιάς⟩:  1ἢ ἡ διὰ τῆς μανίας νόσος,  2ἢ ἐπιθετικῶς· μανιὰς νόσος.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Either the sickness (suffered) through madness (with ‘maniās’, gen. sing. of noun, accented on penultimate syllable), or taken as an adjective: crazed sickness (with ‘maniăs’, nom. sing. of adj., accented on last syllable).

LEMMA: ἄλλως C      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ ἡ] ἵν’ ᾖ M   |    2 μανιὰς νόσος] μανιας νόσος B (thus without accent), ἢ μανίας νόσου MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,10; Dind. II.87,8–9


Or. 228.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύναμος, μὴ δυνάμενος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄρθροις  —MBOVCPraPrbGu

TRANSLATION:   Without strength, being unable to make use of my bodily joints.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. VCPrbGu; cont. from 227.12 B, cont. from 227.08 Pra, both prep. ἄναρθρος δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδύνατος VPraPrbGu   |    κεκτῆσθαι C   |    τὰ ἄρθρα V, τὰ μέλη τοῖς ἄρθροις MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδύναμ(εν)ος app. B (abbrev. stroke on mu, suspended omicron = ος)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,11; Dind. II.87,15–16


Or. 231.07 (vet exeg) ἀνακύκλει δέμας:  1ἀνακίνει ἀνόρθου ἐξέγειρε·  2συμβαίνει γὰρ τὸν κείμενον κυκλοτερῆ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ποιεῖσθαι.   —MBVCRbRwS, partial OMnPrSa

TRANSLATION:   Move, raise up, rouse up. For it comes about that the person who is lying down makes his rising motion in a circle-like form (that is, ‘circle-like’, ‘kukloterē’, explaining the verb of the lemma ‘anakuklei’).

LEMMA: MBOCPr, ἀνακύκλει RbRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBSa      POSITION: s.l. VS      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνακίνει … ἐξέγειρε om. OMnSa   |    ἀνακίνει] ἀντὶ τοῦ κείνει V, ἀνακλίνει Pr, om. RwS   |    2 συμβαίνει κτλ om. Pr   |    σημαίνει Rw   |    τὸν] τὸ Rw   |    κείμενον] ἀνακείμενον οὐ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξέγειραι PrRw   |    2 κυκλωτερῆ B   |    συμ / συμβαίνει S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,12–13; Dind. II.88,3–5


Or. 232.01 (vet exeg) οἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες οὐκ ἀρέσκονται τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἀεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσιν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For those who are sick are not content with their present circumstances, but always look to the future.

POSITION: cont. from 231.07, except V cont. from sch. 227.08      

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ] οὐ M   |    ὁρῶ B (truncation mark omitted)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρῶσι OCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,14–15; Dind. II.88,6–7


Or. 234.12 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβάλλειν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φησὶ γοῦν ὁ κωμικός [Com. adespota 859 K–A, 115 Kock]·
      5‘ὁ πρῶτος εἰπὼν “μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ”
      6οὐχ ὑγίαινε, δέσποτ’ · ἐκ μὲν γὰρ κόπου
      7γλυκεῖ’ ἀνάπαυσις, ἐξ ἀλουσίας δ’ ὕδωρ’
8καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
      9‘ἢν δ’ ἐκ πλουσίου
      10πτωχὸν γενέσθαι, μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ.
      11ὥστ’ οὐχὶ πάντων ἐστὶ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.’
       —MVCMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. At any rate, the comic poet says: ‘The first person who said “change of all things is sweet” / was not in his right mind, master. For after heavy toil / cessation is sweet, and water after lack of bathing’ and (the passage continued with) such examples. ‘But if (it comes about) that instead of wealthy / one becomes impoverished, it is, to be sure, a change, but not sweet! / So not of all things is change sweet’.

LEMMA:  lemma MVC, μεταβολὴ RwSa, ἡ μεταβολὴ S, μεταβολῆ MnRb       REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: out of order after sch. 225.02 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 προσυπακουστέον … πάντων no longer legible in Ra, apparently washed from side margin (remainder faintly legible in bottom margin)   |    1 τὸ] τῶν MC, δὲ τὸ Rw   |    κακόν VS   |    2 δὲ om. M   |    3 μεταβαλεῖν CMnRb   |    4 φασὶ γοῦν οἱ κωμικοὶ Rw   |    γοῦν] γὰρ VMnRbSa, om. S   |    5 πρῶτον V, πρῶτ() MMn   |    μεταβολῆ MMn, μεταβολὴν Rw   |    γλυκύ] ἡδύ V, om. S   |    6 ὑγίαινε] Porson, ὑγιαίνει all   |    δέσποτ’] Porson, δέσποτα MCS, δέποτε MnSa, δέποτ RaRb, δὲ ποσῶς V   |    ἐκ μὲν] εἰς μὲν M   |    7 γλυκεῖ’] γλυκίαι Mn, γλυκύτατ’ MRw, γλυκύτατος C   |    ἀνάπασις M   |    ἐξαλούσας C   |    τὸ add. before ὕδωρ Rb [Ra]   |    8 τὰ τοιαῦτα] ἕτερα τοιαῦτα Rw   |    9 ἢν δ’] τὸ δέ σ’ Hermann, ἢν δέῃ δ’ Nauck   |    ἢν] ἀν SSa, ἂν Mn, εἰ Rw   |    ἐκ] εἰς M, καὶ ἐκ C   |    10 πτωχὸς γένηται MnRaRbSSa (πτωχῶν app. a.c. S, πτωχ()` Rb), accepted by Porson, Meineke; doubtfully πτωχὸς γένῃ σύ Schw.   |    ἥδε add. before ἡδὺ Rw   |    11 ὥστε] οὕτως MC   |    ἐστι] ἡ VMnRbSSa [Ra]   |    γλυκεῖα SSa, γλυκεία Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στοῖχος a.c. Mn, στιχῶν changed to στίχων S   |    3 ὑγιείας Rb   |    4 κωμικὸς] κάμιξ Rb   |    5 μεταβολὺ S   |    7 γλυκεῖα VRaRbSSa   |    δ’] δὲ all   |    9 δ’] δὲ all   |    10 μεταβολὴ] μεταβολὺ V   |    11 δ’] δὲ all except M [Ra]   |    ὥστε VMnRbRwSSa [Ra]   |    οὐχὶ] οὐχ’ ἡ S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,22–122,7; Dind. II.88,14–89,2

COMMENT:   ὁ κωμικός (4) is elsewhere frequently Aristophanes (see Kassel and Austin on Arist. fr. 967 K–A), but scholars of comedy have concluded that this fragment is post-Aristophanic. For discussion of this and the next scholion see Prelim. Stud. 36–37.   |   See the app. crit. in Kassel and Austin for conjectures that tried to keep 8 καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα as part of the quoted trimeters.   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Com. adespota   


Or. 234.13 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβαλεῖν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φήσει γάρ τις ὡς ἐκ μὲν κόπου γλυκύτατον ἡ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα,  5ἐκ δὲ πλουσίου πτωχὸν γενέσθαι μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ,  6ὥστε οὐχὶ πάντων ἡ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. For someone will say that cessation from heavy toil is very sweet, and other such examples, but to become impoverished instead of wealthy is, to be sure, a change, but not pleasant! So not of all things is change sweet.

REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   6 γλυκεία Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 οὐκέστιν B   |    5 δὲ οὔ Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 235.06 (vet exeg) δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας ἔχει:  1τὸ ἀναστῆναι.  2ὁπόταν γὰρ εὐθυμῇ ψυχὴ τῇ τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπολήψει, συνδιασῴζεται τὸ σῶμα.  3καὶ Σιμωνίδης [Simonides PMG 598 = fr. 76 Bergk]· ‘τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ τὰν ἀλάθειαν βιᾶται’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For this thing has the appearance of health: (‘This thing’ is, namely,) to stand up. For whenever a soul feels cheered up by the assumption of hope, the body is saved along with it. And Simonides (says): ‘Seeming/belief overpowers even the truth’.

LEMMA: δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει MV(τόδε), δόξαν τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει C, δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας BPr(ὑγείας), δόξαν δ’ ὑγείας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐνθύμη C, ἐνθυμηθῆ M   |    ψυχῇ MCRw   |    τῇ τῆς] τῆς τὴν Rw, τῆς τῆς Pr a.c.   |    ὑπολείψει M (from the odd spacing, perhaps Rw had this a.c., but obscure in water damage)   |    3 after σιμων. add. φησὶ V   |    τὰν ἀλάθειαν Plat. Rep. 365e (codices except D), τὴν ἀλήθειαν VRw, τὰ μάλα θεῖα MB(θεία)CPr    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,8–10; Dind. II.89,14–16

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Simonides   


Or. 236.01 (vet gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰσχυρότερον  —MOVCAaAbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ MVCPr, om. others   |    ἰσχυρότερον] O, ἰσχυρὸν μὲν MC, ἰσχυρὸν others   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,11; Dind. II.89,17


Or. 239.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨λέξεις τι καινόν⟩: πάντως καινότερόν τι ἀπαγγελεῖς.  —MVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Evidently you are going to report something rather novel.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀγγέλ() V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαγγέλεις M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,12; Dind. II.89,26


Or. 239.12 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: οἱ ἐν περιστάσει ὄντες ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λέγεσθαι δεδοίκασιν.  —MaMbVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Those in a critical situation are always afraid of the declaration of what is about to be said.

LEMMA: MaV, καὶ εἰ μὲν εὖ χάριν φέρεις C, κεἰ μὲν εὖ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb       POSITION: s.l. MbPr      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὅτι prep. MnRaSSa   |    οἱ om. VPr   |    παραστάσει Rb   |    τὸ ἐπάγγελμα om. S   |    μέλλοντος om. C   |    λέγεσθαι om. Mb, γένεσθαι Pr   |    δεδοίκησιν Mn, δεδοίκαμεν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπάγελμα Ra   |    δεδοίκασι CSa, δεδοίκα() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,13–14; Dind. II.89,23–25


Or. 241.05 (vet exeg) σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός:  1διὰ τοῦ ‘σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός’ ψυχαγωγεῖ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς ὑποτίθεται διὰ τοῦ θείου.  2περιπαθέστερον δὲ ποιεῖ τὸ δρᾶμα καὶ πόρρωθεν διαβάλλουσα τὸν Μενέλαον,  3καθὸ ἐλπισθεὶς βοηθῆσαι οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using the expression ‘brother of your father’ she encourages her brother, reminding him of his father, and through (the mention of) their uncle she sets good hopes before him. She makes the drama more emotionally affecting by criticizing Menelaus even from a far earlier point (than his arrival on stage), since although it was hoped that he would bring aid he did not help.

LEMMA: MBCPr, μενέλαος ἥκει VMnRwSSa, lemma ἥκει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σοῦ κασ. πατρὸς] τούτου BPr   |    τοῦ] τὸ MnSSa, om. Rb   |    σοῦ om. Rw   |    κασιγνήτ(ου) V   |    ψυχαγωγεῖται V   |    τοῦ πατρὸς] τῶ πατρὶ M   |    2 προσπαθέστερον MBCPrRw   |    ποιεῖται VMnSSa   |    τὸ om. Mn   |    καὶ τὸ πόρρ. BPr   |    διαβάλλεσθαι BPr, διαβάλλουσιν MCRw(‑σι CRw), ambig. διαβάλλουσ() V   |    τὸν πολέμιον τὸν μενέλαον Rw   |    3 καθὸ] καθὸν M, ἢ V   |    βοηθήσειν V   |    ἐβοήθεισαν Mn, ἐβοήθει γὰρ Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δράμα MVCMnPrRbS   |    3 καθ’ ὃ Pr   |    βοηθεῖσαι Mn   |    ἐλπισθεὶς] ἐμπισθεὶς V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,16–20; Dind. II.90,7–11


Or. 244.04 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἡ παρά καὶ τὸ ἐμοῦ προσληπτέον.  —MCr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘from’ and the (adjective) ‘my’ are to be supplied (with the genitive ‘father’).

POSITION: intermarg. MCr (M beside 241–2)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,15; Dind. II.89,25


Or. 245.03 (vet exeg) τὸ πιστὸν τόδε λόγων:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  2πίστιν δέχου ταύτην βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ μαρτυρίαν, τὸ καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην αὐτῷ συνεπιδημῆσαι·  3ὅπου γὰρ Ἑλένη, πάντως που καὶ Μενέλαος.   —MBVCPrRwZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’. As guarantee accept this sure and secure evidence, the fact that Helen too has arrived here with him. For wherever Helen is, by all means, surely, Menelaus is too.

LEMMA: MBCPr, τὸ πιστὸν τόδε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: V cont. from next, without repeating first sentence (= last of 245.04); sep. in O 2 τὸ … συνεπιδημ. above 246 ἑλένην, 3 ὅπου γὰρ κτλ in margin at 246      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … μαρτυρίαν om. O (but cf. 245.09   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu, ἀντὶ C   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους M   |    2 πίστιν] πίστην C, πιστοῦ Pr   |    μαρτυρίαν ἀσφαλῆ transp. V   |    τὸ καὶ] τῷ καὶ BVPr, τε καὶ Rw, τὸ O   |    τὴν om. O   |    3 γὰρ] γε Rw   |    που] ἐκεῖ O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,1–4; Dind. II.90,22–91,2


Or. 247.01 (vet exeg) ὡς τοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην ἀχθῆναι ἐπιμολύναντος τὴν εὐπραξίαν Μενελάου  —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:  (He says this) as if the fact that Helen was brought has befouled the good fortune of Menelaus.

LEMMA: (246) Ἑλένην ἀγόμενος V       REF. SYMBOL: V to 246       POSITION: cont. from 245.03 MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς τοῦ] ὥστε V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,5–6; Dind. II.91,2–3


Or. 249.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως:  1Στησίχορός φησιν ὡς θύων τοῖς θεοῖς Τυνδάρεως Ἀφροδίτης ἐπελάθετο·  2διὸ ὀργισθεῖσαν τὴν θεὸν διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους καὶ λειψάνδρους αὐτοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας ποιῆσαι.  3ἔχει δὲ ἡ χρῆσις οὕτως [Stesichorus fr. 85 Davies–Finglass, PMG/PMGF 223]·  4‘οὕνεκά ποτε Τυνδάρεως ῥέζων πᾶσι θεοῖς μόνης λάθετ’ ἠπιοδώρου Κύπριδος,  5κείνα δὲ Τυνδάρεω κούραις χολωσαμένη διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους τίθησι καὶ λιπεσάνορας’.  6καὶ Ἡσίοδος δέ [Hes. fr. 176 M–W (93 Rzach)]·
      7‘τῇσιν δὲ φιλο⟨μ⟩μειδὴς Ἀφροδίτη /
      8ἠγάσθη προσιδοῦσα, κακῇ δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμῃ. /
      9Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπειτ’ Ἔχεμον προλιποῦσ’ ἐβεβήκει, /
      10ἵκετο δ’ ἐς Φυλῆα φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν. /
      11ὣς δὲ Κλυταιμνήστρη ⟨προ⟩λιποῦσ’ Ἀγαμέμνονα δῖον /
      12Αἰγίσθῳ παρέλεκτο, καὶ εἵλετο χείρον’ ἀκοίτην. /
      13ὣς δ’ Ἑλένη ᾔσχυνε λέχος ξανθοῦ Μενελάου.’   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Stesichorus says that when sacrificing to the gods Tyndareus forgot Aphrodite. Angered because of this, the goddess (he says) made his daughters triple-married and husband-deserters. The passage is as follows: ‘Because Tyndareus once, when doing sacrifice to all the gods, forgot only Cypris of the gentle gifts, and that goddess becoming wrathful toward the daughters of Tyndareus makes them double-married and triple-married and husband-deserters’. And also Hesiod: ‘Laughter-loving Aphrodite, / looking upon them, grew resentful toward them, and cast evil report upon them. / Timandre then went off, abandoning Echemus, / and she came to Phyleus, a man dear to the immortal gods. / And likewise Clytemnestra, having abandoned godlike Agamemnon, / slept with Aegisthus, and chose a worse husband. / And likewise Helen shamed the bed of blond Menelaus’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἐπίσημον: ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδ() B, τὸ ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε V, ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: punct. and rubricated in Rw as three scholia (1–2, 3–4, 5–13)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 θύων] θεοῦ M   |    ἀφροδίταν Pr   |    ἐλάθετο MVCRw   |    2 ὀργισθεῖσα MBPr   |    τὴν θεὸν] ἡ θεὸς B   |    τε om. V   |    λειχάνδρας Pr   |    τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ transp. V   |    ποιῆσαι Schw. (after Dind.), ἐποίησεν all   |    3 οὕτως om. MC   |    4 οὕνεκα Τυνδάρεος / ῥέζων ποκὰ Schneidewin (ποτὲ already transp. Suchfort)   |    ἅπασι BVPrRw   |    μόνης] VRw (μόνας Page), μιᾶς MBC, om. Pr   |    λήθετο Rw, λήθ()τ() V, ἐπελάθετο MC   |    ἡπιόδωρος V   |    5 κείνη Pr   |    τυνδ. κόραις del. Wilam. (as from Stes. fragment)   |    τυνδαρέου Schneidewin   |    κούραις] B, κούρου M, κούρας C, κόραις Rw, κόραισι V, κόρης Pr, κόρας Sitzler   |    χολωσαμένα Blomfield   |    τε om. VRw   |    ἐτίθει West   |    λιπεσάνορας scr. Schneidewin, λιπεσήνορας BCPr, λειπεσάνορας VRw, λιπεσιόρας M   |    6 δὲ om. BVPrRw   |    7 τοῖσι PrRw   |    φιλομμειδὴς Barnes, φιλομηδὴς C   |    8 προϊδοῦσα MVRw   |    κακῇ … φήμῃ Schw., κακὴν … φήμην all   |    σφ’] φη(σὶ) V, φ’ C, σφησιν Rw, φιν Nauck   |    ἥμβαλε app. M, ἔβαλλε VPr, ἔβαλε CRw   |    8–9 B punct. after φήμην, leaves blank space, om. Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπ; and on next line ειτ’ ἔχετον om. or washed out before προλιποῦσ’   |    9 τιμάνδρη… ἔχεμον] ἐτύχετον Pr   |    Τιμάνδρη] Geel (in C. Goettling, Hesiodi carmina, 2nd ed. 1843, prep. lx) from Eust. in Il. 2.616 (I.472,28), πεισάνδρη VRw, τις ἀνδρὶ M(τίς)C (om. BPr)   |    μὲν ἔπειτ’] V(μὲν ἐπεί τ’)Rw, μένει εἴτ’ MC (B blank space and possible traces of ειτ)   |    Ἔχεμον Geel, ἔχετον MVCRw (cf. corrupt ἐτύχετον Pr) (B unclear)   |    10 φιλία M, φλῆα VRw, φυλῆς Pr (φυλέα Eust. in four quotations, in Il. 1.404 [I.193,25 and I.194,11], in Il. 10.192 [III.43,19], in Od. 9.415 [I.353,21])   |    θεοῖσιν om. VRw, θεοῖς Pr   |    11 κλυταιμνήστρη Barnes (‑μήστρη Rzach, Merkelbach–West), ‑μνήστρα MPrRw, ‑μνῆστρα BVC   |    ⟨προ⟩ add. Cobet (λείπουσ’ Barnes, ἀτίουσα West)   |    12 αἰγίστω Pr   |    παράλεκτρος Rw, παρέλικτο Pr   |    χείραιν app. Pr   |    ἀκοίταν B   |    13 ὡδ’ or ὥδ’ M, ὡς δὴ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 στησίχωρος Pr   |    3 χρήσις M   |    οὔνεκά MC   |    4 ἡπιοδώρου M   |    7 τῆσι MBVC   |    10 εἰς MBCPr   |    μακάρεσιν V, μακάρεσσιν Rw, μακάρεσι MC   |    θεοῖσι app. M   |    11 ὡς δὲ VCRw   |    λιποῦσα Rw   |    ἀγααμέμνονα Rw   |    13 ὡς δ’ VCRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,8–21; Dind. II.91,12–92,4

COMMENT:   G. Most in the Loeb edition of Hesiod retains (8) κακὴν δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμην. Epic idiom, however, supports Schw.’s correction, since there are no instances of such a metaphorical use of ἐμβάλλω; the usual usage has someone plant an emotion or quality or idea in a person. The juncture κακὴ φήμη is not common in classical poetry, but there is a later parallel in Manetho, Apotelesmatica 3.87–88 (in a context of adulterous persons; with ἀμφιβάλλω instead of ἐμβάλλω) καὶ δ’ αὐτοὺς φήμῃσι κακαῖς νεότητος ἐν ὥραις / ἀμφέβαλεν; compare the comparable metaphor in the proverbial phrase κακά τευ κακκέχυται φάμα. Nor is there an exact parallel for φήμην ἐμβάλλειν in φήμας βάλλειν as in Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βλάσφημος· παρὰ τὸ βλάβη καὶ τὸ φήμη γίνεται βλάσφημος, ὁ βλάβην λέγων· ἢ ὁ τὰς κακὰς φήμας κατά τινος βάλλων, ἤγουν ὁ λοίδορος.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Hesiod   


Or. 249.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυθρύλητον  —MOVCPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐπίσημον ἀντὶ C, om. OPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -θρύλλητον VPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,1; Dind. II.92,5


Or. 249.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ψόγον⟩: περισσὸν δὲ τὸ ἄρθρον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The article is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 249.04 MC      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 251.19 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩:  1αὐτεξούσιος γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή·  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 6.444]· ‘ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλός’.   —MVCMnRbSSa, partial OPrRa

TRANSLATION:   For virtue is a matter of free choice. And Homer: ‘ever since I learned to be excellent’.

LEMMA: σὺ νῦν διάφερε VRb       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. CPr, intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτεξούσιον MC [ending illegible Sa]   |    γὰρ om. MCRb, app. Sa   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. κτλ om. OPrRa   |    ἐπειδὴ Sa   |    ἐσθλοῦ M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐθλὸς Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,2–3; Dind. II.92,18–19

COMMENT:   The association of τὸ αὐτεξούσιον and ἀρετή is common in Christian authors, but the only other passage where the adjective form is applied to ἀρετή is Procopius, commentarii in Isaiam, PG 87:2:2549, 30–31 ὃς καὶ αὐτεξούσιον δεικνὺς τὴν ἀρετὴν, φησίν· ἔσεσθέ μοι δίκαιοι.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 253.06 (vet exeg) ὄμμα σόν ταράσσεται:  1φυσικῶς·  2καθόλου γὰρ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν εἰκόνες οἱ ὀφθαλμοί.  3αἰφνίδιοι δὲ τῶν λυσσωδῶν νοσημάτων αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίνονται.   —MBOVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (This detail can be explained) in terms of what is natural. For in general the eyes are the visible images of the affects of the soul. And the changes induced by diseases of madness occur suddenly.

LEMMA: BCPrRw, ὅμμα σὸν M, οἴμοι κασίγνητ’ ὄμμα V, οἴμοι κασίγνητος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φυσικῶς om. OVMnRaRbSSa   |    3 καὶ add. before αἰφνίδιοι VMnRbSSa   |    αἰφνίδιον Rw   |    δὲ om. OVMnRwSSa, transp. after μεταβολαὶ Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,4–6; Dind. II.92,24–26


Or. 254.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετεβλήθης ἄρτι σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   Swiftly you have shifted into madness, though you just now had your wits in a sound state.

LEMMA: all (μετετέθης Pr) except ταχὺς δὲ Rb)       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l.; between sch. 256.01 and sch. 257.02 in Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B   |    after μανίαν add. εἰς λύσσαν Rb   |    μετεβλήθησαν μετεποιήθ() Rb   |    ἄρτι] ἀρτίως V   |    ἔχων σώας transp. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,7–8; Dind. II.93,1–2


Or. 255.02 (vet paraphr) ὦ μῆτερ, τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ μὴ ἐπίσειε, ἤγουν μὴ μετακίνει.  —M

TRANSLATION:   O mother, do not shake the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens against me, that is to say, do not impel them.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱματοποιοὺς M   |    first μὴ Schw., μαν M   |    ἐπίσει M, corr. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπεμοὶ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,13–14


Or. 256.01 (vet exeg) τὰς αἱματωπούς:  1τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσί τι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταί·  2οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι περὶ τῶν Λιτῶν [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσαί τε παραβλῶπές τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας.  3καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους,  4καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον, ὅτι τοῦ παρῳχημένου ἀδύνατον ἀντιλαβέσθαι·  5καὶ κωφὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Δημοσθένης [Dem. fr. incert. orat. 13.12 Baiter–Sauppe] φησὶν, ὅτι μετακαλούμενος οὐχ ὑπακούει.  6καὶ νῦν αἱματωποὺς εἶπε τὰς Ἐρινύας ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες,  7ὡς Φοῖβος ὁ τοῦ φοιβᾶν τοὺς μάντεις, ὅ ἐστι μαίνεσθαι, αἴτιος καὶ [Eur. Phoen. 784] ‘πολύμοχθος Ἄρης’.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The poets ascribe what happens to those who have a certain experience to the gods who are in charge of the experience. For instance, Homer says of the Litai ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image from the resulting experiences. And they say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because it is impossible to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by. And Demosthenes says that he (Occasion) is deaf too, because when summoned he pays no heed. And now Euripides has called the Erinyes bloody-eyed from the fact that those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze, just as Phoebus is the one responsible for the fact that prophets (‘manteis’) rave mantically (‘phoiban’), which is to say are out of their mind (‘mainesthai’), and (another example is) ‘Ares of many toils’.

LEMMA: all except ματωπούς Rw(rubr. did not add αἱ)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 257.02 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   some parts illegible in M   |    1 τὰ om. Pr   |    τι Schw., τὰ MC, ταῦτα VRb, om. BPrRw   |    παρεστῶσι M   |    2 περὶ] ἐπὶ VRw   |    λιτῶν] αὐτῶν MBCPr   |    παραβ. τ’ ὀφθ. om. VRb   |    παραβλώπ’ ἐστοφθαλμῶν C [M obscure]   |    ὀφθαλμῶν MBCRw   |    ἐκ] καὶ Rb   |    ἀποβαινόντων] συμβαινόντων VRb   |    3–4 ὅτι φαλακρον ὅτι (ἀκρίτως … ὀπισθο om.) M   |    4 ἀδύνατον om. Pr   |    ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι MC, ἐπιλαβέσθαι V   |    5 δὲ om. VRb   |    μετὰ καλουμένου M   |    6 τὰς ἐρ. εἷπεν transp. BPr   |    ἐκ τοῦ] ἐκ Rb, ἐνδεῖ Pr   |    βλέπον Rb, βλέπειν transp. after ταραχῶδες BPr   |    7 ὡς] καὶ Rb   |    ὁ] ἐκ VRb   |    τοὺς μάντεις om. Pr   |    αἴτιον V, αἴτ() Rb   |    ὁ ἄρης VRbRw   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάσχουσιν MBRb   |    app. πόθους a.c. Pr   |    2 ὅμηρος φησὶ all (φησὶν Rw, φη() M)   |    ῥυσσαί Pr, p.c. B   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Pr   |    εἰδωλοποήσας Rb   |    3 λέγουσι M   |    6 εἶπεν M   |    ἐριννύας VPrRw, p.c. B (later hand)   |    7 ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,15–25; Dind. II.93,9–19

COMMENT:  For Kairos being bald in back, compare Posidippus 142,7–10 Austin–Bastianini (Anth. Plan. 275) on Lysippus’s statue Kairos: —ἡ δὲ κόμη τί κατ’ ὄψιν; —ὑπαντιάσαντι λαβέσθαι, / νὴ Δία. —τἀξόπιθεν δ’ εἰς τί φαλακρὰ πέλει; / —τὸν γὰρ ἅπαξ πτηνοῖσι παραθρέξαντά με ποσσὶν / οὔτις ἔθ’ ἱμείρων δράξεται ἐξόπιθεν.   |    Demosth. fr. 12 in the edition of Baiter–Sauppe is from Tzetzes, who knew it from this scholion: Chil. 10.323, 282–3 [scil. χρόνον] καὶ Δημοσθένης δὲ κωφὸν καὶ φαλακρόν που λέγει, / ὡς τοῦτον ὄντως ἔγραψεν ὁ Λύσιππος ἐκεῖνος; cf. Chil. 8.200, 424–427 πανσόφως ἠγαλμάτωσε τοῦ χρόνου τὴν εἰκόνα, / πάντας ἐντεῦθεν νουθετῶν, χρόνον μὴ παρατρέχειν, / κωφόν, ὀπισθοφάλακρον, πτερόπουν ἐπὶ σφαίρας, / πρὸς τὸ κατόπιν μάχαιραν τινὶ διδόντα πλάσας.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer; Demosthenes   


Or. 257.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: τὰς Ἐρινύας ἐνθουσιαστικῶς φαντάζεται ὁρᾶν. —MBOVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   In the manner of one possessed he (Orestes) imagines that he sees the Erinyes.

POSITION: intermarg. M (beside 257), s.l. C (above 256 δρακοντώδεις κόρας); cont. from sch. 259.02 BPr, cont. from sch. 256.01 VRb; beside 255–256 O      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅθεν καὶ οὗτος prep. B, αἱματωποὺς δὲ prep. VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνσιαστικὸς Rb   |    ἐριννύας VPr, ἐρινὺς MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,26; Dind. II.94,14


Or. 257.02 (vet exeg) αὗται γὰρ αὗται:  1ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ὑπέθετο τὰς Ἐρινύας αὐτὸν διωκούσας, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ μεμηνότος ἡμῖν παραστήσῃ·  2ὡς εἴγε παρήγαγεν αὐτὰς εἰς μέσον, ἐσωφρόνει ἂν Ὀρέστης τὰ αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ὁρῶν.  3ταῦτα δὲ νεώτερα·  4Ὅμηρος γὰρ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἶπε περὶ Ὀρέστου.   —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created/assumed the scenario of the Erinyes pursuing him without being visible, so that he could instill in us the impression of one who is insane. Since if he had actually brought them (visibly) on stage, Orestes would be of sound mind, seeing the same things as everyone. This (treatment of the story) is an innovation (i.e., post-Homeric). For Homer said nothing like this about Orestes.

LEMMA: MBVCRw, αὗται γὰρ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔθετο MBCPr   |    αὐτὰς Rw   |    διακούσας B, διοικούσας MCRw   |    τοῦ μεμ.] αὐτοῦ μεν. Pr   |    2 ὡς … αὐτὰς om. V, leaving blank space; suppl. V1   |    εἴγε] ἤγαγε Rw   |    αὐτὰς] αὐτοῦ V1   |    ἂν om. MCRw   |    2–4 ὀρέστης κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τὰ αὐτὰ] ταῦτα V   |    3 ταῦτα] τὰ MVC   |    δὲ om. VPr   |    4 καὶ ὅμηρος (γὰρ om.) V   |    τοιοῦτον om. MC, transp. after ὀρέστου V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύας VPrRw (and as rewritten in B)   |    παραστήσει a.c. V   |    4 εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,1–5; Dind. II.94,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)   


Or. 259.01 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν: τὰ γὰρ φαντασιώδη ἀνυπόστατα.  —MOVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (She says that Orestes sees nothing) because the objects of mental representation are insubstantial.

LEMMA: Rb, ὧν δοκεῖς σαφ’ εἰδέναι VRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. MCPrSSa, at level of 259 ORa      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φαντασιώδ(εις) Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,6; Dind. II.94,11


Or. 259.02 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν:  1ὃ γὰρ τὸ τῶν σωφρονούντων ὄμμα διαφεύγειν συμβέβηκεν,  2τοῦτο κατὰ τὴν πλάνην τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶσθαι συμβέβηκεν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For that which turns out to escape the sight of those of sound mind, this turns out to be seen by madmen during their frenzy.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ἄλλως VRw       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὃ] εἰ Rw   |    τὸ om. VCRw   |    ὄμμα] ἅπαντα VRw   |    διαφυγεῖν VRw   |    2 τοῦτο κτλ add. V1 in space left vacant by V   |    τὴν om. V1Rw   |    μαινομένοις] γινομένοις V1Rw   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. MC; perhaps read ὁρᾶν   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμβέβηκε VRw   |    2 συμβέβηκε Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,7–8; Dind. II.94,12–13

COMMENT:   τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶν συμβέβηκεν would be better syntax, and the omission in MC may indicate that ὁρᾶσθαι is a repair of a defective text.   


Or. 261.12 (vet exeg) ἱέρειαι δειναὶ θεαί: τὸ ἱέριαι προπαροξύνουσιν ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ αἴτιαι  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   They accent ‘hiériai’ on the antepenult just like ‘timṓriai’ and ‘aítiai’.

LEMMA: MC, ἱέρειαι Rw      POSITION: follows 257.01 B, add. δὲ; follows 256.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἱέριαι om. Rw   |    τὸ δὲ BPr   |    ἱέριαι B, ἱέραι C, ἱέρειαι M, ἱέρεια Pr   |    προπαροξύ() B, παροξύτονον Pr   |    ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ om. Pr, τὸ τιμώριαι om. B   |    second τὸ] om. M, αἱ a.c. Rw   |    τιμώριαι Rw, τιμωρίαι MC   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,9–10; Dind. II.94,15

COMMENT:   On the claim about such accents, see Chandler, Greek Accentuation §214; Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.403, 16–23 ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἡμέρα ἡμέραι παροξυτόνως· οἱ μέντοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ νεώτεροι, προπαροξύνουσιν· πέντε γὰρ ἥμεραι καὶ δέκα ἥμεραι φασὶ προπαροξυτόνως, ὡς ἀπαγγέλλουσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀττικῆς συνηθείας γράψαντες· οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, λέγω δὴ προπαροξύνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παραληγομένων τῷ ι, οἷον εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι τραγῴδιαι ὁμίλιαι κωμῴδιαι· οὕτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μονογενῶν προπαροξυτόνως λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. Cf. briefly ps.-Arcadius de accent., pp. 288–289 Roussou αἱ εἰς ΑΙ εὐθεῖαι παρεσχηματισμέναι ἀρσενικοῖς ὁμοτονοῦσι ταῖς εὐθείαις τῶν ἰδίων ἀρσενικῶν· τύπτοντες τύπτουσαι, χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι, ταχέες ταχεῖαι (εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τόνον), ἐναντίοι ἐναντίαι, Βυζάντιοι Βυζάντιαι, ἥμεροι ἥμεραι (τὸ τριγενές, ἡμέραι δὲ τὸ μονογενές). οἱ δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι προπαροξύνουσί τινα μονογενῆ· ἥμεραι εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι. Herodian seems to be the source of this doctrine, if by ‘later Attic’ he meant classical Attic as opposed to Homeric ‘Attic’: Sch. A Il. 2.339b, συνθεσίαι τε: οὕτως συνθεσίαι τε ὡς θυσίαι τε. ὅσοι δὲ προπαροξύνουσι, πταίουσι· τῆς γὰρ μεταγενεστέρας Ἀτθίδος ἡ τοιάδε ἀνάγνωσις (Gram.Gr. 3:2.34, 3–4); Sch. A Il. 5.54 οὕτως ἑκηβολίαι ὡς εὐστοχίαι· ἔφαμεν γὰρ ὅτι τὸ ἀναδιδόναι τὸν τόνον τῶν μεταγενεστέρων ἐστὶν Ἀττικῶν, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ ‘πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι’ διελαμβάνομεν (Gram.Gr. 3:2.47, 37–39). See further Probert 2004: 66 n. 30; Probert 2006. [The passage in de prosod. cath. Gram.Gr. 3:1.423,5–11 is cobbled together by Lentz and need not be taken into account.] See also 425.03.   


Or. 264.01 (vet exeg) μέθες μί’ οὖσα:  1μία οὖσα τῶν κατ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐρινύων ἀπόστα.  2Ἐρινύων δὲ τῶν μανιῶν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἄνες με τῆς μανίας ἀναχωρήσασά μου.   —MBVCMnPraRaRbRwSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Being one of the Erinyes afflicting me, get away (from me). By ‘of Erinyes’ (he means) ‘of the madnesses’, so that the sense is ‘release me from madness by withdrawing to a distance from me’.

LEMMA: BVCS, μέθες PraRb, also Rw (punct. as if 1 μί’ … ἐριννύων is also part of lemma), μί’ οὖσα M       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ σὺ prep. VPrbRaRb, μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. SSa, σὺ μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. Mn   |    κατ’ ἐμοῦ BVPra, κατ’ ἐμὲ MC, ἐμῶν MnRaRbRwSSa, om. Prb   |    ἀπόστα MCPrb, ἀπόστηθι others   |    2 ἐρινύων δὲ κτλ om. Prb   |    ἐριν. δὲ] τινὲς δὲ ἐριν. VMnRaRbSa, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐριν. Rw, τινὲς ἐριν. S, om. Prb   |    μηνιῶν C   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] ἴν καῖς Rb, om. Pra   |    ἄφες Pra   |    με] μοι RwSa, om. Pra   |    ἀναχωρίσασαί M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύων VMnPraPrbRwSa   |    2 ἐριννύων VMnPraRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,13–15; Dind. II.95,18–20


Or. 268.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐψαυκυιῶν αὐτοῦ.  —MBOVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He said this as if the Erinyes had touched him.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC; cont. from 268.07 VMnRbRwSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν] VRw, τὸ δὲ εἶπεν MnRbSSa, om. MBOC   |    τῶν] τὸ S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων OMnRw, ἐρινίων Rb   |    ἐψαυκύων MRbSa, ἐψαυκυίων S, ἐψαυκίων Mn, ἔψαν κύων C [only ἐψαυκ now readable in Rw (water damage)]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,19


Or. 268.07 (vet exeg) κερουλκά:  1διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος, ὡς τὸ κεραελκὴς ταῦρος.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐκ κεράτων εἶναι καὶ ἕλκεσθαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow, as used in the phrase ‘bull drawing (a plow or cart) by the horns’; or derived from being made of horn and being drawn.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw, δὸς τόξα μοι κερουλκὰ MnRbSSa (‑λκᾶ S, κελεουρκὰ Mn),      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ prep. MnPrRbSSaZu, τὰ τῶν prep. Ra   |    διὰ τῶν om. B   |    after κεράτων add. τὰ διὰ τῶν S   |    ἔχοντα Rb, ἑλκόντων Rw   |    ἢ] ἤτοι VRbRw, ἤγουν MnS   |    τὰ βέλη PrZu   |    ὡς τὸ κερ. ταῦρος om. Zu   |    ὡς τὸ] ἢ M, ὡς BCPr   |    κεραελκὴς V, κεραελκεῖς BPr, κεραλκῆς M, κεραλκὴς CRw, κεραλκ() Rb, κερουλκὸς MnSSa   |    ταύρους BPr   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    καὶ om. MnRw   |    at end add. τοῦ ὀρέστου MnRbSSa (i.e. ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τοῦ ὀρέστου?)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλκοντα MRa   |    2 ἔλκεσθαι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,20–22; Dind. II.96,11–14

COMMENT:   For κεραελκής with ταῦρος, cf. Call. hymn. Dian. 179 and schol. διὰ τὸ τοῖς κέρασιν ἕλκειν τὸ ἄροτρον; Oppian. Cyneg. 2.103, in a long series of epithets of οἱ Σύριοι ταῦροι (100). There are types of yoke that are secured to the horns (rather than with an oxbow around the neck).   |    For the different senses found in various scholia here, compare Nonnus’ uses of κεραελκής, usually just ‘having horns’, but once ‘dragged by the horns’ (ἐξ ἐλάφων κεραελκέα δίφρον, Dionys. 11.344), and once as here in Or. κεραελκέα τόξα (Dionys. 20.225, although Peek, Lexikon zu den Dionysiaka des Nonnos s.v. gives ‘made of horn’). See also E. Fernandez-Galiano, Lexico de los Himnos de Calimaco, 352–353 s.v. κεραελκής.   |   


Or. 268.08 (vet exeg) 1Στησιχόρῳ [Stesichorus fr. 181a–b Finglass–Davies, PMG 217] ἑπόμενος τόξα φησὶν αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος.  2ἔδει οὖν τὸν ὑποκριτὴν τόξα λαβόντα τοξεύειν.  3οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρινόμενοι τὸν ἥρωα αἰτοῦσι μὲν τὰ τόξα, μὴ δεχόμενοι δὲ σχηματίζονται τοξεύειν.  4εἰ δὲ καὶ μαινόμενος ἐπ’ ἐνίων ὑγιαίνει, μὴ θαυμάσωμεν.  5ἡ γὰρ νόσος ποικίλη τῶν μεμηνότων, ὡς κἀν ταῖς Τρῳάσιν ἡ Κασάνδρα [Eur. Tro. 367]·  6‘τοσόνδε δ’ ἐκτὸς στήσομαι βακχευμάτων’.   —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Following Stesichorus, he (Euripides) says that he (Orestes) has received a bow and arrow from Apollo. So then, the actor should take a (real) bow and (actually) shoot. But those who nowadays enact the part of the hero ask for the bow and arrow, but not receiving it they make the gestures of shooting. And if even in his madness Orestes is sensible in some matters, let us not be surprised. For the sickness of those who have gone mad is complex, as also (seen when) in Troades Cassandra (says) ‘but to this extent I will stand outside of my ravings’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (B add. δὲ)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 στησίχορος MC   |    τόξον Pr   |    παρὰ om. MC   |    ἀπόλλων M   |    2 τόξα om. MC   |    3–5 οἱ δὲ νῦν … μεμηνότων om. Pr (same passage incomplete in B, with several blank spaces)   |    3 at beg. ὁ δὲ νοῦς + blank space (sufficient for οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρι) + νόμενοι B   |    τὰ] τὸ B, then τόξον μὴ om. B (blank space)   |    μὴ ἐχόμενοι MC   |    ται τοξεύειν om. B (blank space)   |    4 ἀπ’] ὑπ’ MBC   |    ἐνίων ὑγίαιν om. B (blank space)   |    5 ὠς κἀν] οὐκ ἂν Pr   |    νόσος ποικίλη om. B (blank space)   |    6 τοσόνδ’ ἐκτὸς Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπόμενος M   |    3 εχόμενοι M   |    4 ὑπἐνιων M, ὐπενίων C   |    5 κασσάνδρα B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,1–6; Dind. II.96,14–20

COMMENT:   Cf. the papyrus commentary on lyric poets (= Stes. fr. 181a Finglass–Davies), giving examples of tragic poets’ indebtedness to Stesichorus, which offers (after the example of the recognition in Aesch. Choe.): (lines 14–21, omitting minor restorations) Εὐριπίδης δὲ τὸ τόξον τὸ Ὀρέστου ὅτι ἐστὶν δεδομένον αὐτῷ δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· παρ’ ᾧ μὲν γὰρ λέγεται· [quotation of 268–269].   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Euripides, Troades   


Or. 270.08 (vet exeg) μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν: ταῖς μανιώδεσι λύσσαις. σχῆμα δέ ἐστι περίφρασις.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   The insane frenzies. The schema is periphrasis.

LEMMA: μανιάσι λυσσήμασι C(μανιᾶσι)V, μανίαισιν λυσσήμασιν M, μανιάσι δὲ λυσσήμασι· prep. B(λυσσήμα())Pr       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. M; cont. from 268.08 B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ σχῆμα (om. ἐστι) V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,7–8; Dind. II.97,12–13

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 270.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1ὡς τὸ [TGF adespota 566d] ‘φοίνικι λίνῳ’, ἀρσενικὸν μετὰ οὐδετέρου.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἡ μανιὰς τὸ μανιάσι.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (The usage is) like that seen in ‘red thread/linen’, masculine form (‘phoinix’) with a neuter (‘linon’). And from (nominative) ‘hē manias’ comes (dative plural) ‘maniasi’.

POSITION: marg. M, cont. from prev. all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταῖς μανιαῖσι λυσσήμασι prep. M(‑σιν ‑σιν)C, ταῖς μανιάσι λυσσήμα() prep. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἡ μανίας M, ἡ μανὰς Pr   |    τὸ μανιᾶσιν C, τὸ μανίασιν, with another σ add. above σ, M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,9–10; Dind. II.97,13–15

COMMENT:   Cf. Sophronius, Gram.Gr. 4:2.408,26–29 οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δὲ ὡς εὑρίσκονται πτώσεις οὐδετέρως κείμεναι, οὐ μέντοι ἀπὸ οὐδετέρων κεκλιμέναι, ὡς ἔχει τὸ αἴθωνι βελέμνῳ καὶ φοίνικι λίνῳ καὶ γέροντι βάκτρῳ καὶ ἐθάδων ἐδεσμάτων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἅπαντα ἀρσενικὰ ὄντα ποιητικῶς οὐδετέροις συνετάγη. Similarly, but claiming fem. gender, Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.339,14–16 οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἄτοπον, εἰ ἀρσενικὸν ὂν ἢ θηλυκὸν οὐδετέρῳ ἄρθρῳ συνετάγη· ἰδοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φοίνικι λίνῳ τὸ φοίνικι θηλυκὸν ὂν τῷ λίνῳ τῷ οὐδετέρῳ συνετάγη.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Trag. adespota   


Or. 270.10 (vet exeg) 1μανιώδεσι λυσσήμασιν·  2ἢ μανίαις καὶ λυσσήμασιν.   —MB

TRANSLATION:   Mad frenzies; or madnesses and frenzies.

POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from prev. B      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λυσσήμασι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,11; Dind. II.97,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   By an oversight, Schw. lists this as being in C as well.   |   


Or. 272.01 (vet paraphr) εἰ μὴ ’ξαμείψει: εἰ μὴ ἀποστήσεταί τις τῶν Ἐρινύων τοῦ ἐμοῦ προσώπου.  —MBVCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Unless any of the Erinyes will stand away from my face.

LEMMA: all except BRa (μὴξ ἀμείψῃ MRb, μηξαμείψη C, μὴξαμείψει VMnS, μὴ ἐξαμείψει Sa)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τις] τί φησι V   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,12–13; cf. Dind. II.97,18–19

COMMENT:   The appearance of φησὶ in M and others perhaps suggests that an abbreviation of δηλονότι after τις τῶν ἐρινύων was misread as an abbreviation of φησὶ.   


Or. 275.05 (vet exeg) τί δῆτα μέλλετ’· ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα: στιγμὴ εἰς τὸ μέλλετε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Punctuation after ‘mellete’.

LEMMA: MC(μέλετ’), τί δῆτα μέλλετε BPr(μέλετε)       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   στιγμὴ] στῶ μὴ Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλετε CPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,14–15; Dind. II.97,24


Or. 275.08 (vetMosch gloss) ⟨μέλλετ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ βραδύνετε  —MV3AaCrPrROxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZuB3a

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] M, καὶ CrOx, om. others   |    βραδύνετε p.c. Aa (first letters rewritten, a.c. uncertain), βραδύνεται V3, s.l. Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,3


Or. 275.09 (vet paraphr) ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα:  τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε καὶ μέμφεσθε τὰ λόγια τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ μὴ ἐμέ.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The whole sense is: fly to the heights of the ether and reproach the oracles of Apollo and not me.

LEMMA: VMnRb, ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰ S(incomplete)       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: cont. from 275.05 MBCPrSa, follows next Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    εἰς τὰ κτλ mostly washed out, perhaps part om. Ra   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V   |    at end add. μέμφεσθε V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξῆς MC   |    πέτεσθαι Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,15–16; Dind. II.97,24–98,2


Or. 275.10 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος καταλαμβάνετε.  —MaMbCaCbORaZu

TRANSLATION:   Occupy the heights of the ether.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. except MaCaRa; cont. from prev. Ma, precedes prev. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Mb, ἀντὶ prep. Cb   |    τὸ ἄκρον Zu   |    καταλ. τοῦ αἰθ. transp Zu   |    λαμβάνετε O, perhaps Ra(mostly washed out)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλαμβάνεται Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,17; Dind. II.98,4


Or. 275.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: πτερωτὰς δὲ καὶ οὗτος τὰς Ἐρινύας ὑπέθετο. —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   This one too (Orestes) assumed that the Erinyes are winged. (or: This one too (the poet) posited that the Erinyes are winged.)

POSITION: cont. from sch. 275.10 MC, from 275.05 BPr, from 275.09 VRb, from 275.06 MnSSa; marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ καὶ οὗτος om. Rb, καὶ οὗτος om. VMnSSa   |    καὶ om. Pr   |    ὑποτίθεται BPr, ἐπέθετο MnRbSSa, καλεῖ ἐπιθέτως Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὔτως M   |    ἐριννύας MnPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,18; Dind. II.98,2

COMMENT:   Starting in the third quarter of the 5th cent. there are both winged and unwinged depictions of the Erinyes in vase painting. Aesch. Eum. 51 calls them ἄπτεροι, but Groeneboom pointed out that this condition could have been necessitated by the practicality of costuming the chorus. But what other character or poet did the commentator have in mind by saying ‘this one too’? If a character is meant, it may be an internal reference to the fact that the chorus makes them winged in lines 316–322. If a poet is meant, the most likely possibility is Homer. Although the Homeric ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς has a well-established explanation as ‘traveling invisibly in mist’, in sch. Or. 322.01 the commentator points to this Homeric phrase right after noting that the Erinyes are winged, and some later Greek authors treated the word as ‘flying through the sky’: ps.-Phocylides 171 (of a bee); Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.166 ἠερόφοιτα· ἀέρι πετόμενα; and Nonnus uses both ἠεροφοίτης and ἠερόφοιτος as ‘traveling through the air/sky’.   


Or. 277.01 (vet exeg) ἔα: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἢ θαυμαστικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἔα.  —MVCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Eā’ is an adverb expressive of astonishment or wonder.

LEMMA: VCRb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. MMnS, marg. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμπληκτ‑ S   |    ἢ] καὶ MnS, om. Sa   |    τὸ ἐπίρρ. MnRaRbSa   |    τὸ ἔα om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    at end add. δὲ τὴν ἅλην Rb [conflation from sch. 277.11]   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,19; Dind. II.98,10

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.10 (vet paraphr) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἀδημονῶ;  —MBOC

LEMMA: MC       POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποῖαν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,20; Dind. II.98,11


Or. 277.11 (vet exeg) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω:  1τί τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τίς ἡ νόσος αὕτη, καθ’ ἃ ἀδημονῶ καὶ ἠπόρημαι;  2παρὰ τὴν ἄλην [Hom. Il. 5.352]· ‘ἡ δ’ ἀλύουσ’ ἀπεβήσετο’.   —MBVCMnPraRbSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   What is the matter and what it this sickness, because of which I am distressed and left in confusion? (The verb ‘aluō’ is) derived from the noun ‘alē’ (‘wandering, distraction’): (Homer uses this verb:) ‘and she in sore distress went off’.

LEMMA: BVPr, τί χρῆμ’ Rb, τί χρῆμα MnSSa, ἄλλως C      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ om. Rb   |    1–2 καθ’ ἃ κτλ om. Prb   |    1 καθ’ ἣν MnSSa   |    ἠπόρημαι καὶ ἀδημονῶ transp. BPra   |    2 περὶ VCPr   |    τὴν ἄλλην MV(om. τὴν)CPra, τῶν ἄλλων MnSSa   |    ἡ δ’ … ἀπεβήσετο om. VMnSSa   |    ἀπεβήσατο CPra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πράγμα M   |    αὔτη Mn   |    καθὰ MCPraRb   |    2 ἅλην BRb   |    ἦ δ’ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,21–22; Dind. II.98,11–13

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 277.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐξηπόρημαι, παρὰ τὴν ἄλ{λ}ην.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   I have been left at a loss; (the verb is) derived from ‘alē’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξ(ης) πόρημα M   |    πε(ρὶ) C   


Or. 279.01 (vet exeg) ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ:  1κεκωμῴδηται ὁ στίχος διὰ Ἡγέλοχον τὸν ὑποκριτήν·  2οὐ γὰρ φθάσαντα διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλῆν δόξαι λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τὰ γαληνά.  3πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ διέπαιξαν τῶν κωμικῶν, Ἀριστοφάνης ⟨ … ⟩ καὶ Στράττις ἐν Ἀνθρωπορέστῃ [Strattis fr. 1 K–A (Kock)]·
      4‘καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐκ ἐμέλησέ μοι μελῶν,
      5Εὐριπίδου δὲ δρᾶμα δεξιώτατον
      6διέκναισ’ Ὀρέστην, Ἡγέλοχον τὸν Κυντάρου
      7μισθωσάμενος τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐπῶν λέγειν’.
8καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις παίζων φησί [Strattis fr. 63 K–A (60 Kock)]·
      9‘A: γαλήν’ ὁρῶ. B: ποῖ πρὸς θεῶν, ποῖ ποῖ γαλῆν;
      10A: γαληνά. B: ἐγὼ δ’ ᾤμην σε γαλῆν λέγειν ὁρῶ’.
11καὶ Σαννυρίων ἐν Δανάῃ [Sannyrion fr. 8 K–A (Kock)]·
      12‘τί οὖν γενόμενος εἰς ὀπὴν ἐνδύσομαι·
      13ζητητέον. φέρ’ εἰ γενοίμην ⟨ ‒ ⟩ γαλῆ·
      14ἀλλ’ Ἡγέλοχος ⟨εὐθύς⟩ με μηνύσειεν ⟨ἂν⟩
      15ὁ τραγικὸς ἀνακράγοι τ’ ἂν {εὐθὺς} εἰσιδὼν μέγα·
      16ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλῆν ὁρῶ’.
       —MBCPr, partial VKRw

TRANSLATION:   The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy because of Hegelochus the actor. For (the story goes that) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ for ‘galēna’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weaselÆ), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’). Accordingly many of the comic poets made a joke of it, such as Aristophanes ⟨lacuna: in Frogs 303–304?⟩ and Strattis in Anthroporestes: ‘I did not care about the other songs, / but he mutilated a very clever drama by Euripides, / Orestes, when he hired Hegelochus son of Cyntarus / to speak the first actor’s verses’. And in other lines he says in jest: ‘A: I see calm conditions (‘galēn’). B: Where, in the name of the gods, where, where do you see a weasel (‘galēn’)? / A: Calm conditions (‘galēna’). B: I thought you were saying “I see a weasel”.’ And Sannyrion in Danae: ‘What then shall I turn myself into to get into the chink-hole? / I have to think of an answer. Come, what if I should turn into a weasel? / But Hegelochus would right off inform against me, / the tragic actor, and he would cry out aloud when he spotted me: / “For after stormy seas I see again a weasel”.’

LEMMA: V(γαλῆν’), ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ MC, ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖ γαλήνην ὁρῶ Rw, αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ B, αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ Pr; label ἠγέλοχος add. in marg. B4      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   3–16 πολλοὶ μὲν κτλ om. K   |    3 οὖν om. Rw   |    ταῖς κωμικαῖς Rw   |    ἀριστ. δὲ καὶ Pr   |    στράγις VRw, στρα with blank space after alpha Pr   |    ἀνθρωποραίστῃ B (as in Arsenius), whence Schw. followed Matt., Dind., Meineke, and Kock in printing Ἀνθρωπορραίστῃ (an epithet of Dionysus)   |    4 ἠμέλησε Pr   |    5 εὐριπίδης B   |    6 διέκναισ’] δι’ αἰκνες V, διέκρινας Rw   |    ὀρέστῃ B, ὀρέστη CPr, ὀρέστην ἢ VRw   |    κύντρ (= κύντερον) VRw; Κιννάρου Bentley ClJ 12 (1815) 105, Κυννάρου Dindorf, Κυττάρου Kaibel   |    9 ποῖ πρὸς] ποῖ ποῖ πρὸς MBCPr   |    θεῶν] θεόν MC   |    9–10 ποῖ ποῖ … γαληνά om. Pr   |    9 after ποῖ ποῖ add. χρῆ με παρὰ τὸ θέλημα ποιεῖν VRw   |    10 σε … ὁρῶ] σε λέγειν γαλῆν ὁρῶ Bentley, γαλῆν λέγειν σ’ ὁρᾶν Dindorf   |    σε … λέγειν] ὁ … λέγων Pr   |    ὁρᾶν Pr, ὁρᾶς VRw   |    11–16 καὶ σαννυρίων κτλ om. VRw   |    11 ἐν δανάη Pr (as in Arsenius), ἐν θανάῃ MBC   |    13 φέρων MC   |    ⟨νῦν⟩ γαλῆ Dobree (P. P. Adversaria, Cambridge 1833, II.168), ⟨ἂν⟩ γαλῆ or ⟨δὴ⟩ γαλῆ Kassel, μυγαλῆ anonymous in Dind.   |    14 ἀγήλαχός Pr   |    εὐθὺς suppl. Schwartz, οὗτος suppl. Bergk 1838 and Dindorf, both transposing from next line   |    μήνυεν MC, μὴ νόσειεν Pr   |    ἂν suppl. Bergk   |    15 ὁ στρατηγικὸς Pr   |    εὐθὺς] MC (del. Schw.), οὗτος BPr, del. Bergk (and Dind., who believed that οὗτος was also in M)   |    εἰσίδην ἢ C, εἰσὶ δ’ ἢ M (acc. to Schw.; eta and its grave accent not now visible), εἰς ἐχθροὺς Arsen. (and eds. before Dind.)   |    16 αὖ om. MPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἠγέλοχον BVPr, without breathing sign M [KRw illegible from damage]   |    2 συναλιφὴν MBC, app. K   |    τοῖς] τῆς app. Rw   |    τὴν γαλὴν MVCPr   |    3 διέπεξαν M   |    5 δράμα VCPr   |    6 ἠγέλοχον BVPrRw   |    9 γαλήν’] Bentley, γαλήν M, γαλῆν B, γαλὴν VCRw   |    γαλῆν] γαλὴν VCRw, γαλήν’ M   |    10 γαληνά] γαλῆνα MVRw   |    δ’] δὲ MBVCPr   |    γαλῆν] γαλὴν VCPrRw, γαλήν M   |    11 σαννιρίων Pr   |    13 γαλή MCPr   |    16 γαλῆν’ B, γαλὴν’ C, γαλὴν M, γαλήν’ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,23–127,17; Dind. II.98,24–100.3

COMMENT:   For 6 τὰ πρῶτα λέγειν K–A compare Dem. 19.246 τὰ τρίτα λέγων, of Aeschines as third actor.   |   For other versions of the story of Hegelochus, see the many scholia on Arist. Ran. 303.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   |   Strattis   |   Sannyrion   


Or. 284.01 (vet exeg) σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί:  1ἐγὼ μὲν εἰργασάμην, σὺ δὲ ἐπένευσας.  2θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐ μετέχεις τοῦ φόνου, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔπραξας·  3διὸ οὐδὲ ὀφείλεις ἄχθεσθαι.   —MBVCMnRaRbRwSSa, partial OPr

TRANSLATION:   I carried out the deed, and you assented to it. He means to say that you do not have a share in the murder, since neither did you perform it. Therefore neither should you be vexed.

LEMMA: MC, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδε Sa, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπέν() B, σὺ μὲν ἐπένευσας Pr, σὺ μὲν γὰρ MnRbS, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοὶ V, εἴργασται Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἐγὼ … ὅτι om. O   |    1 ἐγὼ … ἐπένευσας om. Pr   |    μὲν] μὴ M, μὲν γὰρ B, μὲν δὲ Rb, δὲ Sa   |    σὺ δ’ ἐπένευσας om. Sa   |    2 θέλει] θέλεις Sa, θέλουσι V   |    οὐδὲ] οὖν οὐκ V   |    3 διὸ om. V   |    οὐδὲ] οὐκ O   |    ὀφείλει Mn, ὀφείλ() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.127,18–20; Dind. II.100,17–19


Or. 285.09 (285–287) (vet exeg) Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι: οὐ σοὶ μέμφομαι ἀλλὰ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ὅτι πείσας με μητέρα φονεῦσαι οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   I reproach not you, but Apollo, because after persuading me to kill my mother he does not come to my aid.

LEMMA: VC, λοξίᾳ δὲ MnRbSSa, μέμφομαι Rw, ἄλλως B(ἄλλως ι:~)Pr       REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa       POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ … ἀπόλλωνι] τῷ λοξίᾳ μέμφομαι ἤτοι τῷ ἀπόλλω(νι) καὶ οὐχὶ σοί BPr   |    μητ. φον.] π(ατέ)ρα φον. MC, φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα VMn(φωνῆσαι)PrRaRbRw(om. τὴν)SSa   |    νῦν add. before οὐ βοηθεῖ Pr   |    οὐ βοηθεῖ add. V1 in blank space left by V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,1–2; Dind. II.100,23–24, II.100.24–101,1


Or. 286.01 (vet paraphr) ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας: ἀναπτερώσας καὶ ἀναπείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον  —MVCMnRaRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

LEMMA: M(μεπάρας)VC, ἐπάρας MnRbRw       REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    καὶ om. Rw   |    ἀνατείνας C, διατείνας M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,3–4; Dind. II.101,5–6


Or. 286.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας⟩: τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ ἐπάρας, ἀναπτερώσας καὶ πείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   For this is what ‘having raised up’ means (here): having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

POSITION: cont. from 285.09 BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,3–4 app.; Dind. II.101,2–3


Or. 286.15 (vet exeg) ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον: ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ ὃ πρὶν εὐσεβὲς ᾤετο νῦν ἀνόσιον καλεῖ.  —MBOVCMnRaRbRwZm

TRANSLATION:   Exhausted by his sickness, that which he previously believed pious he now calls unholy.

LEMMA: MC       POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 287.01 VMnRaRbZm, cont. from sch. 286.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ om. ORw   |    ἀπειρηκότος δὲ MnRaRb   |    πρὶν μὲν MCRw   |    εὐσεβὴς Mn   |    ἀνοσιώτατον Zm   |    ἀποκαλεῖ Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦστο Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,5–6; Dind. II.101,7–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. read M as ἀσεβὲς not εὐσεβὲς, but the ductus is similar to other cases of ευ in M and not similar to the alpha in ἀσεβήσαντας in arg. 1 on 42v.   |   


Or. 287.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις ηὔφρανε⟩: ὡς ὑποσχομένου τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθήσειν  —MOVCMnRaRb

TRANSLATION:   (He says ‘cheered with words’) because the god promised he would bring aid to him.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 286.01 all except O      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ θεοῦ ὑποσχομένου transp. O   |    βοηθῆσαι μοι V, βοήθειαν RaRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑποσχουμένου Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,7; Dind. II.101,9–10


Or. 289.02 (vetMoschThom gloss) ἐξιστόρουν: ἠρώτων  —MBOVCAaAbCrKMnPrSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZmZuT*

LEMMA: B, ἐξιστόρουν νιν C       POSITION: s.l. except XC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   erased or damaged in Zu   |   καὶ prep. CrPrSOxZu, ἀντὶ prep. C   |    ἠρώτουν AaCrPrOxXYGrZZa (possibly a.c. G), ἠρώτ() K   |    μετὰ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον add. Zm(κατὰ)Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,8; Dind. II.101,21

COLLATION NOTES:   Very faint gloss of B2 may be ἠρώτων; check original B.   |   


Or. 289.03 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξιστόρουν⟩: ἐξέταζον  —MBVCFPrY2

POSITION: s.l. except cont. from prev. BC      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐξέτ. Pr, ἐξήταζον VY2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,8; Dind. II.101,21


Or. 289.06 (vet gram) νιν: τὸ νίν ἐπὶ τῶν τριῶν γενῶν λαμβάνεται, αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτό  —MBVCMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   The pronoun ‘nin’ is used in the three genders, as ‘him’, ‘her’, ‘it’.

LEMMA: ἐξιστόρουν νιν VRw, cont. from 289.02, add. δὲ, BC, inserted within 288.03 Ra       REF. SYMBOL: MV       POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ νίν transp. after λαμβάνεται MnRaS   |    τῶν τριγενῶν Rw   |    γενῶν om. S   |    λαμβάνουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ Rw   |    αὐτὸν … αὐτό om. Ra   |    αὐτό] αὐτή S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,9; Dind. II.101,22


Or. 291.01 (vet paraphr) μήποτε τεκούσης: μηδέποτε ἐπὶ τῇ σφαγῇ τῆς μητρὸς ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Never to thrust the sword for the slaughter of my mother.

LEMMA: μήπω τεκούσης M(μήπο)VC (as in text all)       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   μήποτε VPr   |    τῇ om. VPr   |    σφαγὴν Pr   |    ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος om. V, leaving blank space   |    ὠθῆσαι] ὠθεῖ τίς Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,10–11; Dind. II.101,26–27


Or. 294.01 (vet exeg) καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτ’:  1τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι·  2ἐσκεπάσατο γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λυπεῖν τὸν ἀδελφὸν δακρύοις.   —MBVCPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   (Uncover) her face, obviously. For she (Electra) veiled herself in order not to vex her brother with tears.

LEMMA: MBV, καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτω C, ἀνακάλυπτε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: BV       POSITION: cont. from sch. 279.17 Pra, prep. καὶ νῦν ἀνακαλύπτει; Prb in normal order      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐσκέπαστο V, ἐσκευάσατο Rw   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ] ἐπὶ τῶ V, ἀπὸ τοῦ Rw   |    τὴν ἀδελφὴν Prb   |    δακρύοις om. V (after punct. καὶ δακρύων prep. to next sch.)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,12–13; Dind. II.102,7–8


Or. 294.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1σεαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε·  2ἔκλαιε γὰρ [280] ‘κρᾶτα θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων’.   —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Uncover yourself. For she (Electra) was crying, ‘having put her head inside her robes’.

LEMMA: MBCPrRw       POSITION: cont. from prev. V; ἑαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε s.l. O, rest in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ δακρύων prep. V   |    σεαυτὸν ἀποκάλυπτω V   |    2 κρατηθεῖσα V, τὴν κρατὴ καταθεῖσα Pr   |    τῶν πέπλων Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σἀυτὴν B, σαυτὴν Pr   |    2 κράτα MO   |    θεὶς MC, θεῖσα O   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,14–15; Dind. II.102,8–9


Or. 295.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παῦσαι τῶν δακρύων  —BOPr

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,13


Or. 298.01 (vet exeg) ἴσχναινε:  1λέπτυνε.  2παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ ἰσχναίνω παραγώγως·  3ὅθεν καὶ ἰσχάς.   —MBOVCMnRaRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Reduce/attenuate. Derived from ‘ischō’ by a modification ‘ischnō’, ‘ischnainō’ (dry up). From which also one gets ‘ischas’ (dried fig).

LEMMA: MB(ἴσχαινε a.c.)C, ἴσχανε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: BSa       POSITION: cont. from 298.04 OVMnRaRbS, cont. from sch. 298.05 Sa; λέπτυνε in left marg., the rest in right marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἴσχανε δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    λέπτυνε om. OY2, λέπτυνε παραμυθοῦ MnRaRbRwSSa   |    2 τὸ] τῶ Sa   |    ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ] Schw., ἴσχω VRw, ἰσχῶ RbY2, ἴσχε O, ἰχῶ M, ἰχνῶ C, ἰσχνῶ B, ἰσχνῶ MnRaSSa   |    ἰσχναίνω BY2, ἰχναίνω MC, ἰσχάνω VRw, ἰσχνήσω MnRaSSa, ἰσχήσω Rb, ἴσχανε O   |    παραγώγως om. O   |    3 καὶ om. MnSSa   |    ἰσχνάς MnRaSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,16–17; Dind. II.102,15–16

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s supplement is based on the closely similar explanation found in many sources, starting from Orion 77,1–3 and Et. Gen. AB (ἰσχάδες· τὰ λεπτυνθέντα σύκα ἐν τῷ ξηραίνεσθαι. παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω παράγωγον ἰσχνῶ, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἰσχνάδες αἱ λεπταί. καὶ ἀποβολῇ τοῦ ν̅ ἰσχάδες, [Theocr. 1.147] ‘καὶ ἀπ’ αἰγείρου ἰσχάδα τρώγοις’, conjectured to be from Philoxenus [fr. 506* Theodoridis]).   


Or. 298.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχανε, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘ischnaine’, ‘dry out’) there is also the reading ‘ischane’, meaning ‘restrain’, ‘make gentle’, ‘lighten’.

POSITION: cont. from 298.01 all (M with dicolon before γράφεται)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἴσχαινε B   |    τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,18; Dind. II.102,16–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 298.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχναινε. —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘ischane’, ‘restrain’) there is also the reading ‘ischnaine’ (‘dry out’).

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,19

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 299.10 (vet exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα:  1νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαί σε τὰ φίλα καὶ προσηνῆ λέγοντα.  2λείπει οὖν τὸ λέγοντα· τὰ φίλα λέγοντα.   —MBCMnPrRbRwS, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you by saying what is friendly and gentle. So ‘saying’ is to be understood: ‘saying friendly things’.

LEMMA: M(χρῆ)C, χρή σε νουθετεῖν MnPrRSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MRb      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 first σε τὰ φίλα del. Schw.   |    first τὰ om. Rb   |    first καὶ om. Rw   |    second καὶ om. CRw   |    second σε] με Pr   |    after προσηνῆ add. φίλα Sa   |    λέγοντα] λέγε Pr   |    2 λείπει οὖν κτλ om. Sa   |    λείπει] λοιπὸν Mn   |    λέγοντα τὰ om. S   |    τὰ om. BMnRbRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,20–22; Dind. II.102,18–20

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 299.19 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως  —MLp

TRANSLATION:   (The neuter accusative plural adjective ‘phila’ is used as) equivalent to (adverb) ‘philōs’ (‘in a friendly manner’).

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,21


Or. 302.01 (302–305) (vet paraphr) 1διὰ τούτων φησὶν μὴ ἄγαν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ διάφθειρε σαυτὴν, ἵνα μὴ νοσήσῃς· 2εἰ γὰρ τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι κτήσῃ νόσον τινὰ καὶ ἀποστῇς, κἀγὼ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ἐστερημένος ἀπόλλυμαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   With these words he says: ‘Do not thoroughly ruin yourself with sleeplessness and hunger, lest you fall ill. For if you catch some illness by sitting in tendance beside me and withdraw, I too am destroyed once deprived of your presence’.

LEMMA: 303 σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι MBC, σῖτον τ’ ὄρεξε (αι s.l.) Pr, lemma 304 εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις με VRw, εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις MnRbSa, οὐ γὰρ προλείψεις S      REF. SYMBOL: (to 304) VRbSa      POSITION: between 319.01 and 317.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων φησὶν] πάρασχε σεαυτῇ βρώματα Y2   |    διὰ τοῦτο BVMnPrRbRwSSa   |    ἀγρυπνίᾳ VRwY2, ἀγρύπνει others (ἀγρύπνη Rb)   |    διαφθεῖραι MCRb(app. δηα‑ a.c.), διαφθείρεσαι Sa, διαφθείρη S, δη αὐθερήσης Mn (corr. to διαυ‑)   |    σαυτὴν om. Sa, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτὰ Pr   |    2 γὰρ] γὰρ ἐν Y2   |    τῷ] τὸ MPrRbSa   |    μοι] μὴ CSa   |    κτήσειν Rb, κτήσει Pr   |    νόσω Mn, s.l. Rb   |    ἀποστῆ MPr, ἀποστήσης VRw, ἀποσταίης Y2   |    κἀγὼ] ἐγὼ Pr   |    σῆς om. C   |    ἐστερουμένος M   |    ἀπόλλυσθαι Pr (corr. from ἀπόλυσθαι)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λειμῶ MMn (perhaps corr. Mn)   |    σἀυτὴν B, σεαυτὴν S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,1–4; Dind. II.103,9–12


Or. 303.02 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἔκτεινον τὰς χεῖράς σου εἰς τροφήν.  —MBCPrRfr

TRANSLATION:   Extend your hands to nourishment.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς τροφὴν τὰς χεῖρας transp. PrRfr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,5; Dind. II.103,12


Or. 303.03 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα λάβε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: ‘having extended your hand, take’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr      

APP. CRIT.:   βάλε M, βάλευ C; φάγε anonymi (Schw. I.xiv, Addenda)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,12–13


Or. 304.01 (304–305) (vet paraphr) εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἀπολιγωρήσασα τῆς νοσοκομίας ἀπόλλυμαι.  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   For if you abandon me, neglecting to tend to my sickness, I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. OC      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ γὰρ om. O   |   ἀπόλλυμαι om. OC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλείπης a.c. O   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,18–19


Or. 307.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοί: ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν αὐτῇ εἰ προλείψεις με, φησὶν οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε.  —MBVCMnPrRbSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Since he said to her ‘if you will abandon me’, she says ‘it is not possible’, meaning ‘I will not abandon you’.

LEMMA: MC, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ κατθανεῖν V, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ θανεῖν Pr, οὐκ ἔστιν MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu; between sch. 299.10 and 298.04 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ Zu   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὸς V, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτῶ Pr   |    εἰ γὰρ προλ. BVRbSSa   |    προλείψει Pr   |    ἐμὲ Rb   |    φησὶν om. B   |    οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ] ὅτι VMnRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. BC   |    σε om. PrZu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   φησὶ Mn   |    ἔστιν PrZu   |    προλήψω Sa, προλλείψω M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,7–9; Dind. II.104,1–2


Or. 308.01 (vet exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν: 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν σὺ τελευτήσῃς. 2ἢ τὸ ἔχει ἀντὶ τοῦ σχήσει· 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, ταὐτόν μοι πάθος γενήσεται, 4ὅ ἐστι· κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαί σοι.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   My living and my dying are the same (to me) if you die. Or take (present) ‘entail’ (‘echei’) as used for (future) ‘will entail’, and the sense (is this): If you die, the same experience will befall me, that is, I too will die along with you.

LEMMA: BPr, καὶ ζῆν· ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν MC, καὶ ζῆν V      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχει γὰρ prep. (om. ἐστιν later) V   |    after ἀποθανεῖν repeated με B (but deleted with dots)   |    σὺ] οὐ M   |    2 ἀντισχήσει (τοῦ om.) C   |    3 πάθος] παθεῖν V   |    4 τεθνήξομαι Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 σχήση M   |    3 ἀποθάνη M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,9–12; Dind. II.104,10–12


Or. 308.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν⟩: ἕξει γὰρ ταὐτόν με πάθος, ὅπερ καὶ σέ.  —MOVC

TRANSLATION:   The very same fate will hold me that holds you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; spaced out (with γὰρ and ταὐτὸν supplied from line) O      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕξεις Matt. (as if in O), ἤξ(εις) app. M, ἥξει OVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,13; Dind. II.104,13–14


Or. 310.14 (310–311) (vet paraphr) εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ: τουτέστιν· εἰ βούλει με φαγεῖν, πείθομαι.  —MBOCMnRbS

TRANSLATION:   That is, if you want me to eat, I obey.

LEMMA: MnRbS      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τουτέστιν om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,14; Dind. II.104,15


Or. 312.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν ἄγαν ἀποδέχου: 1μὴ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ ἔχε μηδὲ φαντάζου τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε. 2ἀποδέχου δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑποδέχου προσδέχου.   —MBVCPrRb, partial HMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   Do not hold in fearful apprehension nor imagine that which panics you. And ‘accept/receive’ (compound with ‘apo’) is used in the sense of ‘receive hospitably’ (compound with ‘hupo’), ‘admit in’ (compound with ‘pros’).

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν VMnRwS, μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν Pr, καὶ μὴ ταρβοῦν Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. B; punct. as two notes in Rb, with second ref. symbol       

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. B   |    μὴ om. MnRaRbS   |    ἐν ὑποψίᾳ VRaRbS, τὴν ὑποψίαν HMBCPrRw, ἀν ὑποψίαν Mn (perhaps corr. to ‑ία)   |    μηδὲ] μὴ Rb   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    εἰσφοβοῦν M   |    2 ἀποδέχου … προσδέχου om. MnRaS, ἀποδέχου … ὑποδέχου om. HRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    προσδέχου] μηδὲ προσδέχου Rw, om. VRb, running on into sch. 313.10   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,15–16; Dind. II.104,18–20

COMMENT:   Since all three compounds of δέχομαι can be used with very similar meanings, the second half of the note is somewhat odd. Perhaps it is meant to forestall taking ἀποδέχου in the meaning ‘praise, approve’.   


Or. 314.01 (vet exeg) κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ: 1Καλλίστρατος [Callistratus fr. 54 Montana LGGA] τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ γραφὴν διδάσκει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γάρ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Callistratus teaches the reading without the sigma (that is, verbs with third-person ending rather than second-person): ‘for even if one is not ill but believes he is ill’, so that the statement has transitioned from Orestes (the addressee) to general application.

LEMMA: all (νοσήσης MC, νοσῆ Pr, γὰρ om. Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πεισίστρατος Pr   |    διδάσκει] δοξάζει C, δοκιμάζει Rw   |    2 νοσήσῃ MC   |    δοξάζει MC, δόξει Rw   |    3 ᾖ om. MC   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    εἰς τὸ κοινὸν BRw   |    μεταβεβληκὼς Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σίγματος Pr   |   3 ἵνα Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20; Dind. II.104,24–105,2

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   |   variant reading, specific scholar; citation of historian or scholar   


Or. 314.12 (vet exeg) δοξάζῃς: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοξάζῃ τις, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τ’ ἔμμεναι’.  —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(if) someone believes’, as in the passage ‘you might say that he was furious’.

LEMMA: M(‑εις)C, ἄλλως BPr      POSITION: cont. from 314.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντί τοῦ] κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τίς· ἀλλὰ BPr   |    τις om. BPr   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. Pr   |    τέ τιν’ ἐμμέναι Il. 3.220   |    ἔμμεναι om. B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοξάζει M    |   κεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,21–22; Dind. II.105,2–3

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 317.01 (vet exeg) δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι: 1πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  2ἢ περιτρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μεμηνότας.   —MBVCKMnPrRbRwSSa, partial GRaRf

TRANSLATION:   (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing humans; or causing those who have gone mad to run around.

LEMMA: MBCPr, δρομάδες VMnRbRwSS      REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbRfSa      POSITION: s.l. GK      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. Rf   |    πανταχοῦ … καὶ om. Ra   |    πάντα τρέχουσαι G   |    τιμωροῦσαι VMnRaRbRfRwSSa   |    2 ἢ περιτρ. κτλ om. GRf   |    παρὰ τὸ τρέχειν SSa   |    καὶ add. before τοὺς μεμ. MnRbS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,23–25; Dind. II.106,5–7


Or. 318.01 (vet exeg) Ποτνιάδες θεαί: 1μανιοποιοί.  2Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι καὶ μανεῖσαι διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον τὸν Βελλεροφόντου πατέρα ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ Πελίου. ||  3Πότνιαι δὲ πόλις Βοιωτίας, ὅθεν καὶ Γλαῦκος ⟨ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος⟩ ἁλιεὺς ⟨ * * καὶ αὐτὸς⟩ γευσάμενος ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς θάλασσαν {ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος}.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa, partial HORf

TRANSLATION:   Instilling madness. For Potniae is a place in Boeotia, where the mares of Glaucus, having eaten a plant and gone mad, tore apart their own master, Glaucus the father of Bellerophon, at the funeral-games of Pelias. || And Potniae is a city of Boeotia, from which also Glaucus the Anthedonian, a fisherman ⟨lacuna: (missing words) — and himself⟩ having tasted it he went mad and jumped into the sea.

LEMMA: MVC, ὦ ποτνιάδες Sa; ποτνιάδες MnRbRwS (ἱστορία in marg. S)      REF. SYMBOL: VSa      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. O; cont. from 317.01 BPrRf, prep. ποτνιάδες δὲ BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μανιοποιοί] οἱ μαν. Pr, om. RaRfRw   |    2 πότνια PrRw   |    γὰρ om. HRaRf   |    χωρίον ἐστὶ] ἐστὶ Pr, χώρά ἐστι V, compend. χώ() ἐστι H   |    τῆς Βοιωτίας Rf   |    words after Βοι‑ lost to trimming H, not enough room for whole remainder before next ref. symbol   |    αἱ om. MnRb   |    γλαύκου] γλαυκος V, corr. V2/3   |    διεσπάσαντο om. S   |    2–3 γλαῦκον τὸν κτλ om. Rf   |    2–3 ἐν τῷ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὡς ἐν τῶ MnRaSSa   |    πελίου] ὀρπεδίου V   |    3 πότνιαι] πότνια MCPrRw, ποτνιάδες VMn, τὸ ποτνιάδες RaRbSSa   |    δὲ] οὖν BPr, καὶ Rb, om. Mn   |    πόλις om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    καὶ om. MnPrRaRbS   |    ὁ ἀνθηδ. transp. here from end Mastr. (after Schw., quoting Et. Magn.)   |    γλαῦκος ἁλιεὺς Rw, γλαῦκος others   |    καὶ αὐτὸς suppl. e.g. Mastr.; ⟨ *** ⟩ γευσάμενον ⟨ *** ⟩ Schw. (from Et. Magn.)   |    γευσάμενος] δοξάμενος Ra, om. B (between γλαῦκος and ἐμμ‑ blank space ca. 12 ltrs.)   |    ἐκμανεὶς C   |    γεγονὼς Rw   |    εἰς τὴν θάλ. MnPrRw   |    ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος om. Pr, del. Schw.   |    ὁ] ὡς ὁ C; οὕτως Rw, om. BS (B leaving space for ca. 4 letters before ἀνθηδ())   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πότναι Rb   |    βιωτίας Mn   |    βελεροφ. VRb, βελλερεφ. Ra, βελερεφ. Mn   |    πελίου] πελλίου C, πέλει MnSSa, πέλ() RaRb   |    3 βιωτίας MnRb, βοιοτ(ίας) Ra   |    ἐμμανεῖς Ra   |    γέγονεν M   |    ἤλατο MVRaRb, ἥλλατο BPrSa, ἤλλατο CMnRwS   |    ἀνθηδ() B, ἀνθης Rw, θηδόνιος RaRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,1–6; Dind. II.106,9–14

COMMENT:   The note offers two different explanations of the epithet ‘Potnian’ based on the myths of two different mythological figures named Glaucus. These explanations are found in the same sequence in Et. Magn. 685,40–49 s.v. Ποτνιάδες θεαί (probably based on a fuller commentary on this play): αἱ μανιοποιοί. Εὐριπίδης Ὀρέστῃ, περὶ τῶν Ἐρινύων. Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου, καὶ μανεῖσαι, διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην. ἄλλως [Schw., ἀλλὰ codd.] καὶ Γλαῦκος ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεὺς, ἑωρακὼς ἰχθῦν παρὰ ψάμμῳ βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἢ ὅτι ἀθάνατος μὲν, οὐκ ἀγήρως δὲ γεγονὼς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν κατεπόντισεν. Clearly in the tradition of the scholia there was some damage to the last portion: ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος was part of the illegible text but was perhaps supplied in the margin at some point and later was inserted at the end of the note; ἀλιεὺς remarkably is still read in Rw, and since Rw does not restore anything else from the Et. Magn. version, this seems to be a genuine survival of a version where a little more of the damaged passage had been read (compare Rw’s sole testimony to τέχνημα in sch. 25.10). Schw. may be right to emend to γευσάμενον and assume a lacuna before and after it on the assumption that words like those in the Et. Magn. version were once present before and after the participle. But the original that was damaged may have had modified wording and with only one lacuna γευσάμενος could be kept in reference to Glaucus himself (‘having seen a fish … and himself tasting it’). The lacuna could even be quite short, e.g., ⟨βοτάνης τινὸς⟩ γευσάμενος, and one may wonder whether the similarity of (ἁ)λιευς and γευσ‑ may have prompted an omission (repaired in the margin, with the marginal words later becoming mostly illegible). See also sch. Or. 364.01, sch. Ph. 1124; Sch. Lycophr. 754a Leone (with the parallels there cited). For the Euboean Glaucus who became a sea-god, see Gantz 732–733, and for Glaucus of Potniae see Gantz 175.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 318.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀπὸ ⟨τῶν⟩ Ποτνιάδων ἵππων μετήνεγκεν, αἳ μανεῖσαι ἔφαγον τὸν Γλαῦκον .  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created a transferred sense (of the epithet) taken from the horses of Potniae, who went mad and ate Glaucus.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν Dindorf (as if in mss)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀποτνιάδων C   |    μανῆσαι M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,7–8; Dind. II.106,8–9


Or. 319.01 (vet exeg) ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον: 1ἤτοι κακοβάκχευτον, τὸν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεργαζομένην.  2ἢ παρόσον ἄοινα καὶ νηφάλια ταῖς θεαῖς ταύταις τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖται.  3ἢ τὸν μεγάλως ἐκβακχεύοντα.   —MBVCPrRw, partial(?)H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Without revelry’,) that is, with harmful revelry, the one having a harmful revelry not suiting Dionysus but produced in dirges and lamentations. Or, inasmuch as the sacrifices that are accomplished for these goddesses are without wine and sober. Or, the one that rouses to a great frenzy.

LEMMA: MC(αἲ), ἀβάκχευτον θίασον B(θίασσον)Pr, ἀβάκχευτον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, length cannot be estimated accurately   |    1 ἥτοι om. Sa, ἤτοι τὸν Pr   |    τὸν] τὸ MC, ἢ τὸν Pr   |    ἐξεργαζομένην Mastr., ἐξεταζομένην all except διεξεταζομένην Pr   |    ταύταις] ταῦτα V   |    τὰ om. Pr   |    3 βακχεύοντα Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἥτοι M   |    2 ἄοιν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,9–12; Dind. II.106,24–107,3

COMMENT:   This reflects three standard explanations of alpha-privative compounds in poetry: α‑ equivalent to κακο-, α‑ actually privative, and α‑ as an intensifier. Transmitted ἐξεταζομένην seems doubtful, since even when it means something like ‘be numbered among’ the context implies some kind of examination, which hardly applies here. Against ἐξεργαζομένην, however, one must admit that the passive use of this present participle is extremely rare (e.g., [Aristot.] Ath. Pol. 16.4 ἐξεργαζομένης τῆς χώρας).   


Or. 321.01 (vet exeg) μελαγχρῶτες: 1μέλαιναι· χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  2ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον Ὀρέστης φησὶν [408]· ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.   —MBVaCPrRw, partial OVbRb, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Black-skinned’ means) black, for they are chthonic (deities). (Black,) just as Orestes in fact says to Menelaus: ‘I believed I saw three maidens similar to night’.

LEMMA: MCRw(BPr). lemma μελανοχρῶτες VaRb      REF. SYMBOL: HVaRb      POSITION: s.l. OVb; cont. from 319.01, prep. μελαγχρῶτες δὲ, BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   H lost except for a few letters in sentence 2   |    1 χθόνιοι Pr, οὖ χθόνια M, οὐ χθόνιαι C, ἐπεὶ χθόνιαι (γὰρ om.) O   |    after εἰσιν sch. 321.03 inserted MBVaCPrRw   |    2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. OVbRb   |    ὁ ὁρέστης (sic) Va   |    ἔδοξεν MC   |    προσφορεῖς M   |    κόρας om. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μέλεναι Rb   |    γάρ εἰσίν M, γάρ εἰσι VbRb, γὰρ εἰσὶν VaRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–15; Dind. II.107,6–8

COMMENT:   The anomalous accentuation μελαγχρῶτες is universal in the manuscripts of the text and scholia here, and is also found in the editions of a few other texts. The expected accentuation μελάγχρωτες found in editions of Eur. and in Schwartz here is due to L. Dindorf.   


Or. 321.03 (vet exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἢ μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —MBOVaVbCaCbPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   Or (it means) making black those who are ill.

POSITION: s.l. OCbVbPrb; inserted between sent. 1 and 2 of sch. 321.01 MBCaVaPraRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ] om. Cb, καὶ Vb, ἢ ὡς Pra, ἢ αἱ Prb   |    τοὺς νοσ. μελ. transp. Vb   |    μελαίνουσι M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–14; Dind. II.107,6–7


Or. 322.01 (vet exeg) ταναὸν αἰθέρ’: 1ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθέρα πάλλεσθε πτερωταὶ οὖσαι.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 9.571]· ‘ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You leap/dart through the ether, being winged. Homer: ‘Erinys who travels in the air/mist’.

LEMMA: MC, τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα BPr, ἄλλως VRw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 322.03 VRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθ. om. Pr (no punct. between lemma and note)   |    πτερωταῖς οὔσαις VRw   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. VRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάλλεσθαι VRw   |    2 ἱεροφοῖτις M, ἱεροφόνται Pr   |    ἐρινῦς B, ἐριννύς PrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,16–17; Dind. II.107,14–15

COMMENT:   See on 275.17.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 322.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ταναὸν αἰθέρα τὸν λεπτομερῆ, τροπικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3τὸ δὲ ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινοῦσιν αὐτὸν τὸν ἀέρα ἐμφαντικῶς,  4τουτέστιν ἀναπάλλεσθε τοῖς πτεροῖς,  5κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν σείοντα τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τὸ ὄρος.   —MBCPr, partial O

TRANSLATION:   ‘Rarefied ether’ in the sense ‘composed of subtle particles’, figuratively. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. And the word ‘you vibrate’ (is used) because they stir up the air itself, in a vivid usage. That is, you make (it) vibrate with your wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who with his feet and his movement makes the mountain shake.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)C      POSITION: cont. from 322.01, add. δὲ, BPr; 1–2 left marg., rest s.l. and right marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταναὸν … λεπτομερῆ om. O   |    3 τὸ δὲ ἀμπ. ὡς] ὅτι O   |    δὲ om. MC   |    4 τουτέστιν· ἀναπάλλεσθε om. O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τινόμενα M   |    4 τοῦτέστιν B, τουτἔστιν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,1–5; Dind. II.107,15–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   


Or. 322.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν λεπτομερὴ  —HMPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.04 (vet paraphr) first τινύμεναι: τιμωρίαν λαμβάνουσαι ὑπὲρ αἵματος καὶ φόνου  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   Exacting punishment for bloodshed and murder.

LEMMA: VRb, τινύμεναι φόνον C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. M; s.l. (above ἀμπάλλεσθ’ αἵματος) Prb; cont. from 322.02 BPra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ τινύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BPra(τιννύ-, δίκην Pra), πανταχοῦ prep. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ C   |    καὶ om. Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,6; Dind. II.107,20–21


Or. 326.01 (326–327) (vet exeg) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: λύσσα καὶ μανία καὶ φοῖτος ἕν ἐστιν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Insanity (‘lussa’) and madness (‘mania’) and wandering (‘phoitos’) are one thing.

POSITION: intermarg.; appended to sch. 327.01, add. δὲ, M      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φοιτὸς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,9; Dind. II.108,17


Or. 326.02 (326–327) (vet exeg) λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου: τῆς λύσσης τῆς καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιούσης καὶ φοιτᾶν, ὅ ἐστι περιϊέναι  —MCMnRbSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The mental disturbance that makes one both go mad and roam about, that is, ‘go around’.

LEMMA: λύσσας Sa, λύσας MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OC; between 319.07 and 322.03 S      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λύσσης om. O   |    first τῆς om. S   |    τῆς καὶ] Schw., καὶ τοῦ MC, τοῦ ORb, καὶ τῆς τοῦ MnSSa   |    ποιοῦσαι MCRb, ποιοῦσα O   |    καὶ φοιτᾶν κτλ om. O   |    second καὶ om. MCRb   |    ὅ ἐ. περ. om. C   |    at end add. λύσσα καὶ μανία Rb (cf. sch. 326.01)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσης Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,7–8; Dind. II.108,14–15 app.


Or. 327.01 (vet exeg) φεῦ μόχθων: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων καθ’ ἑαυτό. τουτέστι δυστυχής ἐστι χάριν τῶν μόχθων.  —MBCKPr

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘alas for the toils’ is by itself. That is, he is unfortunate because of his toils.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. K      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ φεῦ μόχθων] τοῦτο Pr, om. K   |    ἐστι καὶ MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθεαυτὸ C, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Pr   |    τοῦτέστι B   |   τὸν μόχθον C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,10–11; Dind. II.108,16–17


Or. 327.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  2ἢ τὸ φεῦ συντέτακται, ἵν’ ᾖ φεῦ {ἰὼ Ζεῦ} οἵων μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις.   —MC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   This phrase has been uttered by itself. Or the exclamation ‘pheu’ (‘alas’) has been connected syntactically, so that it means: ‘Alas for the sort of toils that you, poor man, reached for and were ruined’.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: follows 332.01 MVC (cf. sch. 332.02 in HO); H app. has it in proper sequence      

APP. CRIT.:   H almost entirely lost   |    1 ἀναπεφώνηκεν M [H]   |    2 ἰὼ ζεῦ del. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατιδίαν M   |    2 ὀρεχθεὶς by correction M (perhaps began ἔρρ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,12–13; Dind. II.108,20–22

COMMENT:   The similarity of sch. 332.02 seems to have led to the displacement of this note and the interpolation of ἰὼ ζεῦ by a misunderstanding of 332.01, leading to the improbable idea that ἰὼ ζεῦ goes closely with φεῦ.   


Or. 327.16 (327–328) (vet exeg) οἵων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς: 1πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέτεινε τὸν λόγον·  2οἵων πραγμάτων ὁ τάλας ἐπιθυμήσας·  3λέγει δὲ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τῆς μητρός·  4οἴχῃ καὶ διέφθαρσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος δεξάμενος τὴν μαντείαν ἣν ὁ Φοῖβος ἔλακεν.   —MBCPr, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) turned its speech to address him (Orestes): ‘Having longed for what sort of things, poor man’. (The chorus) is speaking of the murder directed at his mother: ‘You are gone and have been destroyed, having received from the tripod the oracle that Phoebus cried forth’.

LEMMA: BPr, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις C      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   H almost totally lost   |    1 ὡς πρὸς BCPr   |    ἀποτίνει (om. τὸν λόγον) C   |    2 ὁ] σὺ ὁ BPr, ὦ C   |    4 διεφθάρης C   |    τοῦ om. M   |    ἃν M, ὃν Pr   |    ἐλάλησεν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ὤχη M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,16–18; Dind. II.108,22–109,2


Or. 328.01 (vet exeg) ὀρεχθεὶς: ἐπιθυμήσας· ἐκτείνεται γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν.  —MaMbCaCbV

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires stretches forth his thought.

LEMMA: CbV      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. Mb, appended to sch. 332.01 Cb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτείνονται … οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες MaV   |    ὁ ἐπιθυμ. τὴν διάνοιαν transp. Ca   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιθυμὼν Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20


Or. 328.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐντείνεται †ὥσπερ† τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires, as it were, stretches forth his thought toward the thing longed for.

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps transpose ὥσπερ ἐντείνεται τὴν διάνοιαν or ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸ ποθ.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20 app.


Or. 329.08 (vet exeg) ἀπόφατιν: ἀπόφασιν πρόσταξιν  —BOVC

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) declaration, command.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 328.02, add. δὲ; s.l. OV      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ prep. C   |    πρόσταξιν ἀπόφασιν transp. B, πρόσταξιν om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,19; Dind. II.109,5


Or. 330.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέδον  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   In that land.

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. B; cont. from 329.08 (with no punct.) BC      

APP. CRIT.:   πεδίον O, δάπεδον C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,20


Or. 331.01 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ὀμφαλὸς κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν Πυθώ.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι, ὅθεν ὀμφαλὸς ἐκλήθη.  5ἀνακεῖσθαί τε χρυσοῦς ἀετούς φασι τῶν μυθευομένων ἀετῶν ὑπομνήματα.   —(H)MBOCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Pytho is called ‘navelÆ (‘omphalos’) by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god. Or because Pytho is in the middle of the inhabited world. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met at that place, wherefore it was called navel. And they say that golden eagles have been set up as dedications memorializing the eagles told of in the mythical story.

LEMMA: MC(prep. ἄλλως), μεσόμφαλοι Rw; label ἱστορία in marg. Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: follows 322.02 in M, follows next in C; follows sch. 327.16 (with punct.), add. δὲ, B      

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    1–2 ὀμφαλὸς … ἢ om. O   |    1 κέκληται] λέγεται Rw   |    ἡ πυθία Pr   |    παρὰ τὰς Schw. (from next sch.), παρὰ τὸ τὰς MBRw, παρὰ τὸ CPr, H uncertain   |    second τὰς om. M   |    ὑπὸ θεοῦ BPr   |    after χρηστ. add. λέγειν BPr   |    2 εἶναι om. C, transp. after οἰκουμένης O   |    τὴν πυθώ om. BPr   |    3 δύο ταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι ἀετοὺς Pr   |    ἀφιέναι MOCRw   |    μὲν] δὲ O   |    4 συναντῆσαι BPr   |    ὅθεν καὶ HPr   |    5 τε δύο ἀετοὺς χρυσοῦς H   |    ἀετούς] ἀε M   |    φη(σὶν) Pr   |    μεμυθευμένων O   |    ὑπομνήματα] μνημεῖα H, ἀπομιμήματα Valckenaer    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πυθῶα (sic) M   |    2 πυθῶ M   |    5 χρυσοὺς Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,1–7; Dind. II.109,9–15

COMMENT:   The addition of λέγειν after χρηστηριαζομένας provides the infinitive expected with παρὰ τὸ and could conceivably be meant to provide the lambda that a full etymology would want to account for. But it likely to be secondary, that is, a correction in the B-tradition after the accidental intrusion of τὸ.   |   Valckenaer’s emendation is to be found in Theocriti decem Idyllia ... cum notis edidit eiusdemque Adoniazusas uberioribus adnotationibus instruxit L. C. Valckenaer (Leiden 1773) 402–403, where he reports an excerpt from this scholion with the reading ἀπομνήματα (found in Barnes’ edition, although Arsenius correctly printed ὑπομνήματα).   


Or. 331.02 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί: ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαιτάτη ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου. ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ἢ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας.  —BC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world. Or (in the middle of) the Cycladic islands. Or (‘mesomphalos’) is derived from the oracular voices and pronouncements.

LEMMA: C; ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: precedes prev. in C      

APP. CRIT.:   παρὰ τὸ τὰς C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,21–23; Dind. II.109,15–17

COMMENT:   Outside the scholia on this play, there is no other extant claim that Delos is at the midpoint of the world, and the most likely explanation of the origin of the note is that in a short note stating that Delphi was at the center of the world the proper name was corrupted to Delos by some combination of visual similarity and mental association. (Proper names of mythological persons, gods, and places are sometimes accidentally substituted for one another both by ancient scribes and by modern scholars.) Once this error occurred, someone added the more traditional doctrine that Delos is in the middle of the Cyclades, found in Sch. Hom. Od. 5.123c1 Pontani, sch. Callimachus Hymn. 4.325a, and elsewhere. The idea of Delos as a midpoint in a different sense is found once in Galen, when he names it as a temperate midpoint between hot Africa and cold Scythia: in Hipp. prognost. comm. iii, 18b:314,5–8 Kühn Λιβύηϲ μὲν γὰρ ὡϲ θερμῆϲ, Ϲκυθίαϲ δ’ ὡϲ ψυχρᾶϲ, Δήλου δ’ ὡϲ εὐκράτου καὶ μέϲηϲ ἀμφοῖν, ἕνεκα παραδείγματοϲ ἐμνημόνευϲεν.   


Or. 332.01 (vet exeg) ἰὼ Ζεῦ: πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τοῦτο σχετλιαστικῶς μετὰ ἤθους ἀναπεφώνηται.  —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   In reaction to the preceding words, this is enunciated complainingly with controlled emotion.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr; after (out-of-order) sch. 335.19 M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄνω printed by Dind. (and Schw.) without note   |    τοῦτο om. M, transp. before πρὸς Pr   |    σχετλιαστικὸν MC   |    μετὰ] μέτρον Pr   |    at end add. ἰὼ ζεῦ μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρει Pr, cont. with sch. 328.01 MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,8–9; Dind. II.110,4–5

COMMENT:   See on 136.02.   

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους   


Or. 332.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  —HO

TRANSLATION:   This is enunciated on its own.

POSITION: intermarg. H      


Or. 333.01 (vet exeg) τίς ἔλεος: 1εἰς τὸ τίς ἔλεος στιγμὴν δεδωκότες λείπειν τῷ λόγῳ φήσομεν τὸ γενήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having placed punctuation at ‘what pity’ we shall say that the verb ‘will come about’ is missing in the phrase and that the second ‘what’ is to be understood as ‘none’, so that the sense is as follows: ‘what pity will come about?’ meaning ‘who will have pity on you, Orestes?’

REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 327.16 in M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 στιγμὴν δεδωκ.] στίξαντες Pr   |    στιγμὴ M   |    ἄλλο del. Matt.   |    2 ὁ νοῦς om. Pr   |    τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται om. Rw   |    after γενήσεται add. τῷ ὀρέστῃ BPr   |    second τίς] τίς τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, τίς ἄρα Rw   |    σε ὀρέστα] τὸν ὀρέστην Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–13; Dind. II.110,7–10

COMMENT:   Taking the second τίς as equivalent to ‘no one’ implies punctuation after the second τίς. The many mss I have checked have punctuation and/or extra space after ἔλεος, but none after the second τίς, except F (where it appears to be by the text hand) and V, where is it clearly added by corrector V2. Cf. the glosses with οὐδείς, 333.10, 333.18, as well as 333.05, which says correctly that the answer to the rhetorical question τίς ἔλεος must be supplied mentally (ἔξωθεν). The present note would make good sense if ἄλλο were deleted with Matthiae so that the remark applied to the first τίς, but ἄλλο appears to be confirmed by δεύτερον in 333.28 and the suprelinear note 333.29 (although these could of course have been derived from the discursive note after it was corrupted).    

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.03 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἄρα, φησὶ, τοῦτον ἐλεήσει,  2τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων σε καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  3τουτέστιν· ἆρα δαίμων τις ἐπιπέμπει τούτῳ τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who, then, (the chorus) says, will pity this man? And what danger is this and what insanity-like sickness that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding you and arousing you? That is, is some divinity sending the Erinyes against this man?

LEMMA: MC, in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.01 PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἐλεήσει om. Rw (cf. app. to prev.)   |    2 ἐπὶ σὲ] ἐπὶ δὲ Pr   |    ταχύνων] ταχίστων Rw   |    3 δαίμων ἆρα transp. M   |    ἀποπέμπει Rw   |    τούτῳ] om. Rw, οὕτω Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄρα] ἆρα M   |   3 ἆρα] ἄρα C   |   ἐριννύας PrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,14–16; Dind. II.110,10–13


Or. 333.05 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτόν·  2ἔξωθεν ἀκουσόμεθα τὸ οὐδείς.  3διὰ τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων, ἐπέρχεται φόνιος, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who will pity him? We will supply from outside (the answer) ‘no one’. Why (will no one pity him)? Because this danger, the one from the Erinyes, is coming upon him in bloody fashion, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man.

LEMMA: M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως C, ἢ ἄλλως PrRw(ἄλλος), ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀκουσώμεθα M, ἀκουστέον Pr   |    3 οὗτος] app. οὐτω or οὔτω M   |    αὐτοῦ Pr   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἐκ om. C   |    ἔρχεται BPrRw   |    after ἔρχεται scholion-ending punct. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύων Pr   |   μεθορμῆς MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,17–19; Dind. II.110,13–15

COMMENT:   See on 333.01.   


Or. 333.06 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, τίς, ὦ Ζεῦ,  2ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλεταί τις ἀλάστωρ, πορεύων εἰς δόμους, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων αὐτὸν τῇ μανίᾳ καὶ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον,  3ὅστις, ὁ ἀλάστωρ, ἐγείρει τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός.   —MBVCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this Orestes, what pity, o Zeus, (for this one) for whom some avenging demon (‘alastōr’) adds tears upon tears, making (him) enter the house, meaning dragging him around in madness and making him revel thoughout the house; who, the avenging demon, arouses the blood of his mother.

LEMMA: VCPra, in marg. MB      POSITION: follows 335.01 M, follows 335.19 V; Prb version follows Prb version of 338.10      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλεος … ζεῦ om. Prb   |    τίς ὦ ζεῦ om. BPra   |    2 ἀλαστόρων V, τῶν ἀλαστόρων Prb   |    δόμους αὐτοὺς VPrb, δόμον Pra   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Prb   |    ἕλκων B, ἥκων Pra   |    αὐτὸν] om. VPrb, αὐτῷ C   |    after μανίᾳ add. τὸ γὰρ πορεύων δηλοῖ τὸ περιέλκον αὐτὸν τῆ μανία C   |    καὶ ἀναβακχεύων del. Schw.   |    καὶ om. Prb   |    ἀναβακχεύω V   |    κατὰ τῶν οἴκων VPrb   |    3 ὁ M, om. others   |    ἀλαστόρων V   |    ἐγείρει] om. Pra, ἀνεγείρει V   |    at end add. V sch. 337.17, add. Pra πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦντα   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |   2 ᾧ] ὦ C   |   συμβάλεται C   |   ἀλλάστωρ M   |   3 ἀλλάστωρ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,20–23; Dind. II.110,16–111,2


Or. 333.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ, ᾧ δάκρυα ἐπιβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων δαιμόνων, τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦν;  2τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἀλαστόρων·  3καὶ τίς δὲ ἡ νόσος πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιοῦσα εἰς Ἅιδου;  4ἡ δὲ περικοπή· οἵων μόχθων ἐπιθυμήσας, ὦ τάλας, διέφθαρσαι, δεξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος τὴν μαντείαν, ἣν ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἶπε κατὰ τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἔνθα γῆς ὀμφαλὸς λέγεται.  5τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτὸν, ὦ Ζεῦ;  6τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐπέρχεται διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.  7μετέβαλε δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν πρὸς αὐτόν.   —BC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this man, upon whom one of the alastor-demons imposes tears, the blood of his mother causing him to go and to run throughout the house? Some have understood (that the phrasing is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to Hades, to the dwelling of the alastors. And what is the sickness causing him to go to Hades? And the passage as a whole runs: having set your heart on what toils, o wretched man, you have been ruined, after receiving the oracle from the tripod, which Apollo spoke in Delphi, where the navel of the earth is said to be. Who will pity him, o Zeus? Why (do I ask this)? Because this struggle comes upon him from the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man. The chorus shifted from speaking about him to speaking to him.

LEMMA: BC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ποιοῦν om. Pr   |    τούτῳ τῷ ὀρέστῃ B   |    διατρέχων αὐτὸ C   |    ποιεῖ C   |    2 first εἰς] τὸ B   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς τὸν] κατὰ τὸν B, rewritten as εἰς τὸν later   |    3 εἰς ἅδην Pr   |    4 οἷον C   |    τοὺς δελφοὺς] τὴν ἀδελφὴν Pr   |    5–7 τίς ἐλεήσει κτλ om. Pr   |    6 τί, οὗτος C, τοιοῦτος B   |    τὸν om. C   |    after ὁρμῆς add. δὲ B   |    φερομένη C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 μεθορμῆς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,1–11; Dind. II.111, 3–13


Or. 333.15 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται.  —H

TRANSLATION:   (The verb phrase) ‘will there be’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.21 (333–338) (vet paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ⟨φόνιος⟩ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ⟨ὅ σ’⟩ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τὸ ἑξῆς τίς φόνιος οὗτος ἀγὼν, ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σε ἀναβακχεύει, ἔρχεται θοάζων σὲ τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων μαίνεσθαί σε ποιῶν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους.   —MCMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): What (is) this bloody struggle, the blood of your mother that makes you revel, (that) comes agitating you, the wretched one? For/In/With which, that is, the struggle, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, causing you to rave in madness throughout the house.

LEMMA: M(om. τίς)C(ὃ δ’), τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ἕως τοῦ ὃς ἀναβακχεύει MnRaRb(‑εύειν)S(ὃς ναβακ‑)Sa, τίς εἰς δόμους Rw      REF. SYMBOL: RaRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς] MC, om. others   |    σῆς Rw   |    ὅ σε] Rw (ὃς s.l.), ὅ σ’ MnSSa, ὅτι MCRb [Ra]   |    ἀναβακχεύει] sch.-ending punct. after this word Sa (ἔρχεται … μέλεον by rubr.)   |    ἔρχεται om. Rw   |    μέλεον] sch.-ending punct. after this word M   |    2 συμμίσγει] συμμίγει RaSa, συμμίσγεις Rb   |    σε] σοι C, a.c. M, om. Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 app. οὑτὸς or οὑτὸ M   |    θοάζων σε MRaS   |    2 ὦτινι M   |    συμισγεῖ Mn   |    τίς all (except τῆς Rb)   |    ἀλλαστόρων Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16; Dind. II.111 app. at 7


Or. 333.28 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: τὸ δεύτερον τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The second ‘tis’ (‘which?’) conveys the sense of ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,10

COMMENT:   For this note and the next two, see above on 333.01.   


Or. 333.29 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: ἢ οὐδείς  —HOCSa

TRANSLATION:   Or (to put it in other words) ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ CSa, om. O   


Or. 333.35 (333–334) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται⟩: ἐπέρχεται κίνδυνος καὶ φόνος  —MB

TRANSLATION:   Danger and killing approach.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  φόβος M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20–21


Or. 335.01 (vet exeg) θοάζων: 1ἐπιδιώκων ταχύνων διεγείρων ἐκμαίνων.  2‘κῆτος θοάζον’ [Eur. Andromeda fr. 145.2] Ἀνδρομέδᾳ.   —MaCaB, partial MbCbRw

TRANSLATION:   Pursuing, hastening along, agitating, driving mad. ‘Sea-monster speeding along’ in Andromeda.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MbCb, cont. from 333.05, add. δὲ, MbCb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κῆτος κτλ om. MbCbRw   |    θοάζον Plut. de aud. poetis 6 (Mor. 22E), θοάζων MaBCa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνδρομέδ() MaB (‑μέδᾳ printed by Dindorf), ἀνδρομέδη Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,17–18; Dind. II.111,22–23

COMMENT:   The Andromeda passage contains an intransitive use, according to Plutarch (κινεῖσθαι), and that is certain if line 1 of Eur. fr. 145 (ὁρῶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρθένου θοινάματα / κῆτος θοάζον ἐξ Ἀτλαντικῆς ἁλός) is correctly joined to line 2 (as Fritzsche first proposed). The reading θοάζων within the isolated line provides the typical commentator’s support for the transitive or causative sense offered by the four gloss-words. Perhaps the line was cited in a commentary that offered transitive and intransitive examples from more than one text, and when the note was shortened at a later stage to include only the Andromeda example (because from Eur. himself?), someone felt the need to change θοάζον to θοάζων to make the example work.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Euripides, Andromeda   


Or. 335.02 (vet gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: διώκων  —HOAbFMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.03 (vet gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: διεγείρων  —HAaAbKMnSB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.19 (335–338) (vet exeg) ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι: 1συνάγει καὶ συμμίσγει ἐπάλληλα δάκρυα.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 4.453]· ‘συμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ’.  3ἢ συνάπτει, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβαλλόντων τοῖς σχοινίοις ἕτερα καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερα ποιούντων,  4οἷον· ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι συνάπτει δάκρυα.  5Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Pac. 36–37]· ‘ὥσπερ οἱ σχοινία / συμβάλλοντες εἰς τὰς ὁλκάδας’.   —MBCPr, partial HVRw

TRANSLATION:   He brings together and mixes together tears in close succession. Homer: ‘the two (torrents) combine their mighty streams of water’. Or (the meaning is) ‘ties together’, so that the metaphor is from those who combine other things with ropes and make the things greater in length, as if to say ‘he joins tears to the tears’. Aristophanes: ‘just like those who plait ropes for towed barges’.

LEMMA: MC(δάκρυσιν)Rw, ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει B(δά() δάκρυ())Pr, ᾧ δάκρυσιν V      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      POSITION: between sch. 331.01 and 332.01 M; follows next C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συνάγει ἀλλεπάλληλα δάκρυα καὶ συμμίσγει H(δάκρυα om.)Rw   |    συνάγει] ἄγει MVC (ἄγει καὶ crossed out by a later hand in V)   |    ἀλλεπάλληλα δακρύων V   |    2–3 ὅμηρος … ποιούντων om. V, ὅμηρος … ᾖ om. H, ὄμηρος … ἢ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ add. before ὅμ. M   |    2–5 συμβάλλετον] συμ[. rest lost to trimming H   |    2 συμβάλλετον] συμβάλλει τὸ BPr [H]   |    ὄβριμον B, ὄμβριμον MCPr, s.l. B   |    3–4 ἕτερα … ἐπὶ] ἕτε (ρα … ἐπὶ om.) M   |    3 ἕτερον ἑτερ(ον) Rw   |    καὶ om. C   |    ποιούντων] τοιούτων Rw, om. Pr   |    4 συνάπτειν C   |    5 ἀριστοφάνης κτλ om. VRw   |    οἱ om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμμίγει Pr   |    2 συμβάλετον MC   |    3 ἵν’ Pr   |    συμβαλόντων MC   |    5 ὀλκάδας Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,19–23; Dind. II.111,25–112,3

COMMENT:   The quotation is inexact; for σχοινία Arist. has τὰ σχοινία / τὰ παχέα.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 335.20 (335–338) (vet paraphr) ᾧ δάκρυα: ᾧ, τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, δάκρυα δαίμων τις κακὸς ἀλλεπάλληλα συνάπτει, δίκην τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσπραττόμενος.  —MCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For whom, namely Orestes, some evil demon joins together tears in close succession, exacting punishment for the bloodshed of his mother.

LEMMA: M(ὦ)C; ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: intermarg. MH; precedes prev. in C; follows 333.21 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ᾧ, τῷ] ᾥτινι HRw   |    κακὸς om. H   |    δίκην κτλ om. H   |    τοῦ δὲ αἵματος Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ M   |   ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλα MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,1–2

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz gives the last words in H as συν⟨άπτ⟩ε⟨ι δίκην⟩, but there does not seem to be enough space in the intermarg. corner for δίκην (also the truncated scholion would be misconceived, since δίκην goes with εἰσπραττόμενος). Check new images of H when available.   |   


Or. 337.02 (vet gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων  —MCPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Pr, τοῦ om. C   |   τῆ μανία add. M2   


Or. 338.10 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1διχῶς στίζουσιν ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει.  2ἀποδίδοται οὖν πρὸς μὲν τὴν πρώτην στιγμήν·  3τίς οὗτος φόνιος ἔρχεται ἀγὼν, ᾧ ἀγῶνι δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει καὶ συμβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων  4πορεύεσθαι ποιῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον,  5[ἢ] ὅ σε, τὸ αἷμα δηλονότι, ἀναβακχεύει καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  6πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στιγμὴν οὕτως·  7τίς οὗτος ἔρχεται φόνιος ἀγὼν, ⟨ᾧ, τῷ ἀγῶνι,⟩ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  8ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει πορεύων καὶ περιέλκων ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς,  9ὅ ἐστιν· ἀνακινῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.   —MBCPra, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   They punctuate/segment ‘os anabackcheuei’ in two different ways. Now then, it is rendered with the first segmentation (that is, ‘ho s’’, neuter relative pronoun with elided pronoun ‘se’): What bloody contest is this that comes, to which contest one of the alastors mixes in and adds tears to tears, causing the blood of your mother to move into the house and not permitting it to rest unavenged, which thing, the blood clearly, makes you revel and causes you to go mad? With the second segmentation (that is, ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun without a pronoun), (it is rendered) as follows: What bloody contest is this that comes, for which, that is, the contest, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, (one) who makes you revel, conveying (or: making dance?) and forcing around the blood of your mother, that is, causing the blood of your mother to move through the house and not allowing it to rest unavenged?

LEMMA: BPra(‑χεύσει), ὃς ἀναβακχεύει C, ὥς (or ὅς) ἀναβακχεύει app. M      POSITION: between 340.02 and 341.01 C, between 351.01 and 333.06 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 διχῶς … πρώτην στιγμὴν om. Prb   |    1 ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει] ὃς ἀναβ. C, ὡς ἀναβ. M, om. BPra   |    2 μὲν] μίαν Pra   |    3 δάκρυα om. PraPrb   |    4 ποιῶν πορεύεσθαι transp. BPraPrb   |    σῆς om. BPraPrb   |    εἰς τοὺς] prob. thus B, κατὰ τοὺς after rewriting of faded ink at a later time   |    5 ἢ del. Schw.   |    ὅ σε] ὅς σε M   |    δηλονότι om. BPraPrb   |    6–9 πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτ. κτλ om. Prb   |    6–7 οὕτως· τίς οὗτος Schw., ὅτι τοσοῦτον all   |    7 after ἀγὼν add. καὶ BPra, ᾧ τῷ ἀγῶνι suppl. Schw.   |    8 πορεύων] om. Pra, χορεύων C   |    σᾶς om. Pra   |    9 σου om. Pra   |    μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν] Pra, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν B, μὴ ἠρεμῶν αὐτὸ εἶναι M(‑μὸν or ‑μὼν)C, μὴ ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὸ ἐῶν Schw.    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διχὸς M   |    3 ᾧ] ὦ M   |    συμμίγει PraPrb   |    συμβάλει C   |    ἀλλαστόρων M   |    7 συμμίγει Pra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,5–14; Dind. II.112,17–26


Or. 338.11 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τινὲς στίζουσιν ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅπερ σε, τὸ αἷμα.  2γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει, ὁ ἀλάστωρ ⟨ὅς⟩ σε ἀνακινεῖ καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.   —MCMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Some punctuate/segment (with neuter relative pronoun and elided pronoun, ‘ho s’’) ‘which makes you revel’, so that the sense may be ‘which very thing … you’, (namely) the blood. But it is also written (as one word ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun) ‘who makes you revel’, (namely) the alastor who agitates you and makes you go mad.

LEMMA: Mn, ὥς or ὅς ἀν. M, ὃς ἀν. CRb, ὁς or ὅς ἀν. S, Sa faded and illegible      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 after στίζ. add. εἰς τὸ MCRb   |    ὅ σ’] Sa, ὄ σ’ Mn, ο̅ς̅ Rb, ὃς MC, ὅς S   |    πόντου add. before ἵν’ Rb   |    2 γράφεται δὲ om. MnRbSSa   |    ὁ om. MCMn   |    ὃς suppl. Schw.   |    ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι transp. MnSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἵνα MnRbSSa   |    2 ἀλάστωρ written over ἵνα ἦ (repeated from prev. sentence) Mn   |    ἀνακεινεῖ Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,15–17; Dind. II.112,14–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 338.12 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: τουτέστιν· ὅπερ, ⟨τὸ αἷμα⟩ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀναβακχεύει σε καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἢ ὅστις ἀλαστόρων ἀνακινεῖ τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   That is, which thing (neuter relative pronoun), ⟨the blood⟩ of your mother, makes you revel and makes you insane. Or, which (masculine relative pronoun) of the alastors arouses the blood of your mother, not allowing it to rest unavenged.

POSITION: follows 333.08 with period, not scholion-ending punct.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,18–20; Dind. II.112,12–14


Or. 338.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κινεῖ, μαίνεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ ποιεῖ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Meaning sets in motion, causes to rage madly against you.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. C   


Or. 340.01 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: περισσὸν τὸ ἓν ὡς.  —MVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   One (instance of) ‘as’ (in 341 or in 343) is superfluous.

LEMMA: all (ὄλβος om. Rb)      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἓν] ἐνὰς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,21; Dind. II.113,6

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 340.02 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος: 1καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος· οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐν μέσῳ ἀναπεφώνηται.  4ἢ οὕτως· ὡς δὲ πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν,  5οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.   —MBCPrRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   And the sense (of the whole long sequence) will be: Great prosperity is not lasting. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are pronounced separately in the middle. Or (take it) this way: just as in the violent destructive waves of the sea some divinity has overwhelmed the sail of a swift vessel, so too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed great prosperity with terrible sufferings.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος om. BPr [H]   |    οὐ … ὄλβος om. Pr   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε M(‑εν)C   |    τις transp. before αὐτὸν M   |    ὡσεὶ] ὡς εἰς Pr   |    λαῖφος transp. after θοᾶς Pr   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέκλυσεν ἐν M, κατέκλεισε C   |    πόντου] πάντως Rw   |    4–5 ἢ οὕτως κτλ om. H   |    4 ἢ om. Rw   |    4–5 κατέκλυσεν … ὄλβον om. M   |    5 ὑπὸ om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except H (uncertain, damaged)   |    λάβροισι Rw   |    κύμασι] κύμασιν M   |    4 τίς all   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–135,2; Dind. II.113,6–9


Or. 341.01 (341–344) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπόντισεν, ὡς ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασιν.  2ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity, having shaken prosperity violently, has overwhelmed it and sunk it in the sea, like the sail of a swift vessel with the sea’s violent destructive waves. For just as much force as wind has against a ship at sea, so much does fortune have in the life of humans.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 341.04 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πόντου om. Pr   |    λάβ. καὶ ὀλ. BPr   |    κύμασι transp. before λάβροις Pr   |    2 ὅσον] ὃς M   |    γὰρ om. MC   |    τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ BV   |    ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων transp. MC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δὲ τίς MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,2–6; Dind. II.114,4–7 and 113,20–23


Or. 342.10 (vet exeg) κατέκλυσεν δεινῶν: 1κλύζεσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, ἄστατον ὄντα ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων, τουτέστιν ἔργων.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.467]· ‘αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου’.  3ὡς γὰρ κλύζεται ναῦς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τύχη ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων.  4[Men. Georg. fr. 4.5 Sandbach = 94 Kock, 1 Koerte] ‘τὸ τῆς τύχης γὰρ ῥεῦμα μεταπίπτει ταχύ’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Caused (prosperity) to be washed over, being unstable because of the terrible toils, that is, deeds. (‘Ponos’ is used as in) Homer, ‘but when they ceased from toil’. For just as a ship is washed over in the sea, thus too the fortune of humans (is affected) by unceasing actions. (Menander writes:) ‘For the flow of fortune shifts quickly’.

LEMMA: M(‑σε)C, ἢ οὕτως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρεσκεύασέν τις θεῶν τὸν ὄλβον ἄστατον BPr (‑ασε τίς Pr)   |    ἀπὸ Pr   |    3 κλύζεσθαι Pr   |    οὕτω … ταχύ] τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων MC [from sch. 341.01 above]   |    4 τῆς τύχης γὰρ Menander, γὰρ τῆς τύχης all   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοῦτέστιν B   |    3 οὕτως Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,7–11; Dind. II.114,7–12

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation); Menander   


Or. 345.01 (vet exeg) τίνα γὰρ: 1ἀλγῶ οὖν, φησὶν, τὴν ψυχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίοις κακοῖς καὶ συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην.  2τίς γὰρ ἕτερος οἶκός ἐστι σέβεσθαι παρ’ ἡμῶν ἄξιος ἢ οὗτος, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ἔχει τὴν καταβολήν.  3ἀρχηγὸς γὰρ τῆς γονῆς ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅστις ἐφύτευσε Τάνταλον Πλουτοῖ συνελθών.   —MBCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial (H)OV

TRANSLATION:   Therefore I am pained, the chorus says, as if over personal sufferings and I suffer along with (them, Orestes and Electra) their misfortune. For what other house is worthy to be revered by us compared to this one, which has its origin from the gods? For Zeus is the first origin of their birth, he who begot Tantalus when he had intercourse with Pluto.

LEMMA: M, τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος VCMnRbSSa, lemma τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον BPr, τίνα γὰρ πρὸς οἶκον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRbSa      POSITION: marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   in H all that survives is the ref. symbol at the text and possible remants of ἰδίοις and σέβεσθαι in the left margin.   |    1–2 ἀλγῶ … καταβολήν om. O   |    1 ἀλγῶ … τύχην om. V   |    οὖν om. BMnPrRbS   |    τὴν ψυχὴν om. BPr   |    ὡς om. PrRw   |    συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην Schw., συναποφέρομαι τὴν ψυχὴν all   |    2 τίνα γὰρ ἕτερον V(ἕτερον corr. to ἕτερος V1)   |    ἕτερος om. PrRw   |    οἶκος ἔστι om. V, add. in blank space V1   |    ἐστι om. BPr   |    παρ’ ἡμῖν V   |    ἄξιος ἢ … ἐκ om. V, ἢ οὕτως ὅτι ἐκ add. in blank space V1   |    ἄξιος BPr, om. others   |    ἢ] ὡς Rw   |    οὗτος] οὕτως Pr   |    ὃς] BPr, ὅτι others   |    ἔχειν M, ἔχων V(ἔχω with ν above ω)   |    καταβολήν] καταμονήν V   |    3 ἀρχηγὸς om. V, add. in blank space V1, ἀρχηγός ἐστι Rw   |    τῆς om. O   |    γονῆς] ζωῆς MnRbSSa   |    ὅστις … ταντάλου om. V, add in blank space V1   |    ὅστις] ὃς BOPr   |    τὸν τάνταλον CRw   |    πλουτοῖ συνελθών om. VMnSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 πλουτοὶ M, πλούτω Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,19–22; Dind. II.115,8–12

COMMENT:   Schwartz restored συνυποφερ‑ from Sch. Or. 1.04 συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην and the same sense is seen in Maximus Conf. Capita de caritate 3.79 φίλος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι γνήσιος ὁ τὰς ἐκ περιστάσεως θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκας καὶ συμφορὰς ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ συνυποφέρων τῷ πλησίον ὡς ἰδίας ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως (cf. 4.93). The verb is not common (and some instances in TLG may be corruptions of συναποφερ‑), and the use of the middle here appears to be unique, apparently reinforcing the idea of making the burden one’s own.   |   The note was clearly corrupt or hard to decipher in V’s source, and the variants suggest other difficulties from a corrupt tradition. Possibly the majority reading ὅτι (2) is right and BPr’s ὃς a rewriting. Certainly, their omission of τὴν ψυχὴν early in the first sentence is best understood as an intervention to remove repetition after τύχην became ψυχήν, since ἀλγῶ τὴν ψυχήν is well attested in scholia and elsewhere. On the same lines, BPr’s ἄξιος could simply be a repair of a lost word of different appearance.   |   Schwartz noted of the first sentence ‘referenda sunt ad vs. 339’ (i.e., κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι). I do not know whether he intended to say the words were originally a note on 339. The periphrasis offered here shares the view of the next note that this passage carries on the thought of 339.   


Or. 345.02 (vet exeg) 1πρὸς τὰ ἄνω.  2πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ τὸ ‘τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος’.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   (Uttered) with reference to the passage above. The phrase ‘for which in preference’ (has its causal meaning) in reference to ‘I lament’.

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. MC, intermarg. B (beside 342; also wrote first three words at 345, but erased them)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄνω Schw. (after Dindorf), ἄνω κακά· τοῦτέστιν HB, ἄνω κακά C, ἄνω καὶ κατα κάτω M   |    κατολοφύρομαι Schw. (after Dindorf, sch. Mosch.), ὀλοφύρομαι MBH, ὁλοφυρόμενον C   |    second τὸ H (suppl. Schw.), om. MBC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,23–24; Dind. II.115,13


Or. 348.03 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ἐν τοῖς τέλεσιν εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μεταλλάττειν φεύγοντες τὴν μονῳδίαν τοῦ λόγου.  —MBaBbVCPr

TRANSLATION:   At the ends (of choral odes) the chorus members are accustomed to make a shift, avoiding (the use of) a monotonous delivery of their speech.

LEMMA: BaV, καὶ μὴν ὅδε βασιλεύς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BaV      POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BbC      

APP. CRIT.:   τέλεσιν om. V, leaving blank   |    οἱ ἀπὸ] τί κατὰ V   |    μεταλλάττειν] πλάττειν τι V   |    φεύγ. … λόγου om. MBaPr   |    λόγου] λέγειν V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μεταλάττειν MBaBbC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,1–2 ; Dind. II.115,16–17

COMMENT:   For μονῳδία as ‘monotony’, a sense omitted by dictionaries, see Plut. Mor. 7C μονῳδία γὰρ ἐν ἅπασίν ἐστι πλήσμιον καὶ πρόσαντες, ἡ δὲ ποικιλία τερπνόν, καθάπερ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, οἷον ἀκούσμασιν ἢ θεάμασιν (where Babbitt in the Loeb translation appropriately renders with ‘monotony’).   


Or. 348.04 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: 1τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει Μενέλαος ἄναξ,  2τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν, πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (with the word order simplified) is: And, behold, here comes the king, lord Menelaus, being of the blood of the Tantalids, and conspicuous to see with much luxurious glamor.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὧδε στείχει Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BPr, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς … στείχει om. Rw   |    ὅδε] ὧδε C, ὦδε M   |    δὴ om. MCPr   |    2 πολλὴ MC (with ἁβροσύνη), πολὺ B, πολὺς Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς M   |   2 πολλή δ’ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,3–5; Dind. II.115,17–19


Or. 349.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἢ τῆς ὄψεως  —MVC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of walk or of appearance.

POSITION: s.l. MVC (in M above whole line); punct. after τρυφῇ as if two notes V      

APP. CRIT.:   only σμα survives in trimmed margin of H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,7; Dind. II.116,1–2


Or. 351.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν: ὅ ἐστι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐμφαίνει τὴν εὐγένειαν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, through his appearance he indicates indirectly his noble birth.

LEMMA: BC, δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι πολὺ δ’ ἁβροσύνη V      REF. SYMBOL: V (at δῆλος, in prev. line)      POSITION: s.l. MO (above ὁρᾶσθαι in prev. line O); cont. from 348.04 PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι O   |    after ἐστι add. πολὺ δ’ ἁβρότατος ἰδεῖν καὶ V   |    διὰ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,6; Dind. II.115,20


Or. 352.01 (vetThom exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας: δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, διὰ τούτων λυπεῖ ἀναμιμνήσκουσα τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ.  —HMBVCMnPrRbRwaRwbSSaZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Through the words with which (the chorus) seems to praise him, through these they pain him by reminding him of those killed at Troy.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως: ὦ χιλιόναυν B; ἄλλως Rwa, εἰς γῆν ἀσίαν MnPrRbS      REF. SYMBOL: (at χιλιόναυν) MZmZlGu, (at 353 εἰς γῆν)PrRb      POSITION: beside 353–354 εἰς γῆν … εὐτυχίᾳ H; cont. from 352.02 B, cont. from or follows 352.03 VMnPrRbRwbSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   δι’ … ἐπαινεῖν om. Sa   |    between ὧν and δοκεῖ a line drawn of ca. 10 letters width V   |    ἐπαινεῖν] τιμᾶν H   |    τούτων λυπεῖ] τὰ τῶν λυπηρῶν Rwa   |    διὰ τοῦτο Rb, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ Rwb   |    μιμνήσκουσα M   |    τῶν ἀπολομένων Rb, τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους Rwb, τῶν ἀπολλυμένων others (ἀπολυ‑ V, ἀπωλλυ‑ Gu, ἀπολλύμενον Mn)   |    ἐν τροίᾳ Rwa, εἰς τὴν τροίαν VRwb, εἰς τροίαν MnPrRbSSaZlGu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὧν BRwaRwb   |    διατούτων MMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,8–10; Dind. II.116,6–8


Or. 352.02 (vet exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐμεγαλύνετο.  2τῷ δὲ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —(H)MBC

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) praises him on the basis of those deeds on which he prided himself. He (the poet) (or it, the chorus) used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks (at Troy) were this many: 1,186.

LEMMA: B, 353 εἰς γὴν ἀσίαν MC      REF. SYMBOL: M(to 353 εἰς γῆν)B      POSITION: precedes 352.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, but [τοσαῦτ]αι γὰρ suggests it had this version, not 352.03   |    2 ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ transp. B   |    χίλιαι πρὸς ρ̅ π̅ ϛ̅ B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφῶν M, ἀφὧν B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13; Dind. II.


Or. 353.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: νεώτερον τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ὄνομα.  —BVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The name Asia is more recent (i.e., not used by Homer).

POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from 352.01, add. δὲ, others (from Rwb version Rw) except Rb       

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεωτὰς Sa   |    ἁσίας Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,14; Dind. II.116,15


Or. 354.01 (vet exeg) εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς: σὺ, φησὶν, οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν.  —MBVCK

TRANSLATION:   You, (the chorus) says, do not share in the misfortune of the Tantalids.

LEMMA: χαίρ’ εὐτυχία C      REF. SYMBOL: M (at χαῖρ’)      POSITION: s.l. VK (K above 350 τῶν ταντ. ἐξ αἱμ.), intermarg. M, marg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,15; Dind. II.116,11


Or. 355.01 (vet exeg) θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου: 1τὸν γὰρ πόλεμον κατορθώσας ἔλαβε τὴν Ἑλένην.  2σὺ μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, εὐτυχῶς ἀπηλλάχθης, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.   —(H)MaMbBCaCbVPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Menelaus had success) because, having succeeded in the war, he captured Helen. You, then, (the chorus) says, ended up with good fortune, but Orestes suffers misfortune.

LEMMA: MaC, θεόθεν πράξας VMnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb      POSITION: s.l. Mb; 1 intermarg., 2 s.l. at 354 Cb; follows 353.04 Sa, cont. from 352.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    τὸ δὲ θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου προσέθηκεν ἐπειδὴ prep. B   |    1 τὸν … ἑλένην om. Mb   |    τὸν γὰρ] γὰρ τὸν transp. S, τὸν B   |    2 μὲν οὖν om. Cb, οὖν om. BSa   |    ἀπηλάχθαι Mb   |    ὁ δὲ δυστυχῶς (om. ὀρ.) MbCbV ([ … δυστυχ]εῖ H)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπηλάγχθης MaRb, ἀπηλλέχθης Sa   |   ρέ(στης) Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,16–18; Dind. II.116,8–10


Or. 356.02 (vet exeg) ὦ δῶμα: 1ἀπὸ πρώτης παρόδου σημειοῦται τὸ κακόηθες τῆς γνώμης Μενελάου.  2καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δῆλός ἐστι.  3καίτοι παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ εὑρίσκεται τῶν πάλαι πολεμίων φειδόμενος·  4ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ζ ῥαψῳδίᾳ [Hom. Il. 6.37–65] κωμῳδεῖται συγχωρῶν ζῆν τὸν Ἄδραστον δόσιν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελλόμενον.   —MBVCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   From his first entrance, the malice of Menelaus’ attitude is marked as noteworthy. For he did not even land his vessel at Sparta, but first moored at Argos in order to drive Orestes out, as is clear about him in what follows. And yet in the poet (Homer) he is found to be one who spares even his longtime enemies. For in Book 6 (of the Iliad) he is mocked for granting life to Adrastus when the latter was promising a payment of money.

LEMMA: MB, ὦ δῶμα τῆ μὲν σ’ ἡδέως C, 357 τροίαθεν ἐλθὼν V, ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBV      POSITION: follows 352.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   only line ends extant in H   |    1 ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. V [H]   |    πρώτου προόδου Rw   |    2 οὐδὲ … πρότερον] πρότερον οὐκ εἰς σπάρτην κατήχθη ἀλλ’ V   |    οὐδὲ written twice C   |    σπάρτην] πράπειν M   |    ἀνηνέχθη M   |    πρότερος MC   |    εἰς τὸ ἄργος Rw   |    first ὡς om. MCRw   |    after ὀρέστην add. τῶν οἴκων V   |    second ὡς] ὡς καὶ BV   |    ἔσται Rw   |    3–4 καίτοι κτλ om. H   |    3 καίτοι] καὶ MVCRw   |    παρὰ … φειδόμενος] παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRw   |    παρὰ … εὑρίσκεται om. B   |    παρὰ τὸ (abbrev.) M   |    εὑρίσκεται τῶν] ἔρις τοῦτον M [not τούτου as Schw.]   |    4 γὰρ om. VRw   |    κωμωδεῖται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ B   |    ζῆν om. MC   |    ἄδραστον] ἄνδρα τὸν V, ἀνδρ() τὸν Rw   |    ἐπαγγειλάμενον C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐξῆς M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    4 Ζ] ἑβδόμῃ C   |    ἐπαγγελόμενον MVRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,19–137,2; Dind. II.117,18–23

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 356.06 (vet exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μέρει  —B

TRANSLATION:   ‘In this respect’ is used for ‘in part’.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,23


Or. 362.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄρος Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287]· ‘Μαλειάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —HBVC

TRANSLATION:   A mountain of Laconia. And Homer (refers to it): ‘the steep mountain of Maleae’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. H      POSITION: s.l. VC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  after λακωνικῆς add. ἐστι τὸ μάλεον B   |    καὶ om. B   |    second ὄρος om. V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅρος (both) C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,3–4; Dind. II.117,27–118,1

COLLATION NOTES:   V does carry αἰπύ, contra Schw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 363.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτίλων  —H

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.01 (vetThom exeg) Νηρέως προφήτης: 1οὗτος Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεύς·  2ἑωρακὼς δὲ ἰχθὺν παρὰ τὴν ψάμμον βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονεν ἀθάνατος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος,  3ἐφ’ ᾧ κατεπόντισεν ἑαυτόν.  4μαντεύεται δὲ ὡς ὁ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Od. 4.365 sq.] Πρωτεὺς καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [Pyth. 4.20] Τρίτων τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.   —HMBOVCCrMnPrRbRwSaZlZmGuOx

TRANSLATION:   This was a fisherman from Anthedon. (or: This was Anthedonius, a fisherman.) And having observed a fish (marooned and dying) on the beach that tasted a plant and came back to life, by eating (the plant) himself too he became immortal, but not free of old age; for which reason he threw himself into the sea. He gives prophecies as (do) the Proteus in Homer and, in Pindar, Triton to the Argonauts.

LEMMA: MBCMnPrRbSa, 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBPr, (at 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισι) Rb, (at γλαῦκος) ZlZmGu      POSITION: precedes 363.01 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 Ἀνθηδόνιος] ὁ ἀνθ. Rb, ὁ ἀνθ. ὁ ἀπὸ ἀνθηδονίας πόλεως ὢν MnPrSa, ὁ γλαῦκος ἀνθ. Zl   |    ἦν add. before ἁλιεὺς OVMnPrRZlZmGubSa   |    2 δὲ om. CrRwOx   |    παρὰ] περὶ MnPrSaRb ZlZmGu   |    τὴν om. VMnPrSaRb   |    βοτάνην MOCRw, βοτάν(ην) φαγόντα καὶ H   |    γεγευμένον Sa [H]   |    first καὶ om. CrPrSaZlZmGuOx, app. Mn (damage)   |    after φαγὼν add. ὁ γλαῦκος MnPrSa   |    γέγονεν] ἔμεινεν CrOx   |    ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος om. Gu   |    ἀγήρατος V, αγήρμως (sic) Sa, ἀγήρως RwOx, ἀγήραιος Pr   |    3 ἐφ’ ᾧ … ἑαυτόν om. VPrRbSaZlZmGu   |    4 ὡς ὁ] ὡς V, καὶ OCrRwOx, ὡς καὶ MnPrRbSaZlZmGu [H]   |    πρωτεὺς κτλ om. HO   |    παρὰ πινδάρῳ] πατὼν Sa, παπινδ(άρῳ) PrMn, πινδάρω CrRwOx   |    τρίτων BZlZmGu, τριτο M, τρίτον CCrRwOx, τριπ() V, τρισσοῖς (om. τοῖς) MnPrSa, τρισὶν (om. τοῖς) Rb (with a second σ above σ)   |    ἀργαυτῶν (or ‑αιτῶν?) corr. to ἀργαύτην (or ‑αίτην) app. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνθιδόνιος M, ἀναθηδόνιος Mn   |    ἀλιεύς MRb   |    2 ἰχθῦν BRb   |    φαγῶν B   |    3 ἐαυτὸν M, αὑτὸν O, αὐτὸν Rw   |    4 πρῶτον Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,6–11; Dind. II.118,8–12

COMMENT:   See on 318.01. For the belief that Ἀνθηδόνιος was a proper name here, cf. 364.09.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar   


Or. 367.11 (vet exeg) περιπεσὼν πανυστάτοις: 1περισσὴ ἡ περί.  2καί ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς· ἀποθανὼν, πεσὼν, ἀπολωλὼς τοῖς πανυστάτοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου.  3ἢ περιπεσών ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχὼν τοῖς λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου·  4λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τὸν χιτῶνα περιήγαγεν·  5ὡς ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [1281]· ‘κτεῖν’, ὡς ἐν Ἄργει φόνια λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The prefix/preposition ‘peri’ is superfluous. And the sense is ‘having died, having fallen, having been destroyed by the final bath given by his wife’. Or else, (the compound with ‘peri’ means) ‘falling in with’ in the sense ‘meeting with the bath given by his wife’. For as he was bathing she wrapped the robe around him. As in Hecuba: ‘go ahead and kill me, since in Argos a murderous bath awaits you’.

LEMMA: MBVC, περιπεσὼν MnPrSa, πανυστάτοις Rb, λουτροῖσι Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 περισσὴ … ἀλόχου] παρὰ τοῖς πανύστοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου πεσὼν ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλὼς Rw   |    1 ἢ prep. C   |    2 ἀποθανὼν … ἀπολωλὼς om. B   |    after ἀλόχου add. πεσών· ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλῶς B   |    3 ἢ … ἀλόχου om. VMnSa   |    4 γὰρ τὸν om. M   |    after γὰρ add. ἀγαμέ(μνονι) B, τῷ ἀγαμέμνονι Rw   |    πε(ρι)ἤγαγεν M, προσήγαγεν C, προσήγαγ() V, προσήγαγε MnPrRbSa, προσήνεγκε BRw   |    5 ὡς] καὶ VMnRbRwSa   |    ἐν ἐκάβῃ] ἐν ἑκάστω Mn(ἓν)Pr   |    ἑκάβῃ φησὶ B   |    κτεῖν’ om. VMnPrRbSa   |    φόνια λουτρὰ om. Rb   |    λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει] λουτρ’ ἀναμένει C, λουτρά M, om. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπωλωλὼς Sa   |    5 κτεῖναι Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,12–16; Dind. II.118,21–119,2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 369.01 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ δὲ Ναυπλίας: ἀπὸ Ναυπλίου τοῦ πατρὸς Παλαμήδους  —MBOCPrMnRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Derived from Nauplius the father of Palamedes.

LEMMA: MnPrRb(ἐπειδὴ δὲ)Sa, ναυπλίας Rw      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. OC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,17; Dind. II.119,4


Or. 371.01 (vet exeg) δοκῶν Ὀρέστην: 1ὕπουλα πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Μενελάου,  2ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων γνώμης κωμῳδεῖ,  3ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ [445–446]· ‘ὦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχθιστοι βροτῶν, / Σπάρτης ἔνοικοι, δόλια βουλευτήρια’.  4πρὸ γὰρ Διοκλέους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐδίδαξε, Λακεδαιμονίων πρεσβευσαμένων περὶ εἰρήνης,  5ἀπιστήσαντες Ἀθηναῖοι οὐ προσήκαντο, ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Θεοπόμπου, ὅ ἐστι ⟨ἔτεσιν β̅⟩ πρὸ Διοκλέους.  6οὕτως ἱστορεῖ Φιλόχορος [Philochorus FGrHist 328 F 139a].   —MBVCRw, partial OMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   All the words of Menelaus are deceitful, (a portrayal) by which the poet mocks the unreliability of the Lacedaemonians’ attitude/mind, as also in Andromache: ‘O, most hateful of mortals for all people, / dwellers in Sparta, deceitful counselors’. For before Diocles, in whose archonship [409–408] he produced Orestes, when the Lacedaemonians sent ambassadors about peace, the Athenians, distrusting them, did not accept it, during the archonship of Theopompus, that is, two years before Diocles. Thus Philochorus records it.

LEMMA: MBC, δοκῶν Ὀρέστην παῖδα V(but not punct. as lemma)      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: cont. from 370.01 V, from 369. 01, add. δὲ, MnPrRbRwSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντα om. MnPrRbSa   |    τοῦ μενελάου OSa, τῶ μενελ() Rb   |    2–6 ἀφ’ οὗ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὁ ποιητὴς om. Rb   |    γνώμης λακεδαιμονίων transp. MnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐκωμώδει MVC, καμωδεῖ Rb   |    3 ὡς … ὦ om. MnPrRbSa   |    ἀροδρομάχην (or ἀρειδρομάχην?) Rw   |    ὦ] ὡς MVC   |    ἀνθρώποισιν om. MnPrRbRwSa   |    βροτοὶ PrSa, βροτοῖς MnRbRw   |    3–6 δόλια βουλευτ. κτλ om. PrRbSa, βουλευτήρια κτλ om. Mn   |    4 ἀφ’ οὗ VRw   |    πρεσβευσάμενος V   |    5 ἀθηναῖοι om. V   |    προσήκουσαν Rw   |    5–6 ἐπὶ … οὕτως om. VRw   |    5 ὅ ἐστι] ὃς ἦν B   |    ἔτεσιν β̅ suppl. Jacoby   |    6 οὕτως] ὡς B, οὒ των app. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 λακιδαιμ‑ Mn   |    3 σπάρτοις Rb   |    βουλευτηρία M   |    4 ἐδίδαξεν MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,20–138,2; Dind. II.119,8–14

COMMENT:   Poets are usually said to satirize someone with the present κωμῳδεῖ. The imperfect ἐκωμῳδεῖτο with the target of ridicule as the subject is found in sch. Arist., but the present κωμῳδεῖται is about seven times more common in the same sense. Thus active ἐκωμῴδει as in MCV need not be preferred to B’s κωμῳδεῖ.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of historian or scholar   |   Philochorus   |   Euripides, Andromache   


Or. 372.04 (vet gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιλαβεῖν  —M

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,3; Dind. II.119,18


Or. 373.01 (vet exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: 1εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτῶν προκόπτειν.  2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος τοίνυν ἔφεδρος ὢν τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνον τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸν εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται.   —MBVCRbRw, partial MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION:   People are accustomed to reckon the misfortunes of their enemies as unimportant, because they want their misfortune to proceed to the point of death. And Menelaus, accordingly, being the successor looming over Orestes’ realm, defines his merely being alive as good fortune.

LEMMA: MBC, 371 δοκῶν ὀρέστην Rw, ἄλλως V, καὶ ἄλλως MnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows 373.06 VMnPrRbSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰώθασιν μὲν M, εἰώθαμεν VMnPrRbSSa   |    οἱ om. Rb   |    τῶν om. MnPrRbSSa   |    ἀποτυχίας Rw   |    εὐτελεῖς] εὐτυχεῖς MnPrRbSSa   |    θανάτου δὲ Rb   |    ἀτυχίαν] εὐτυχίαν Sa   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς Schw. (as if it were in M; cf. αὐτοῖς in O’s 373.04), αὐτὸν Mn, αὐτὴν Rw   |    2 καὶ ὁ μεν. κτλ om. MnPrSSa   |    ἔφεδρος ὢν] C, ἐφέδρ(ας) ὦν M, ἐφεδρεύων BVRbRw   |    ἀρχὴ δὲ μόνον Rb   |    χωρίζεται Rb, πορίζεται Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,4–7; Dind. II.119,21–120,3


Or. 373.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα,  2ἐλπίζων δὲ περιπτύσσεσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα ὡς σῳζομένους,  3παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸν θάνατον.  4τὸ γὰρ εὐτυχοῦντας ἀντὶ τοῦ σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, contrary to my hopes I heard of the death of Clytemnestra. For (he uses) the word ‘having good fortune’ in the sense ‘safe and healthy’.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in all      POSITION: cont. from prev. in all      

APP. CRIT.:   περιπτύσσεσθαι transp. after ὀρέστην Rw   |    τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα Rw   |    τοῦ om. M   |    καὶ om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 περιπτύσεσθαι MRw   |    3 παρελπιδας MRw   |    κλυτεμν‑ M   |    4 σῷους B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,8–11; Dind. II.120,3–7


Or. 373.05 (vet exeg) τὸ εὐτυχοῦντας κακοήθως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘enjoying good fortune’ (is used) maliciously.

POSITION: cont. from 373.02 without punct. MC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,12; Dind. II.119,21 app.

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 373.07 (vet gloss) ⟨ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας⟩: σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς  —HO

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: 1τῶν ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ κτυπεῖν ταῖς κώπαις.  2ἢ τῶν ναυτῶν.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) of the fishermen, (the word being) derived from ‘strike with oars’. Or (meaning) of the sailors.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν om. BRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,13; Dind. II.120,7–8


Or. 373.15 (vet gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν  —HFKZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   |    τῶν om. FKZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ναύτων Zu   |   


Or. 374.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παιδὸς⟩: γράφεται θυγατρός.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘paidos’, ‘child’) the reading ‘thugatros’ (‘daughter’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,16; Dind. II.120,16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 374.07 (vet exeg) ἀνόσιον φόνον: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ φόνον, κακοήθως ἀνόσιον καὶ ἀσεβῆ φόνον καλεῖ τὴν τιμωρίαν Κλυταιμνήστρας.  —BCRw

TRANSLATION:   Although he should have said ‘pious murder’, maliciously he calls the punishment of Clytemnestra ‘unholy and impious murder’.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   δέον ἦν Rw   |    first φόνον] φη(σι) Rw   |    after κακοήθως add. οὖν Rw   |    τὸν φόνον καλεῖ (om. τὴν τιμ.) Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,14–15; Dind. II.120,11–12

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 375.01 (375–376) (vet paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνος  —M

TRANSLATION:   (The interrupted word order is) equivalent to ‘where the offspring of Agamemnon is’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γώνος app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,17; Dind. II.120,17–18


Or. 376.05 (vet exeg) ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά: 1καὶ ἐκ τούτου δῆλός ἐστιν ὁ Μενέλαος πονηρῶς ταῦτα λέγων.  2δέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρί’, φησὶν ‘ὃς τὰ δεινὰ εἰργάσατο κακά’.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   From this detail too it is clear that Menelaus says these things maliciously. For when he should have said ‘who avenged his father’, he says ‘who accomplished the dreadful evils’.

LEMMA: C, ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη M      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. B (at 377 on next page)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δέον] δὲ M   |    first ὃς] ὡς Rw   |    εἴργασται MBRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κἀκ τούτων B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,18–20; Dind. II.120,19–21

COLLATION NOTES:   κακά in M is blurred and ambiguously written, but it probably is κακά rather than καλά, as Schw. read.   |   


Or. 380.09 (vet exeg) ὃν ἱστορεῖς: 1ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς.   2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία, ὡς ἂν εἴποιμεν ‘ἱστόρησα τὴν πόλιν’.   —BCRw

TRANSLATION:   Either ‘concerning whom you are asking’, or ‘whom you see’. For vision is called ‘historia’, as we might say ‘I saw (‘historēsa’) the city’.

LEMMA: CRw      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  1 οὗ] ὃν C   |    2 ὄψις om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,21–22; Dind. II.121,8–9

COMMENT:   For the juncture in the example, see Plutarch, Pompey 40.1 βουλόμενος ἱστορῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, Julian. epist. 79,11 (also a few times in Byzantine authors).   


Or. 382.02 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω καὶ ταύτην πρώτην ἱκεσίαν ἐπὶ σὲ ποιοῦμαι οὐπώποτέ τινα ἄλλον ἱκετεύσας.  2πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή·  3νῦν δὲ πρωτόλειά φησι τῆς ἱκεσίας τὴν ἀπαρχήν.  4καταχρηστικῶς γὰρ πρωτόλεια πάντα τὰ πρῶτά φασιν.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘I beseech you before all else and I direct toward you this supplication as my first, never yet having supplicated anyone else’. ‘Prōtoleia’ is properly the firstfruits of plunder, but now he uses it to mean the firstfruits of supplication. For they (authors) use the term catachrestically of all things that are first.

LEMMA: MBC, θιγγάνω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων] ἀντιπροσωπούντων C   |    ἱκεσίαν πρώτην transp. Rw   |    ἐπὶ σοῦ B, σοῦ Rw   |    3 πρωτόλειαν φησὶ Rw   |    ἱκέτευσα Rw   |    4 γὰρ] δὲ CRw   |    πρωτόλεια om. Rw   |    φασιν Dindorf, φη(σί) all (φησὶ transp. before πάντα B)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,23–27; Dind. II.121,13–17

KEYWORDS:  catachresis   


Or. 382.06 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτον, σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   Used for ‘prōton’ (‘first’), compound form in place of simple form.

LEMMA: B       POSITION: cont. from 382.02 Rw, s.l. MC, intermarg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,1; Dind. II.121,17–18


Or. 383.01 (vet exeg) ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ στεμμάτων  —HMOVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘without garlands’.

LEMMA: MCSa, ἄλλως ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος V, ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου MnPrRbRwS      REF. SYMBOL: HRb      POSITION: follows 383.06 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OVRbSa, τοῦ om. C   |    στέμματος V, στόματος MnPrRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,6; Dind. II.122,9


Or. 383.02 (vet exeg) 1τὴν φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] ὁ Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’.  2κέκληται δὲ φυλλάς, ἐπεὶ ἐκ φύλλων ἤτοι ἐλαίας ἢ δάφνης {ἢ, ὥς τινες, τὸ ἐκ τούτων ἄνθος} ἐστί,  3καὶ ταύτην τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτουσι τῶν ἱκετευομένων.  4ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὴν ἐκ στόματος καὶ λόγων μόνων ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι.  5τὸ δὲ ἐξάπτων ἔφη παρόσον οὓς ἱκέτευον, τούτοις παρετίθεσαν τὰς ἱκετηρίας.  6Ἀχαιὸς Ἀζᾶσι [Achaeus TrGF 20 F 2]·
      7‘νῦν οὖν ἡμεῖς ἱκέται θαλλούς
      8τε θεῶν τε σέβας τίθεμεν πρὸ ποδῶν
      9τῶν σῶν λῆξαι τῆς ἀστερόπου
      10Ζηνὸς θυσίας’.
11τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου στόματος ἤκουσαν τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας}  12ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ ξηρὰ εὑρίσκεται.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   When supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, as in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands in his hands’. (This branch) is called ‘phullas’ because it is made of leaves (‘phulla’) either of olive or laurel {or as some say the blossom from these}, and they hang these from the knees of those supplicated. Now, since it is customary for those supplicating to hold out a leafy branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making the supplication that comes from his mouth and from words alone. And he said ‘attach/hang from’ because they used to set the suppliant branches beside the people whom they were supplicating. Achaeus (attests this) in his Azanes: ‘Now, then, we suppliants place before your feet the branches and the respectful offering to the gods, asking that we cease from the sacrifice to flashing Zeus’. Some have understood ‘mouth without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sickness’ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are generally found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all, except cont. from 382.02 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀφύλλου δὲ στόματος ὅτι prep. B   |    τὴν om. Rw   |    προέτειναν S   |    στέμμ’ Rw   |    after χερσὶν add. ἑκη() B, add. ἑκηβολ() ἀπόλλων Rw   |    2 κέκληται δὲ Schw., ἢ κέκληται δὲ MC, ἢ κέκληται BRw   |    καὶ add. before φυλλὰς M   |    ἐκ φύλλων] εἰς φύλλον MC   |    ἢ ὡς … ἄνθος del. Schw.   |    second ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2–3 ἐστὶ καὶ ταύτην om. B   |    4 τοῦτο δὲ] Rw (cf. 383.03), τούτῳ δὲ others   |    παρῆν Rw   |    μόνην Rw   |    5 δὲ om. M   |    ἐξάπτειν Rw   |    ἔφησε Rw   |    οὓς] οἷς MC   |    παρεπίθεσαν M, παρετίθεντο Rw   |    6 ἀχαιὸς ἀζᾶσι om. M   |    7 οὖν om. Rw   |    8 τε θεῶν] στεφέων Wilam. Kl.Schr. 4.672   |    θών or θεόν M, θεοῦ Rw   |    τε σέβας] γέρας Arsen. (editions before Dind.; γέρας del. Matt.)   |    τίθεμαι M   |    πεδῶν app. Rw   |    9 τῆς] τὰς Rw   |    ἀστεροπῆς C, ἀστεράπ() Rw, ἀστόργου Wilam.   |    11 second τοῦ om. C   |    12 ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ BRw   |    εὑρίσκονται Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προύτεινον B   |    3 ἐξάπτουσιν M   |    4 πάρεστιν M   |   τοῦτο φησὶ BC (MRw unclear)   |    5 παρ’ὅσον B   |    6 ἀζάσι B, ἄζασι Rw   |    7 θαλούς BC   |    11 κατεξηραμέν(ου) MRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,8–19; Dind. II.122,9–21

COMMENT:   In the quoted fragment of Achaeus, Wilamowitz’s two emendations would change the translation to ‘the branches and the respectful offering of crowns’ and ‘from the sacrifice to cruel Zeus’.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Achaeus   


Or. 383.04 (vet exeg) εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ λιτανεύοντες κλάδους φ[έρειν … ὡς] παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ. διὰ τοῦτο φησὶ φύλλων μὴ ὄντων τὴν ἐκ στόματος μό[ν…  —H

TRANSLATION:   Those making prayers in supplication are accustomed to carry branches [ … as] in Homer. For this reason he says that, there being no leaves, [he makes] the [supplication] from his mouth only.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01 H      

APP. CRIT.:   extent of first gap undetermined; e.g., τοῖς ἱκετευομένοις or καὶ τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων   |    e.g. μό[νου ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι] Daitz   


Or. 383.06 (vet exeg) ἀφύλλου στόματος ἐξάπτων λιτάς: 1τὸ ‘ἀφύλλους λιτάς’ ἐνταῦθα εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Μενελάου Ὀρέστης εἶπε ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς βιάζων ἐκεῖνον γενέσθαι αὐτῷ εἰς βοηθόν.  2οἱ γὰρ ποιούμενοι τὰς λιτὰς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀεὶ κλάδους ἐπεφέροντο νεωστὶ δρεφθέντας ἐκ δένδρων καὶ θάλλοντας καὶ φύλλων κομῶντας καὶ εἰρίοις πολυχρόοις ἀναδεδεμένους, οὓς καὶ εἰρεσιώνας ἐκάλουν.  3τρόπον οὖν τινα ταῦτα λέγει ὁ Ὀρέστης πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον ὅτι ἔδει τὰς λιτὰς ὡς θεῷ σοι προσαγαγεῖν μετὰ κλάδων,  4νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν εἰλοῦμαι παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις καὶ κωλύομαι, τοῦ ἐκ στόματος προαγομένου ⟨λόγου⟩ ταύτας προσάγω.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Orestes said here ‘suppliant prayers without foliage’ to honor Menelaus, trying to force him by very great honors to become his rescuer. For those who made their suppliant prayers to divinity always used to carry branches freshly cut from trees and flourishing and covered with leaves and bound up with wool strips (‘eiria’) of many colors, which they in fact used to call ‘eiresiōnai’. Thus in a certain way Orestes says this to Menelaus, that ‘I should have brought suppliant prayers to you as to a god along with branches, but as it is, because I cannot do this, since I am surrounded on all sides by bronze armor and am prevented, I bring these prayers of speech conveyed from my mouth.’

REF. SYMBOL: V (above ἱκέτης)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δρεθέντας V   |    4 κωλύομαι Schw., κωλυόμενος V   |    λόγου suppl. Mastr. (cf. 383.03 τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων ἱκεσίας); τὰς ἐκ στ. προαγομένας Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,20–140,3; Dind. II.122,22–123,4

COLLATION NOTES:   For δρεθέντας rather than δρεσθέντας as read by Schw., compare εθ in ἔθος 12 lines later in V.   |   


Or. 385.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων⟩: τίνα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν βλέπω  —M

TRANSLATION:   Whom of the dead do I see?

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,4; Dind. II.123,13–14


Or. 386.01 (vet exeg) εὖ γ’ εἶπας: 1καλῶς με νεκρὸν ἐκάλεσας·  2οὐ γὰρ ζῶ ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.   3ὅσον ἥκει εἰς τὰ κακά, ⟨οὐ⟩ ζῶ.   —HMBC, partial VAaSar

TRANSLATION:   You correctly called me a corpse. For I am not alive because of my troubles. As far as pertains to my troubles, I am ⟨not⟩ alive.

LEMMA: MCSa      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. VAaSar      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φησὶ (or e.g. [εἰκότως]/ φησὶ?) prep. H   |    νεκρὸν με transp. Aa   |    ἐκάλεσας] ὠνόμασας B   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Aa   |    2 οὐ] οὕτως C   |    ζῶ] ζῶν C   |    3 ὅσον … ζῶ om. VSar   |    ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ H, rest lost in cut margin   |    ἥκει Schw., ἧκεν MBC [H]   |    οὐ suppl. Schw.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,5–6; Dind. II.123,15–16

COMMENT:   In the first sentence in H we cannot tell whether any preceding word occurred in the lost margin. Beginning a scholion with the word φησὶ is rare, but attested. In the third sentence, with δὲ included, it is possible that H had a different version, paraphrasing φάος δ’ ὁρῶ, such as ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν ζῶ].   


Or. 389.11 (vet gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: κατεσκληκυίαις νεκραῖς  —HBCFV3Y2

POSITION: s.l. HCY2, intermarg. B, marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B, ταῖς prep. H   |   νεκρ. κετεσκλ. transp. V3, νεκρ. καὶ κετεσκλ. F   |    νεκραῖς om. H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,2–3


Or. 390.09 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ ὄνομ’ οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον λείπεται τὰ ἐμά.  2καὶ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον σαλεύει τὰ κατ’ ἐμέ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν μοι φροῦδον γέγονεν.   —HMBVCPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘my situation/existence is left (reduced) to a name alone’. And the situation with me is storm-tossed/totters, (reduced) to a name alone, since my entire body is gone.

LEMMA: V, perhaps Sa (faded), lemma τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον MC, οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι Mn(app. a.c. λέπέ)PrRbS(λέλειπέ)      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα] ἐν ὀνόματι B [H, Sa now illegible]   |    τοῦ om. C   |    τὸ add. before ὄνομα MnPrRbS   |    after ἐμὰ repeated καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα λείπεται τὰ ἐμὰ Rb   |    2 καὶ εἰς ὄν. μόν. om. MnPrRbSSa   |    σαλεύει] λείπεται M(‑ετε)C   |    ἐπειδὴ H   |    πᾶν V, πάνυ MnPrRbSSa [H]   |    γεγονός V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λείπεται] λείπετε M   |   2 γέγονε Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,7–9; Dind. II.124,5–7


Or. 392.01 (vet exeg) ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαιπώρου φονεύς: 1ἤτοι ὅτι μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν αὐτήν, ταλαίπωρόν φησιν·  2οὐ γὰρ πρὸ πράξεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν οἱ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν·  3ἢ προαγόμενος αὐτὸν εἰς ἔλεον διὰ τοῦ καθομολογεῖν τὴν ἀνοσίαν ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν·  4ἢ ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτὸν ὅτι ἔκδικος τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπάρχει.  5τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος παρὰ τὴν πώρην, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ πένθος.  6Ἀντίμαχος [Antimachus fr. 54 Matthews = 48 Wyss]· ‘πωρητὺν ἀλόχοισι καὶ οἷς τεκέεσσιν ἕκαστος’, ἀντὶ τοῦ πένθος.   —MBC, partial VMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Either because he regrets having killed her, he uses ‘unhappy’ (‘talaipōros’). For we are not in fact the same (in our judgment) before action and after the action. Or (he uses the term) because he is inducing him to feel pity by admitting his own unholy action. Or because he is reminding him (Menelaus) that he (Orestes) is the avenger of his father. And the word ‘talaipōros’ is derived from ‘pōrē’, which means grief. Antimachus (uses this root): ‘they each of them (caused) grief for their wives and children’, (with ‘pōrē’) equivalent to ‘penthos’ (grief).

LEMMA: V, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαι() B, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς MCRw, ὧδ’ εἰμὶ MnPrRbSSa (ὦδ’ MnRb; εἶμι MnPrS, app. Sa)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 ἤτοι … διὰ τοῦ add. in blank space V1   |    1 μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν] ἀνεῖλεν V1Rb, ἀνεῖλον MnPrSSa, μετανοῶν Rw   |    αὐτὴν τὴν MnPrRbSSa   |    ταλαίπωρον ἔφη BRw   |    2 οὐ γὰρ … τυγχάνομεν om. V1MnPrRbRwSSa, transp. after 3 ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν B   |    οὐ γὰρ B, εἰ γὰρ MC   |    after τυγχάνομεν add. ταλαίπωρον ἔφη MC   |    3 ἢ om. BRw   |    προαγ‑ RbS, προσαγ‑ others (except προσώμενος Sa), ‑όμενον MV1C   |    διὰ τὸ MBCRwSa   |    τὴν ἀνόσιον VMnRwSSa, τὸ ἀνόσιον Rb   |    ἑαυτοῦ BV, αὐτοῦ others [Pr]   |    4 ἢ om. M   |    μιμνήσκων M   |    αὐτὸν] ἑαυτὸν V   |    ἔνδικος S   |    τοῦ om. Rb   |    5–6 τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος κτλ om. VMnPrRbSSa   |    τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος] τὸ δὲ ταλαιπώρου MC, ταλαίπωρος δὲ B, ταλαίπωρος Rw   |    6 ἀντίμαχος κτλ om. Rw   |    πωρητὺν Dind. (after Sopingius), πώρητυ ἀλόχοισι B, πωρηαλέχοισιν M, πώρηαλόχοισι C   |    τέκεσι M   |    τοῦ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤτοι] εἴ τι S   |   3 πράξιν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,10–16; Dind. II.124,16–22

COMMENT:   For the statement in 2, since σύνεσις appears strikingly a few lines later, it may be relevant that commentators on Aristotle note the difference between φρόνησις and σύνεσις in similar terms of before and after: e.g. Eustratius CAG 20:369,4–5 ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τῆς πράξεως καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἡ φρόνησις, ἡ δὲ (scil. σύνεσις) μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ τὸ τέλος.   |   In 3 προάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is attested in Lycurg. in Leocrat. 33 and Aristot. Rhet. 1354a25, while προσάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is not attested.   |   The third explanation (in 4) is hard to understand unless it reflects an alternative, far-fetched construal in which the adj. refers to Orestes, ‘the mother of a wretched man’.   |   For Antimachus (6), see Matthews, Wyss, and Sch. Soph. OC 14 Xenis. G. Sopingius restored the correct spelling πωρητὺν in the quotation in Sch. Soph. OC 14 in his note on Hesychius πωρητὺς· ταλαιπωρία, πένθος, p. 808 of ΗΣΥΧΙΟΥ ΛΕΞΙΚΟΝ cum variis doctorum virorum notis etc., Leiden 1668.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Antimachus   


Or. 393.03 (vet exeg) φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις λέγειν κακά: 1λείπει τὸ ὥστε·  2ἤκουσα, ὥστε φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά.  3οἷον παραιτοῦ τὰ κακὰ πολλάκις λέγειν.  4ὀλιγάκις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδ’ ὅλως, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 5.800] ‘ἦ ὀλίγον οἱ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς’.   —MBC, partial VMnPrRbRwSSaGu

TRANSLATION:   ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied. I heard, and so spare speaking of the evils. As if to say, refrain from mentioning the evils repeatedly. And ‘few times’ is used in place of ‘not at all’, as in the (Homeric) line ‘Indeed Tydeus fathered a son little similar to himself’.

LEMMA: MC, φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις others except Gu      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 λείπει … λέγειν] φείδου δὲ καὶ παραιτοῦ Gu   |    1–2 λείπει … κακά om. Rw   |    1 λείπει τὸ ὥστε] ἵν’ ᾖ VMnPrRbSSa   |    τὸ om. M   |    2 τὰ om. VMnPrRbSSa   |    3 οἷον … λέγειν om. VMnRbSSa   |    4 ὀλιγάκις δὲ] ὀλιγάκις RwGu, τὸ δὲ ὀλιγάκις VMnPrRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. C   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. MnPrSSa   |    ὡς τὸ] ὅμηρος Rw   |    παῖδες (ἐοικότα γ. τ. om.) VRb   |    ἐοικότες (om. γείνατο τυδεύς) Rw   |    τυδεύς om. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 οὐδ’ ὅλως B, οὐδόλως Gu, οὐδὲ ὅλως others (ὀδὲ ὅλως Mn) [M illegible]   |   ἧ B, ἢ VRb [M]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,17–20; Dind. II.125,2–5, 125,7–9

COMMENT:   The full explanation applies ὥστε to the connection between ἤκουσα and φείδου, but since a conjunction is present, λείπει is oddly applied (e.g. for ἀντὶ τοῦ). Perhaps at an earlier stage λείπει τὸ ὥστε was intended to apply to λέγειν, since that has to be taken as an epexegetic infinitive if one does not emend the line, and such an infinitive often attracts as gloss ὥστε or λείπει ὥστε (as in 393.22).   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 393.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα· φείδου δ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 393.17 (vet gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: οὐδὲ ὅλως  —HMCAbCrMnPrSOxY2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ἤγουν prep. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐδόλως CCrOxY2Gu, οὐδόλως or οὐδ’ὅλως H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,10


Or. 394.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ δαίμων … πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: διὸ λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται πλουσίως καὶ πολυτελῶς ἔχων τὰ κακά.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   For that reason he is compelled to speak, having his ills richly and sumptuously.

POSITION: s.l., except cont. from 393.03 B      

APP. CRIT.:  διὸ λ. ἀναγ. om. V   |    after ἀναγκάζεται add. ὁ ὀρέστης B   |    ἔχω B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,4–5; Dind. II.125,5–6


Or. 395.03 (vet gloss) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: πρᾶγμα  —MBCrF2GOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,6


Or. 396.01 (vet exeg) ἡ σύνεσις ὅτι σύνοιδα: 1ἐγκαλοῦσί τινες·  2πῶς γὰρ, φασὶν, αἰτιᾶται τὴν σύνεσιν, τὸ πᾶν αἴτιον τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐχουσῶν;  3ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ δισσῶν φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι, περὶ μὲν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ὑγιείας ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως, ἐν δὲ τῇ λύσσῃ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων·  4ὃ καὶ ἐπάγει [400]· ‘μανίαι τε’.   —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Some find fault (with this line). For how, they say, does he blame awareness/conscience when the Erinyes are fully responsible? They do not realize that he is saying he is destroyed by two things, during the time of his (mental) health by his consciousness (of his crime), and in his madness by the Erinyes, as he in fact mentions hereafter, ‘and fits of madness’.

LEMMA: MVC, ἡ σύνεσις BRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: between sch. 397.01 and sch. 397.02 Rw; in two parts O, with (3) ἐν δὲ … ἐριννύων written beside 400 and a line from συνειδήσεως to ἐν      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 om. O   |    2 γὰρ om. C   |    φασὶν Dindorf, φη(σὶν) all   |    αἰτιατικῆ Rw   |    σύνεσιν] σύνταξιν a.c. Rw   |    ἐρινύων om. Rw   |    3 ὑπὲρ δισσῶν V   |    φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι] ἀπόλλυμι O (a.c. ἀπόλυμι)   |    περὶ] παρὰ VRwO   |    τῶ καιρῶ O   |    second ὑπὸ] ὑπὲρ V, ἐκ MC, ἀπὸ Rw   |    4 ὃ … μανίαι τε om. O   |    at end add. μητρός add. M(app.)CRw, add. defective version of sch. 400.01 (beginning with μητρός θ’) B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παναίτιον V, παραίτιον Rw   |    ἐριννύων V   |    3 ὑγείας OCRw   |    ἐριννύων OVRw   |    4 ἐπάγη C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,7–11; Dind. II.125,19–24

COMMENT:   περὶ τὸν καιρόν is common in all periods of Greek, and in tragic scholia see sch. 227.06 περὶ [παρὰ Rw] γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας, Sch. Aesch. Prom. 55a περὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σοῦ γάμου. In contrast, παρὰ (τὸν) καιρόν is common in the sense ‘contrary to what the occasion demands’, but for a temporal sense see perhaps Sch. Soph. OC 1530–4 Xenis παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τελευτῆς (παρὰ L and T, περὶ others, but they also omit τῆς τελευτῆς).   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 396.02 (vet exeg) σύνοιδα: μετὰ γὰρ τὴν μανίαν ἡ ἔννοια τῶν κακῶν αὐτὸν ἐδάμαζεν.  —MBOVCMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   For after his madness the thought of his evils overcame him.

LEMMA: MnPrRbSa, ὅτι σύνοιδα δεῖν’ εἰργασμένος (not punct. as start of sch.) BV(δείν’)C(δεῖν)       POSITION: s.l. (at 395 τίς ἀπ. νόσος) M, beside 395 O; cont. from prev. V, cont. from 397.02 BC      

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ] κατὰ Sa   |    γὰρ om. MnPrRbSa   |    μανίαν] κακίαν M   |    αὐτὸν om. MO, αὐτῶν C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐδάμαζε CSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,12; Dind. II.125,17–18; 126,14–15


Or. 396.04 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ συνείδησις  —HCrFRfOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*B4

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. B4      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἡ om. RfZu, perhaps B4(obscured in binding)   


Or. 397.01 (vet exeg) πῶς φῄς: διὰ τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἔπος ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, τούτου ἕνεκεν λέγει αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Because he (Orestes) did not reply with a (clear, exact) fit to the (preceding) utterance, for this reason he (Menelaus) says he has spoken unclearly.

LEMMA: all, except σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές B      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτον V, τούτων Rw   |    λέγειν V   |    ἀσαφῶς] BC, σαφῶς VMnPrRbSa, ἄσα ὅτι M, om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦτου a.c. Mn   |   ἔνεκεν Mn, ἕνεκα VRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,14–15; Dind. II.126,9–10


Or. 397.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν ἰδέαν ἐπύθετο τῆς νόσου, ὁ δὲ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔφη, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πάντως νόσος,  2τούτου χάριν φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι.  3τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως νόσος;  4ἡ λύπη, ὡς ἑξῆς λέγει.   —BVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Since he himself asked for the form of the sickness, but the other replied with ‘consciousness’, and this is not in every circumstance a sickness, for this reason he (Menelaus) says that he (Orestes) has spoken unclearly. What, then, is the sickness from consciousness? Anguish, as he says next.

LEMMA: B(repeated in marg.)C, σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές VRw      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μὲν om. C   |    πύθετο Rw   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    τὸ συνειδὸς] συνειδὼς Rw   |    2 αὐτὸν] αὐτῶ V   |    ἀσαφὲς Rw   |    at end add. sch. 396.02 BC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,16–19; Dind. II.126,10–14


Or. 397.06 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφὲς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφὲς λέγειν.  —M

TRANSLATION:  

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ λέγειν σαφές M, transp. Mastr.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,20; Dind. II.


Or. 397.07 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφῶς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφῶς.  —B

TRANSLATION:   It is not speaking unclearly that is wise, but (speaking) clearly.

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,20 app.; Dind. II.126,15–16


Or. 400.01 (vet exeg) μανίαι τε μητρὸς αἵματος τιμωρίαι: 1αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς,  2ἃς ὑφίσταμαι τιμωρίαν ταύτην διδοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The ones that take vengeance for the bloodshed of my mother, the ones that I endure in giving this atonement for the killing of my mother.

LEMMA: M(θ’ αἵματος)C(om. τε), μανίαι τε μητρὸς Rw, μητρός θ’ αἵματος (not punct. as lemma) B, αἵματος τιμωρίαι others except O      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from 396.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος om. B, αἱ om. O   |    αἵματος] φόνου s.l. O   |    2 ἃς τιμωρ. κτλ om. O; punct. and rubr. as if ἃς begins new sch. Mn   |    ἃς] ἣν B   |    τιμωρίαν … τῆς om. Sa   |    φόνου τῆς μητρός transp. Rw   |    φόνου] μόρου MnPrRbSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιμωριτ‑ a.c. Mn   |    αἷματος M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,21–23; Dind. II.126,22–23


Or. 400.13 (vet exeg) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ [398] ‘διαφθείρουσά με’.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘destroying me’ in common here.

POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ C   |    διαφθείρουσά Schw., ‑ουσί M, ‑ουσι BC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,24; Dind. II.126,25–26


Or. 401.01 (vet exeg) ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε: 1καὶ τοῦτο πονηρῶς.  2θέλων γὰρ ἐλέγξαι ὡς θεομισῆ φησιν ‘ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε’.  3ἤθελε γὰρ μαθεῖν εἰ χρόνιόν ἐστι τὸ νόσημα καὶ δυσίατον.   —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   This too (he says) maliciously. For it is because he (Menelaus) wants to convict him (Orestes) of being hated by the gods that he says ‘when did you begin your madness?’ For he wanted to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and hard to cure.

LEMMA: MBV, ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης C      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 μὴ θέλων MVC   |    ἐξελέγξαι τὸν ἀνέψιον B   |    δὲ om. V   |    3 ἐθελ‑ initially M, but corrected   |    δύσ at end of line, om. ιατον V; on next line with ecthesis and enlarged capital, ἄψαυστον followed by three-dot punctuation (usual mark of separation between end of one scholion and lemma of the next)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,25–27; Dind. II.127,1–3

COMMENT:   Unless there has been a major confusion of two notes expressing different opinions, μὴ θέλων in MVC must be an accidental mistake, or a very clumsy attempt to make Menelaus more kindly toward Orestes. Compare the absence of μὴ in O’s version 401.02.   


Or. 402.01 (vet paraphr) ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν: ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ὑψηλοποίουν τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   On the day on which I built high the tomb of my mother.

LEMMA: MC(μῆτερ), ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μνήμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,1–2; Dind. II.127,9–10


Or. 402.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὁ δὲ φησὶν ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα ἐξώγκουν [ταύτην] τιμῶν, καὶ τὸ χῶμα ἐπιβάλλων ὑψηλοποίουν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He (Orestes) says ‘(it was) on the day on which I heaped up the tomb of my mother, honoring her, and by placing the mound on top I built (it) high’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 401.01      

APP. CRIT.:   ταύτην suppl. Mastr. (damage in B)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑψιλοποίουν B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,1–2 app.; Dind. II.127,3–4


Or. 402.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν ταφῷ⟩: γράφεται ἐν ᾗ ταλαίνης μητρὸς ἐξώγκουν τάφον.  —MB

TRANSLATION:   There is (also) the reading ‘(day) on which I heaped up the tomb (with accusative instead of dative) of my wretched mother’ (with genitive instead of accusative).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.01 M; intermarg. B       

APP. CRIT.:   τάλαιναν M, and perhaps μ(ητ)ρ(ὸ)ς corrected to μ(ητέ)ρ’   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,3; Dind. II.127,5–6

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 402.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: ὅ ἐστι· τὸ χῶμα ἐπέβαλλον.  —MOV3C

TRANSLATION:   Which means: I placed the mound on top.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.03 M, from 402.01 C, s.l. OV3      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι om. OV3   |    τῶ O   |    ὑπέβαλον O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπέβαλον C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,4; Dind. II.127,6 (cf. 127,14)


Or. 402.17 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ἐτίμων  —HH3MV3CGuY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Y2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,5; Dind. II.127,10


Or. 402.18 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὑψηλοποίουν  —HF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.01 (vet exeg) πότερα κατ’ οἴκους: 1ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω, τουτέστιν ἐν ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἤρξω καὶ ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ.  2κακοήθως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο.   —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘did you begin’ from the earlier use: in other words, on what day and in what place did you begin? This point too (is made) maliciously.

LEMMA: all (κατοἴκους M, κατοίκους C) except 401 ἤρξω δὲ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω om. Rw   |    τουτέστιν … ἤρξω] δὲ ποίαν ἡμέραν (punct. after κοινοῦ) V   |    τουτέστιν] τοῦ δέ ἐστιν M   |    ἐν ποίᾳ] ἐμποῖα M   |    2 κακόηθες (δὲ …. τοῦτο om.) V   |    δὲ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,6–8; Dind. II.127,16–18

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 403.02 (vet exeg) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο.  —H

TRANSLATION:   This point too (is made) maliciously.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 403.05 (vet gloss) ⟨πότερα⟩: ἆρα  —BV1Ab2CrF2ROxZb1Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα V1Zb1, ὅρα Cr, a.c. Ox (ἅρα p.c.)   |   


Or. 404.01 (vet exeg) νυκτὸς φυλάσσων: 1ὁ δὲ φιλαλήθως [ca. 10–12 letters washed out] πέπονθα·  2μήποτέ τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ.  3ἢ παρατηρῶν πότε σβεσθείσης τῆς φλογὸς ἀφέλωμαι τὰ ὀστᾶ.   —B, partial OVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   And he (Orestes) truthfully [says ‘by night(?)] I suffered’. (The sense is: watching) lest anyone take away the bones. Or ‘watching for the moment when, the flame having died out, I may pick out the bones (for burial)’.

LEMMA: CRw; ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν V, ὀστέων Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 403.01 B; O has second sentence s.l., third in margin      

APP. CRIT.:   1 in B only; for washed out letters, Arsenius gives λέγει κατὰ τὴν νύκτα   |    2 μή τις O   |    3 σβεσθείσης] ἀφεθείσης C   |    3 τὰ ὀστᾶ] ταῦτα VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀφέλ() V   |    2 ὀστά OCRb   |    3 ἀφέλομαι OVCRb, ἀφέληται Rw   |    3 ὀστά OC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,9–10; Dind. II.127,18 app.


Or. 404.02 (vet exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: φυλάττων πότε σβεσθῇ [ἡ(?)] κα[ῦσις(?)] ἵν[α] μὴ (?)ἀφέληται(?) τὰ ὀστᾶ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the moment when the burning would be extinguished so that (someone?) not could remove the bones.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   either σβεσθεῖ or ‑ῆ H   |   


Or. 405.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ἐνοσοκόμει  —HMOVC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνοστοκόμει C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,4–5


Or. 408.05 (vet exeg) νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς· νυκτὶ ὁμοίας, ὡς ὁ ποιητής [Hom. Il. 1.47]· ‘νυκτὶ ἐοικώς’.  —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Similar to night’ is here) equivalent to ‘terrifying’. ‘Like the night’, as the poet (Homer puts it): ‘appearing like the night’.

LEMMA: Pr with preposed τὸ δὲ      POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B; cont. from sch. 410.07 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς om. BPr   |    νυκτί ὁμοίας om. M. ὁμοίας νυκτὶ transp. Pr   |    ὁ om. Pr   |    after ποιητής add. φη(σι) Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,11–12; Dind. II.128,10–11

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 410.06 (vet exeg) εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου: 1κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπαιδεύτως.  2ἢ οὕτως· εὐπαιδεύτως δὲ ποιεῖς ὀνομάζειν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας παραιτούμενος.   —MBCRw, partial V3

TRANSLATION:   By use of the opposite term, used instead of ‘boorishly/ignorantly’. Or interpret in this way: you act in a well-educated manner in declining to call them by the name Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; ἄλλως· εὐπαίδευτα B; σεμναὶ γὰρ εὐπαίδευτα Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 410.07 in B      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 κατὰ … οὕτως om. V3   |    1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 δὲ om. MV3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὀνομάζ M   |   ἐριννύας RwV3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.127,13–15; Dind. II.128,21–23

COLLATION NOTES:   After the scholion-ending mark Rw fills the small remainder of last line of the scholia block on fol. 18v with τίς φερ(ὲς)(?) συμφερ(ὲς)(?) and possibly καὶ(?) π[ appears below (erased, washed out?).   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 410.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀπαιδεύτως φυλάττου ὀνομάζειν αὐτάς.  2πῶς δὲ ἀπαιδεύτως;  3καλῶν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Guard yourself from boorishly/ignorantly naming them. And in what sense ignorantly? By calling them Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; εὐπαίδευτα BV(‑δευτ())Rb, ἀπαίδευτα Mn(ἀπέδ‑)PrSSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: precedes 410.06 in B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BVMnPrRbSSa, before that δὲ καλῶν αὐτὰς ἐρινύας crossed out Rb    |    ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα VSSa, ἀπαιδεύτους C, ἀπαίδευτα εὐπαίδευτα Rb   |    φυλάττουσιν V   |    αὐτοῖς S, αὐτὰ app. Mn   |    2 πῶς … 3 αὐτὰς om. Pr   |    2 ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα MnRbSSa, a.c. V (corr. V1)   |    3 καλῶν written in blank space by V1   |    after ἐριν. add. παραιτούμενος Pr (cf. 410.06)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπεδεύτως Mn   |    2 ἀπέδευτα Mn   |    3 ἐριννύας VMnPrSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,16–17; Dind. II.128,20–21


Or. 411.01 (vet exeg) αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι: 1κακοήθως τῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς μανίας.  2κακόηθες δὲ καὶ τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν αὐτὸν τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  3ἤρκει γὰρ ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously he used the word (‘bakcheuō’, ‘make rave, afflict with divine madness’) instead of ‘madness’ (‘mania’). And it is also malicious that he reminds him (Orestes) of the murder of his mother. For it was sufficient to say ‘these (goddesses) make you rave’.

LEMMA: M(‑ουσιν)BVCPr, αὗταί σε Rb, συγγενεῖ φόνω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ὀνόμασιν V   |    ἐχρήσαντο MC   |    ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς Schw., τὸν τῆς M, τῆς others   |    τῆς μανίας transp. before ἐχρήσατο H   |    2–4 κακόηθες κτλ om. H   |    2 κακόηθες] κακοήθως M   |    καὶ om. RbRw   |    τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν] τὸ μὴ εἴπης ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον ὑπομιμνήσκειν Sa (cf. sch. 415.06)   |    αὐτὸν om. V   |    3 ἤρκει γὰρ treated as beginning of new note Mn(punct.)Sa(first words by rubr.)   |    γὰρ] γὰρ τὸ VS, τὸ Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 βακχεύουσιν MCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,18–20; Dind. II.128,26–129,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 411.06 (vet gloss) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: illegible gloss  —H

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.13 (vet exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: λείπει ἡ διά, ἵν’ ᾖ διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον.  —HMaMbBC

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘dia’ is to be understood, so that the sense is ‘because of the kindred murder’.

LEMMA: συγγενῆ φόνον in text Rw (φόνον alone s.l. in M)      POSITION: s.l. HMbC, marg. B, cont. from 411.01, add. δὲ, Ma      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. or compend. obscured under overwritten text H   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] H, om. MbBC   |    τὸ MbC   |    φόνον om. MbC (unless s.l. (φόν)ον in M is meant to be a continuation of note positioned somewhat to the left)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγγενὴ Mb, συγγενεῖ H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,20–21; Dind. II.129,8–9

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 413.01 (vet exeg) οὐ δεινὰ: 1γυμνὸν ἐνταῦθα δείκνυται τὸ ἦθος τοῦ Μενελάου·  2κατέκρινε γὰρ αὐτὸν χώρις κρίσεως.   —MBCMnPraPrbRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the character of Menelaus is shown laid bare: for he condemned him (Orestes) without a trial.

LEMMA: RSSa, app. Mn([οὐ] δείνα sic], οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 BPra; s.l. MCPrb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 prep. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ (τῶ B) εἰπεῖν· οὐ δεινὰ (δεῖνα Pra) πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους. BPra   |    γυμνὸν] γυμνῶς PrbRw, om. MnRbSSa   |    ἐνταῦθα om. BPra   |    δείκνυται] φαίνεται C   |    ἦθος τοῦ] κακόηθες B, ἦθος τὸ κακὸν Pra   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    2 κατακρίν() Prb   |    χωρὶς] ἄνευ Schw., incorrectly implying it is in M (χω()΄)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,1–2; Dind. II.129,1–5

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 414.04 (vet exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορά: 1ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν δεινὰ πεπραχέναι, φησὶν Ὀρέστης·  2ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν τῆς συμβάσης τύχης ἀναφορά, ὅ ἐστι·  3δυνάμεθα τοῦ συμβάντος πράγματος τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναγαγεῖν εἴς τινα, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι ἡμᾶς αἰτίους δεινῶν πράξεων.  4εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τοῦ πατρός· οὐ γὰρ σοφόν.  5εἰ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα ἀνεῖλες τὴν μητέρα, δεινὰ πέπραχας·  6σὺ γὰρ οὐκ ὤφειλες θάνατον ἐπαγαγεῖν τῇ μητρί, ἀλλ’ ἡ δημοσία κρίσις.  7εἶτα Ὀρέστης λέγει ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ διεπραξάμην, εἴγε θεὸς ὁ κρίνας καὶ κελεύσας.  8εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· τοῦτο τὸ δεινὸν ἔκρινεν ἀμαθὴς ὤν.  9εἶτα Ὀρέστης· εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι.  10εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· εἰ αὐτός σοι ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα καὶ μαινόμενον;  11εἶτα Ὀρέστης· ἴσως ἐλεήσει, ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον.   —MaBVCPr, partial Mb

TRANSLATION:   Because Menelaus had said ‘it is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’ and had condemned him as having done terrible things, Orestes says: But we have a recourse for the fortune that has befallen us, which is to say, we can refer the cause/blame for what happened to someone (else) so that we not be responsible for terrible deeds. Then Menelaus: Do not speak of the death of your father. That is not wise. For even if you killed your mother because of your father, you have done terrible things. For you should not have been the one imposing death on your mother, but (it should) rather (have been) the verdict of the people. Next, Orestes says that Apollo decided it and therefore I did not do terrible things, since the one who decided and commanded was a god. Then Menelaus: He decided on this terrible act, being ignorant. Then Orestes: I do not know whether the gods are ignorant or wise, but this I do know, that we are their slaves and we obey them, of whatever nature they are, whether wise or unwise. Then Menelaus: If he himself commanded you, how is it that he does not pity you in your sickness and madness? Then Orestes: Perhaps he will show pity, for the divine always acts slowly.

LEMMA: MaCPr, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἀναφορά B, ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς V      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: Mb s.l. at 415; as three sep. notes Pr (1–7, and after intervening sch. 416.01, 8–10 and 11)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 ἐπεὶ εἶπεν … μενέλαος om. Mb   |    1–2 ἐπεὶ … ἀναφορά om. V   |    1 second δεινὰ om. CPr   |    τοῖς εἰργασμένοις MaC   |    κατέκρικεν app. Ma   |    δεινὰ πεπραχέναι] Schw., δεινὰ κεκρικέναι MaC, om. BPr   |    2 ὅ ἐστι] ἢ V, corr. V1   |    3 ἀγαγεῖν Pr   |    μὴ] νῦν Pr, om. V, with ἀναιτίους for αἰτίους   |    δεινῶν] δεῖνα Pr   |    4 τοῦ] τὸν τοῦ V   |    οὐ γὰρ] τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ BPr (οὐ s.l. Pr)   |    5 εἰ γὰρ καὶ] καὶ γὰρ Pr   |    διὰ τὸν] διὰ τὸν σὸν V, διὰ Mb   |    ἀνεῖλες] ἀνἦιλες Ma, ἀνῆλες Mb, πρὸς V   |    πέπρακας MaMbC   |    6–11 om. Mb   |    7 λέγει] ἀντιλέγει V   |    ὅτι ὁ ἀπόλλων] ὁ φοῖβος V   |    διεπράξαμεν C   |    εἴγε] εἰ γὰρ Ma   |    8 ἀμαθὴς ὢν transp. before τοῦτο B, ἀμαθὴς ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ transp. before τοῦτο Pr, ἀμαθὴς ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ V (without transposition)   |    9 οἱ om., add. s.l. B   |    δουλευόμεθα C   |    after αὐτοῖς add. ὅτι θεοὶ V   |    10 αὐτός] οὗτος V   |    σοι] σε Pr   |    11 ἀεὶ … θεῖον] τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀεὶ μακροθυμεῖ V   |    after θεῖον add. καὶ μακροθυμεῖ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   7 ἔκρινεν Ma   |    9 (second) εἴτε ] εἶτε Ma   |    9 (third) εἴτε ] εἶτε Ma   |    10 ἐκέλευσεν Ma   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,4–18; Dind. II.129,25–130,14


Or. 414.19 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῆς ξυμφορᾶς⟩: τῶν συμβάντων πραγμάτων  —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Of the event’ here means) ‘of the events that occurred’.

POSITION: s.l. MPr, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ συμβὰν τῶν πραγμάτων Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,3; Dind. II.129,25


Or. 415.01 (vet exeg) μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς: 1ὁ μὲν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ᾐνίξατο αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον.  2ἐκκλείων οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας φησὶ·  3μὴ λέγε τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς μηδ’ αὐτὸς ἁμαρτὼν εἰς τὸν πατέρα ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.  4εὔηθες γὰρ τὸ αὐτόν τινα ἁμαρτάνοντα ἄλλῳ περιτιθέναι τὴν αἰτίαν.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The one (Orestes) hinted that Apollo was responsible for his madness, but the other (Menelaus) thought he was speaking of the death of his father. Therefore, blocking him out of a defence, he says: ‘Do not speak of the death of your father, nor when you yourself did the wrong refer the wrong to your father’. For it is foolish for a person who has himself committed a wrong to attach the blame to another.

LEMMA: MBCPr; φοῖβος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ πατρὸς] τῆς μητρὸς MC   |    2 ἀποκλείων MCRw, ἐγκλείων Pr   |    αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας] αὐτὸν Rw, αὐτῷ MC   |    3 τοῦ πατρὸς] σοι τῆς μητρὸς ἀπὸ μανίας MC, τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπὸ μανίας Rw   |    ἁμαρτήσας B   |    εἰς τὴν μητέρα MCRw   |    ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν] ἁμαρτίαν εἰς ἄλλον ἀνατίθει Rw   |    4 τὸν αὐτὸν τινὰ MCRw   |    ἄλλῳ] ἀλλα M   |    αἰτίαν] ἁμαρτίαν BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 μὴ δὲ Pr   |    ἁμαρτῶν MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.144,24–28; Dind. II.131,29–132,3

COMMENT:   The version of MC is extraordinarily different. Perhaps an instance of πρϲ was misread as μρϲ and then other instances were made to conform. But there are corruptions beyond that, and MC may descend from unsuccessful decipherment of a damaged note in an exemplar. See also 415.09 for the view that it is the mother’s death and not the father’s.   


Or. 415.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: 1σὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, αὐτὸς αἴτιος τυγχάνεις. ἢ οὕτω·  2μὴ ὀνομάσῃς τὸν {περὶ} μητρὸς φόνον μηδὲ λέγε ὅτι τοῦτον προστέταξαι παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος πράττειν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει θεῷ τὸ πρόσταγμα, ὅθεν σιώπα καὶ κρύπτε τὸ ἀμαθὲς τοῦ δαίμονος.  4ἢ μὴ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἀνενέγκῃς·  5οὐ γάρ ἐστι σοφὸν τοῦτο.   —MCRw

TRANSLATION:   (Do not mention death) because, he (Menelaus) says, you yourself are to blame. Or take it this way: Do not mention the killing of your mother nor claim that you were commanded to carry this out by a stronger power. For the command is not fitting for a god, and therefore keep silent about and conceal the folly of the divinity. Or (the sense is) do not refer the matter to destiny and death. For that is not wise.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αἴτιος αὐτὸς transp. Rw   |    2 περὶ del. Schw.   |    τῆς μητρὸς Rw   |    προσέταξε περὶ C   |    3 ἁρμόζει θεῷ] θεῶν C   |    τοῦτο add. before τὸ Rw   |    πρόσταγμα] πράγμα (sic) M   |    ἀπαθὲς MCRw   |    4 ἢ μὴ] εἰ μὴ M   |    ἀνενέγκης αἰτίαν C, ἀπενέγκης τὴν αἰτίαν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτω] οὕτως CRw, changed to οὗτος C   |    3 ἀρμόζει M   |    4 ἡμαρμ() M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.144,29–145,2; Dind. II.132,3–7


Or. 415.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρός. τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ βέβαιον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖ ἀντιφονεύειν τοὺς φονέας.  —MCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   (He means) the death of his father. For this is not a secure point. For one should not kill the killers in return.

LEMMA: M (ἀλλὰ); μὴ θάνατον εἴπης Rw      POSITION: cont. from 415.02 MC; s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   βέβαιον] δίκαιον Pr   |    οὐ γὰρ om. M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βαίβεον M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,3–4; Dind. II.132,7–8


Or. 415.20 (vet gloss) ⟨σοφόν⟩: (?)καλόν ἐστι(?)  —B

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Washed out and uncertain: check original B.   |   


Or. 417.01 (vet exeg) ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν: 1εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, ἀμαθής ἐστιν, ἵνα ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων δηλώσῃ ὅτι οὐκ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θεός·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ἀμαθής.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   If he commanded this, he is ignorant, (which Menelaus says) in order to show from the opposite that the god did not command (it). For the god is not ignorant.

LEMMA: MBVPr, ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ C, ἀμαθέστερὸς ὢν MnRbRwSSa(in dark ink as if start of note)      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 413.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰ] εἰς BPr   |    τοῦτο om. Rb   |    φησὶν add. after first ἐκέλ. BPrRw   |    ἐστιν] ὢν Pr   |    ἐκ τῶν ἐκ τῶν V   |    τοῦ ἐναντίου BPr   |    δουλώση Mn   |    second ἐκέλευσεν] ἔλεξεν Pr   |    2 οὐ γὰρ … ἀμαθής] οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι V, δηλονότι οὐ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι MnRb(προέτ‑)SSa   |    ἐστι θεὸς Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 first ἐκέλευσε BPrRw   |    ἐστι MnS   |    ἵν’ app. B   |    perhaps δηλώσει M   |    second ἑκέλευσε B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,13–15; Dind. II.132,13–15


Or. 417.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1μετὰ συλλογισμοῦ τοῦτο εἴρηκεν·  2εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀμαθὴς ὁ θεός, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιεῖν.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus said this using a syllogism. For if the god is not ignorant, it is clear that neither did he command (Orestes) to do this.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως MnRbSSa, ἀλλὰ V      POSITION: cont. from sch. 417.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μετὰ … εἴρηκεν] τοῦτο ἐκ συλλ. εἴρηκεν V, τοῦτο ἐκ συλλ. εἴρηται MnRbSSa   |    2 εἰ] οὐ Rb   |    δῆλον ὅτι om. VMnSSa   |    οὐδὲ] οὐ VMnRbSSa   |    τοῦτο ποιεῖν] blank space left by V, ποιῆσαι add. V1   |    ποιεῖν om. MnSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,16–17; Dind. II.132,15–16

KEYWORDS:  συλλογισμός   


Or. 417.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμαθής ἐστιν  —MBVC

POSITION: s.l., except B marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐν ἤθει ἵν’ ᾖ B, om. C   |    ἐστιν om. BVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,18; Dind. II.132,12–13


Or. 418.01 (vet exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: 1†ἀνθρώπων ἐχόντων τὴν μορφήν.†  2ἢ ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως ἢ κρίσεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς.  3τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸ ‘ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (corrupt phrase untranslated) or, of whatever power or judgment the gods may be, we are slaves to them. This is directed at the words ‘being rather ignorant’.

LEMMA: δουλεύσομεν θεοῖς Pr       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἔχουσι τ. μ. Barnes (but mss punctuate first two words as lemma); a corruption of the first sentence of sch. 418.02, as Schw. indicated   |    2 (second) ἢ] B, καὶ C, om. M   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτὴν Pr   |    3 γ’ ὤν om. MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,19–21; Dind. II.132,25–133,2


Or. 418.10 (vet exeg) ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν ⟨οἱ⟩ θεοί: 1ἀκαίρως τοῦτο·  2ἑώρακε γὰρ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκήκοεν αὐτοῦ {αἴτιον}·  3ὡσεί τις ἰδὼν ἀετὸν λέγει· τί ποτέ ἐστιν; ἦ ἀετός;   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   This comment (is made) inopportunely. For he (Orestes) saw Apollo and heard him. It is as if someone who saw an eagle says: ‘What in the world is it? An eagle?’.

LEMMA: M(εἰσὶ)C(ὅτί), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσί (ἄλλως in marg.) B, ἄλλως· ὅτι πάντα εἰσιν Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τούτου a.c. Pr   |    2 ἑωρακὼς MC   |    τόν ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκ. αὐτοῦ] ἀκήκοε τὸν ἀπόλλωνα BPr   |    ἀκηκοὼς MC   |    αὐτοῦ] αὐτὸν Dind. (as if in M), om. BPr   |    αἴτιον del. Mastr.   |    3 ὡσεί] εἴ MC   |    ἀετὸν om., add. s.l. C   |    ἦ] Schw., ἢ BCPr, om. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,22–25; Dind. II.133,2–4

COMMENT:   αἴτιον could be a corruption of a variant αὐτὸν for αὐτοῦ, or of an anticipation of ἀετὸν.   


Or. 419.01 (vet exeg) κᾆτ’ οὐκ ἀμύνει: 1πανούργως ἔχει πᾶσα ἡ ἐρώτησις.  2ὁ μὲν γάρ φησιν ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων μοι ἐκέλευσεν ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα, ὁ δὲ ἀντεπάγει·  3καὶ πῶς ὁ κελεύσας ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα οὐκ ἐλεεῖ σε μαινόμενον;  4τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος ὅτι μελλητικόν ἐστι τὸ θεῖον, πάλιν ὁ Μενέλαός φησι·  5πῶς οὖν Ἐρινύες σε ταχέως μετῆλθον; οὐκ εἰσὶ καὶ αὗται θεαί;  6ἐλέγχει οὖν αὐτὸν ὡς καταψευδόμενον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The entire interrogation is malicious. For the one (Orestes) says: Apollo ordered me to kill my mother, but the other (Menelaus) counters: And how is it that the one who ordered you to kill your mother shows no pity for you in your madness? After Orestes says that the divine is given to slow action, in return Menelaus says: How is it then that the Erinyes came after you swiftly? Are not these gods as well? Thus he refutes him (Orestes) as presenting a false claim.

LEMMA: M(κατουκαμύνει)BC(κατ’)Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πανούργως … 2 μητέρα om. Pr   |    1 πανοῦργος (ἔχει om.) BRw   |    2 φασιν Rw   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἀνελεῖν] σε ἀναιρεῖν M   |    3 ὁ κελεύσας] ἐκέλευσας Rw   |    3 ἀνελεῖν τ. μ. om. Rw   |    ἐλεεῖ σε] ἐλεῆσαι Rw   |    ἀλλὰ μέλλει add. after μαινόμενον Rw   |    4 τοῦ] τούτου M   |    5 πῶς οὖν] λίαν Rw   |    αἱ add. before ἐριν. BPr   |    ταχὺ Rw   |    σε om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐκέλευσε Rw   |    2 ἀντεπάγη C   |    3 ἐλεῆ C   |    4 μελητικόν C, μελωτικὸν Pr   |    5 ἐριννύες PrRw   |    αὐταὶ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,1–6; Dind. II.133,6–11


Or. 421.01 (vet exeg) δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί: ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν πόσῳ χρόνῳ. τὸ δὲ μητρός κακοήθως καὶ δυσωπητικῶς.  —MBCPrRw, partial Aa

TRANSLATION:  He ought to have said ‘within how much time’ (dative instead of accusative). And (using) the word ‘mother’ (is done) maliciously and in a manner meant to shame and disturb him.

LEMMA: M; πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς BCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν add. before πόσω Aa   |    τὸ δὲ κτλ om. Aa   |    καὶ om. M   |    δυσωπητικῶς mostly lost to damage Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,7–8; Dind. II.133,23–24

COMMENT:   The plain accusative of duration was confusing to some later readers (although it is perfectly idiomatic in classical Greek), as a few of the subsequent scholia show. The claim that the dative πόσῳ χρόνῳ would have been appropriate is slightly odd, since ‘in/within how much time?’ is much more commonly ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ than plain πόσῳ χρόνῳ.   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 423.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’: 1διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχει αὐτὸν ὡς ἀθέως πεπραχότα τὸν φόνον, ὅπου γε αἱ μὲν Ἐρινύες εὐθέως τῇ μητρὶ συνεμάχησαν, ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων ἀναβάλλεται τὴν συμμαχίαν.  2καὶ ἀνθυποφορά ἐστι τοῦ εἰρημένου ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου [420] ‘τὸ θεῖόν ἐστι τοιοῦτον φύσει’.   —MBVCMnRbRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   With these words he (Menelaus) refutes him (Orestes), showing that he carried out the killing impiously, inasmuch as the Erinyes immediately fought on the side of his mother while Apollo delays his help. And this is a rejoinder to the objection stated by Orestes: ‘The divine is such by nature’.

LEMMA: MRw(σε), ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθον VMnSSa, ὡς ταχὺ Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: between 425.03 and 427.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων] καὶ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν δὲ ὡς (δὲ ὡς om. Pr) ταχὺ μετῆλθον σε BPr, καὶ διὰ τούτων VMnRbSSa, om. O   |    αὐτὸν om. Sa   |    ἀθεεὶ VMnRbS, θεοὶ Sa   |    τὸν φόνον om. Sa   |    ὅπου γε … συμμαχίαν om. O, but sep. s.l. (at θεαί) ὁ Ἀπόλλων δὲ ἀναβάλλεται    |    γε om. Pr   |    ἀπόλλων] ἥλιος VMnRbSSa   |    2 καὶ ἀνθυπ. κτλ om. SSa, καὶ om. O   |    ἀνυποφορά V   |    ἐστι om. Rw   |    τὸ εἰρημένον C, πρὸς τὸ εἰρημένον O, τὰ εἰρημένα V (after this sch., punct. as if a sch., Pr has γρ. ἀν⟨θ⟩υποφορὰ ἐστὶ τὰ εἰρημένα)   |    ὑπὸ] παρὰ τοῦ Pr   |    τῆ φύσει Rw, φύσει τοιοῦτον transp. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐλλέχει Rb   |    ἀθεεῖ Rb, accent lost to damage Mn   |    πεπρακότα MnS   |    ἐριννύες VMnPrRwSa   |    συμαχίαν S   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὑποφορά M   |    ἐστὶν M (both places)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,9–13; Dind. II.133,24–134,2

KEYWORDS:  ἀνθυποφορά   


Or. 424.01 (vet exeg) οὐ σοφός: 1οὐ σοφὸς διαρρήδην μοι ὀνειδίζων τῆς μητρὸς τὸ αἷμα, ἀληθὴς δέ.  2ἀληθεύει γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον ἀμύνεσθαι αὐτὸν τὰς Ἐρινύας.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   (You are) not wise/clever openly reproaching me for my mother’s bloodshed, but you are truthful. For he (Menelaus) states truly that the Erinyes are avenging him because of the murder.

LEMMA: MBVCRb, οὐ σοφόν app. Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ σοφὸς om. OVRw, after οὐ σοφὸς add. εἷ BPr, add. ὑπάρχεις MnSSa, ὑπάρχ() Rb   |    ὀνειδίζων μοι transp. MnRbSSa, ὀνειδίζει (om. μοι) Rw   |    τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς transp. OVMnRbSSa, τὸ τῆς μητρὸς αἷμα Rw   |    ἀληθὲς Rw   |    2 ἀληθ. κτλ om. O   |    ἀληθεύειν V, ἀληθεὶς δὲ φόνου δοτικὴ· ἀληθεύεις Mn, ἀληθὲς Schw.   |    γὰρ] om. VMn   |    λέγων add. after γάρ BRw, after φόνον Pr   |    ἀμύνασθαι PrRwSSa   |    αὐτὸν om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐρίννυας MnPrRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,14–16; Dind. II.134,15–17

COLLATION NOTES:  Entire note written by rubr. in Sa.   


Or. 424.32 (vet gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπάρχεις  —MCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Ox, om. F2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,3; Dind. II.135,13


Or. 425.01 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: 1ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος ἀντὶ τοῦ   2τὸ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σε λαμβάνοντα φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα;  3ἢ οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:   The line is interrogative, meaning: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer? Or; Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes?

LEMMA: MC(δή τις), πατρὸς δέ δὴ τίς V, πατρὸς δὲ δὴ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 τὸ om. MCRw, transp. after πατρὸς V, placed here by Schw.   |    τῆς om. M   |    λαβόντα C   |    τί Schw., τίς all   |    συνάρασθαί (B next sch.)] συναρέσθαι V, συνερᾶσθαί MCRw   |    3 πρόσεστί V, προέστημεν Rw   |    σου (B next sch.)] σοι MVC, om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύας Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,4-8; Dind. II.135,17–19


Or. 425.02 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ: 1ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος· ὠφελεῖ τί σε ἡ εἰς τὸν πατέρα γενομένη ἐκδικία;  2ἢ οὕτως· οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας;  3ἄλλως· τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σοῦ λαμβάνοντος τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα;  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   The line is interrogative: What benefit is it to you that vengeance occurred for your father? Or like this: Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes? Another way: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer?

REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκδικίαι B   |    3 σοῦ λαμβ. τὸ] συλλαμβ. τοῦ Pr   |    τί Schw., τίς BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,4-8 app.; Dind. II.135,15–19


Or. 425.03 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: 1οἱ Ἀττικοὶ προπαροξύνουσι μόνον τὸ τιμώρια⟨ι⟩.  2τὸ δὲ ⟨δη⟩ τι σ’ ἄμεινον βαρύνειν· δὴ τί σ’.   —MBCPrRwLp

TRANSLATION:   Attic-speakers accent the antepenult only of the (nominative plural) ‘timōriai’ (whereas the other cases are accented on the penult). The sequence ‘dē ti’ is better accented with a grave (on the first word), (that is) ‘dḕ tí s’ ’ (with interrogative ‘ti’; not with acute on ‘dē’ and indefinite ‘ti’).

LEMMA: πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τίς ὠφελεῖ M(δή τίς)C, πατρὸς δέ Lp      REF. SYMBOL: Lp      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ τιμωρία prep. BPr   |    οἱ om. MCRw   |    μόνον τὸ Mastr., μόνον τοῦτο MCLp, τοῦτο μόνον transp. Rw, om. BPr, del. Schw.   |    τιμώρια⟨ι⟩ Mastr.   |    2 τὸ δὲ] καὶ τὸ B, καὶ Pr   |    ⟨δη⟩ Schw.   |    τίς σ’ ἄμ. B, τίς σε ἄμ. Pr, τίς ἄμ. MCRwLp   |    βαρύ() B, βαρυτονοῦσι Pr   |    δὴ τί σ’ Schw., δή τις σ’ BPr, δή τίς MLp, δή τις CRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιμωρια or τιμωρία Rw, τιμωρία Pr, τιμώρα Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,9–10; Dind. II.135,20–21

COMMENT:   See the comment on 261.12.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 425.04 (vet exeg) ἐν ἐρωτήσει ἀναγνωστέον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   One should read (this) as a question.

POSITION: M s.l., C intermarg.      


Or. 427.01 (vet exeg) τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις: πονηρῶς πάλιν ἐρωτᾷ, ἵνα, εἰ μὲν εὐμενεῖς ἔχει τοὺς πολίτας, ἀφέξηται τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος, εἰ δὲ ἐχθραίνοντας, ἐπιθέμενος κρατήσῃ.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously again he asks the question, so that, if he (Orestes) has the citizens favorably disposed toward him, he (Menelaus) may refrain from his attempt against him, but if (the citizens) hate (Orestes), he may attack him and overpower him.

LEMMA: M, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις δράσας BCPr(δράσας ἔχεις transp.), πρὸς πόλιν δὲ V, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: between 424.01 and 424.02 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ μὲν om. V   |    εὐμενὲς V   |    ἔχη VC   |    ἀφέξεται BOVC, ἀφίξεται Rw   |    ἐχθραίν. ἐπιθέμενος] διἐχθραίνοντας ἔπει (sic) V   |    κρατήσειν C, κρατήσει O, κρατήσ() Rw, κρατ(ῆ)σ() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,11–13; Dind. II.136,5–7


Or. 429.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα: 1νόμος γὰρ ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον πεπραχότας.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  3ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν φόνον.   —MVCRbRw, partial MnSY2

TRANSLATION:   For it was the custom/law that those who had committed kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense (runs): You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

LEMMA: M(ἤγν.)C, οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι V(ἤγν.)Rb, οὐδ’ ἥγνισται MnRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. S      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι] αὐτοῖς καθαίρεσθαι V, αὐτοῖς καθαιρεῖσθαι RbS, αὐτοῖς καθαρεῖσθαι Mn   |    ἐμφυλίους φόνους S, ἐμφίλους φόνους Mn   |    φόνον] πόλεμον VCRbRw   |    πεπραχότας] δρῶντας Rw   |    2–3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. MnSY2   |    ὁ δὲ νοῦς om. Rw   |    πεπραγμ.] γενομένου Rw   |    3 ἢ σὸν αἷμα om. Rb   |    ἢ om. V   |    τοῦ om. C   |    συγγενῆ VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πεπραμένα app. Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,14–17; Dind. II.126,11–14


Or. 429.02 (vet exeg) 1τὸ δὲ οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα φησὶν ἐπειδὴ νόμος ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τὸν ἐμφύλιον δράσαντα φόνον.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  3ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   He says ‘have you not even been purified of your blood-pollution’ since it was the custom/law that the one who had done kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense runs: You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐδ’ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,14–17 app.; Dind. II.136,11–14 app.


Or. 429.03 (vet exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἐκκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον δράσαντας.  —MOC

TRANSLATION:   For it was a custom for those who have done kin-murder to be ritually purified.

POSITION: s.l. MC      

APP. CRIT.:  φόνον] νόμον M, πόλεμον O   |    δρῶντας O   


Or. 431.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φιλονεικοῦσιν, ἐκβαλεῖν σε τῆς γῆς σπουδάζοντες.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   In the sense ‘they strive bitterly, eagerly seeking to exile you from the land’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B; cont. from prev. 431.08 BV      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. BV, τοῦ om. C   |    ἐκβαλεῖν] C, ἐκβάλλειν M, ἐκβάλλ[ B (ending illegible on images), ἐκβάλλουσι V   |    τῆς om. V   |    σπουδάζ(ου)σ(ι) V (σπουδ corr. from σπουξ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,18–19; Dind. II.136,23–24

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B.   |   


Or. 431.08 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκδιώκουσιν  —MBVAaFPr

POSITION: s.l. except marg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:  add. ἐνἤλακται δὲ ἡ πτῶσις M (conflated from 432.09)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ουσι BFPr, truncated V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,20; Dind. II.136,24


Or. 432.01 (vet exeg) Οἴαξ τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: 1Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Κατρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης.  2ὁ δὲ Παλαμήδης ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν τὰ μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν.  3λιμωσσόντων γὰρ ἐν Αὐλίδι καὶ περὶ τὴν διανομὴν τοῦ σίτου δυσχεραινόντων τε καὶ στασιαζόντων, πρῶτον μὲν τὰ Φοινίκια διδάξας γράμματα αὐτοὺς ἴσην καὶ ἀνεπίληπτον τὴν διανομὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπραγματεύσατο.  4ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ κύβους ἔτρεψεν αὐτῶν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν, καὶ μέτρα ἐξεῦρε καὶ ψῆφον ὥστε μέγα σχεῖν ὄνομα παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.  5ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ φθονήσαντες οἱ περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην τοιόνδε τι σκευωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ.  6λαβόντες γὰρ Φρύγα αἰχμάλωτον χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην.  7καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι χρήμασιν ἅμα τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς χρήμασι καὶ τὸ γραφὲν πινάκιον ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους.  8αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες προδοσίαν κατήγγελλον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φωραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν ἐκέλευον.  9εὑρεθέντος δὲ τοῦ πινακίου καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης.  10Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἧκεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός.  11τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀποπλεύσας εἰς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ πυθόμενος ἀποπλεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἧκεν εἰς Εὔβοιαν  12καὶ χειμῶνα φυλάξας φρυκτωρίας ἧψε περὶ τὰς ἄκρας τῆς Εὐβοίας.  13οἱ δὲ εὐεπίβατον νομίσαντες τὸν τόπον προσορμίζονται καὶ ἐν ταῖς πέτραις ἀπόλλυνται.   —MBOVCPrRw, partial Rf

TRANSLATION:   From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Catreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. Palamedes went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine in Aulis and were displeased and disagreeing about the distribution of the grain, first by teaching them Phoenician letters he arranged that the distribution was equitable and beyond reproach among them. Secondly, also by busying them with dice games he overcame their apathy (or disrespect, i.e., of the leaders’ authority?), and he discovered measures and pebbles for counting/voting so that he acquired a big name among the Greeks. Agamemnon, Odysseus, and Diomedes became jealous because of this and contrive the following sort of plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they bribe an attendant of Palamedes to place the written tablet together with the Trojan money under Palamedes’ cot. They themselves came forward (in assembly) and denounced the hero for treason and ordered that his tent be searched. When the tablet and the money were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, having sailed back to his homeland and having learned (later) that the Greeks were sailing home, he went to Euboea; and having watched for a storm, he lit signal fires around the headlands of Euboea. The Greeks, believing the place to offer a good landing-place, approach it for mooring and are destroyed on the rocks.

LEMMA: MBCPr, οἴαξ VRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 ναυπλίου … σίτου partly lost to trimming O   |    1 ναυπλίας MC [O]   |    τῆς om. M   |    κἀτρέως B, καστρέως Rw, ἀτρέως M, τοῦ ἀτρέως Pr, κεντρέως C, κρατεροῦ V, κεστέ(ως) app. O, κρανέως Rf   |    ἐγένετο VPr, υἱοὶ Rf   |    2 ὁ δὲ παλαμήδης] ὃς ORfRw, om. Pr   |    ἐπελθὼν Rf   |    τὰ μέγιστα] om. Rw, τὰ ὡς μέγιστα V, μέγιστα Rf   |    λαόν] λεών Rw, στρατὸν Rf   |    3–13 λιμωσσόντων κτλ om. Rf   |    3 γὰρ] δὲ Rw   |    first καὶ om. V   |    παρὰ Pr   |    τοῦ σίτου] αὐτῶν MV   |    δυσχεραίνοντες … στασιάζοντες V   |    τε om. OVRw   |    δυστασιαζόντων Rw   |    πρῶτα ORw   |    τὰ φοινίκων M   |    γράμματα Schw. after Dind., om. MOV, ἦγεν BCPrRw   |    αὐτοὺς ἴσην Schw., αὐτοῖς ἴσην BCPr, ἴσην αὐτοῖς MV, αὐτοῖς Rw, αὐτοὺς O   |    καὶ] τε καὶ BPr   |    ἀνεπίληστον OCRw, perhaps B (appearance could be caused by rewriting)   |    ἐν τούτοις om. OVRw, ἐκείνοις Pr   |    ἐπραγματεύσαντο M   |    4 ἔτρεψεν] ἐράϊσεν V   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς V, αὐτὴν O   |    καὶ μέτρα … ψῆφον om. V   |    ὄνομα σχεῖν transp. O, ἔχειν ὄνομα V   |    παρὰ ἕλλησιν V, παρὰ τῶν ἑλλήνων C   |    5 ἐπὶ om. BPr   |    τούτῳ] τοῦτο MB, τούτοις O   |    τι om. ORw   |    σκαιοροῦσι BORw   |    6 αἰχμάλωτον φρύγα transp. O   |    φρύγια γράμματα VPr(φρύγεια)   |    περὶ πριάμου C, παράμου Rw, ἀπὸ πριάμου Pr   |    7 first καὶ om. M   |    first χρήμασι corr. from γράμμασι Rw, transp. after ἅμα O   |    second χρήμασι om. CRw, χρήματα OPr   |    πιττάκιον Rw, πινακίδιον Pr   |    8 παρελθόντες om. Rw   |    προδοσίαν] προδοσίας BV   |    κατήγγειλον OV, κατήγγελον MC [Rw]   |    σκηνὴν] σκῆψιν V   |    9 εὑρεθέντων Rw   |    πιττακίου Rw, app. πινακιδίου Pr (compend.), πινα[κ(?)]άκου O (small high trace suits upper right of kappa)   |    καὶ … κλίνην om. V   |    λίθοις φον.] καταλύεται V   |    10 ἧκεν] ἦλθεν Pr   |    εἰς om. V   |    τοῦ παιδὸς δικάσαι τὸν φόνον transp. Pr   |    11 δὲ om. O   |    ὀλιγωρούντων V   |    πευθόμενος V, πειθόμενος Pr   |    ἦκεν εἰς εὔβοιαν om. Rw   |    12–13 καὶ χειμῶνα κτλ om. O   |    12 ἧψε φρυκτ. transp. Rw   |    after φρυκτωρίας Pr inserts from next sch. (but crosses out) καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ δίκας καὶ ἀστρολογίας   |    παρὰ MRw, πρὸς Pr   |    ἀκτὰς BCPrRw   |    τῆς app. om. Rw   |    13 καὶ προσορμίσαντες ἐν Rw   |    τε καὶ BV   |    at end add. πάμπολλοι BPrRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὤνησεν M [O], ὄνησε Rf   |    3 λιμωττόντων BOCPrRw   |    φοινίκεια Pr   |    4 ἐξεῦρεν M   |    ἕλλησι Pr   |    5 ὀδυσέα O   |    τοῖονδέ τι M   |    σκευοροῦσι M   |    6 γρᾶψαι app. M   |    γράμμασιν M   |    7 φονεύουσιν M   |    πείθουσιν M   |    ἇμα M   |    second χρήμασιν M   |    10 δικᾶσαι M   |    11 κατωλιγωρούντων MC, κατηγ‑ changed to κατολιγ‑ Rw   |    κεχωρισμένον app. Rw   |    εὐοίαν V, εὔβοιαν p.c. O (perhaps εὔζοιαν a.c.)   |    12 εὐοίας V   |    13 ἀπώλυνται Rw, ἀπόλυνται V, ἀπόλλονται M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,21–148,19; Dind. II.137,7–138,15

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s solution in 3 (αὐτοὺς ἴσην) seems best, although it is also possible that it is secondary to αὐτοῖς ἴσην and that M’s ἴσην αὐτοῖς is original (but in that case it would be best to delete ἐν τούτοις).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for 8 κατήγγελλον (obscured by damage).   |   


Or. 432.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸν Παλαμήδους θάνατον οἱ μὲν ἐν Γεραιστῷ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Τενέδῳ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Κολωναῖς τῆς Τρῳάδος ὑποτίθενται.  2φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν εὑρεῖν φρυκτωρίας καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ ἀστρολογίας.   —MBCPr, partial V

TRANSLATION:   Some posit that the death of Palamedes (took place) in Geraestus, some in Tenedus, some in Colonae in the Troad. They say he invented signal fires, measures of length and weight, board-games with tokens, writing, guardwatch systems, and the studies of the stars.

LEMMA: CPr, ἄλλως in marg. B (with τὸν παλ. θάν. punct. as lemma)      POSITION: cont. from 432.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν παλ. … ὑποτίθενται om. V   |    τὸν] τὸν δὲ παλ. MC, om. Pr   |    κολωνοῖς all, corr. Schw.   |    2 φασὶ … εὑρεῖν] τὸν δὲ παλαμήδην φησὶν εὑρηκέναι V   |    φησὶ Pr   |    φρυκτωρίαν C, φρυκτήρια V, φρυκτωρί() M (ambig. stroke, ω or α or ων?)   |    πεττείας BC   |    πεττοὺς γράμματα φυλακὰς V   |    after φυλακὰς add. καὶ δίσκους B, add. καὶ δίκας Pr   |    ἀστρολογίας] ἀστραγάλους Matt.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὑποτίθονται C   |   2 εὐρεῖν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.148,20–23; Dind. II.138,15–19

COMMENT:   Matthiae’s emendation ἀστραγάλους inserts a term too similar to πεττοὺς, whereas explanation of the movements of the stars is associated with Palamedes elsewhere (Soph. Nauplius, fr. 432 Radt; Philostratus, Heroicus 33.7; Sch. Hom. Od. 5.272k Pontani) and also is among the gifts of the alternative discoverer, Prometheus (Aesch. Prom. 457–458).    


Or. 432.09 (vet exeg) τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ἐπὶ Τροίας μῖσος τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρων εἰς ἐμέ·  2ἐνήλλακται ἡ πτῶσις·  3πατρὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρός.   —MaBVCPrRw, partial Mb

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘referring/applying to me his hatred of my father at Troy’. The case has been exchanged, for he said (dative) ‘patri’ for (genitive) ‘patros’.

LEMMA: οἴαξ τὸ τροίας μῖσος C, τροίας μίσος Rw      POSITION: s.l. MaVCPr, marg. B, cont. from 431.08 Mb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ … ἐμέ om. Mb   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. B, τοῦ om. C   |    τὸ om. MaVPrRw   |    τροία B   |    εἰς ἐμέ] ἐμέ V, ἐμοὶ Pr   |    2 δὲ ἡ MbRw   |    3 πατρὶ γὰρ κτλ B, om. others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μίσος B   |   2 ἐνἤλακται Mb, ἐνήλακται Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,1–2; Dind. II.139,11–12


Or. 434.17 (vet exeg) διὰ τριῶν δ’ ἀπόλλυμαι: 1πρῶτον τῶν πολιτῶν, δεύτερον Οἴακος.  2διὸ ἐπάγει ‘τίς ἄλλος’, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τοὺς τρεῖς.  3τινὲς δὲ τριῶν φασι τῶν Ἐρινύων.  4προεῖπε γὰρ [408] ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.  5τινὲς δέ φασι τῆς συνέσεως, τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας.  6ἐν δὲ τοῖς Καλλιστράτου γέγραπται·  7ἐπιζητήσειεν ἄν τις πῶς διὰ τριῶν εἴρηκεν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ὀδυσσέα μετασχεῖν τοῦ φόνου Παλαμήδους.   —MBC, partial VMnPrRaRbRwSaSbScSa

TRANSLATION:   First the citizens, secondly Oeax. Therefore he (Menelaus) follows up with ‘who else?’ so that he may fill out the three. Some say by three he (Orestes) means the Erinyes, because he said previously ‘I thought I saw three maidens similar to night’. Some (others) say the three are awareness (of guilt), pain, and madness. And in the commentaries of Callistratus (this) is written: ‘One might seek (in vain) an answer to the problem in what sense he has said ‘through three’, unless (it is) because Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Odysseus participated in the murder of Palamedes’.

LEMMA: MBC, (435) τίς δ’ ἄλλος VMnRbRwScSa      REF. SYMBOL: B, (at 435 τίς δ’ ἄλλος) VRbSa      POSITION: s.l. (at 435) Pr; between 439.02 and 457.04 Rw; in S, two incomplete versions SaSb are followed by lemma and version Sc      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 om. RaSaSb   |    2 διὸ ἐπάγει] ἐπάγει δὲ VMnPrRbRwScSa   |    δ’ ἄλλος B   |    3 τινὲς] τίνων C   |    δὲ om. RbSc   |    φασι τριῶν transp. BRbRw, τριῶν om. MnPrScSa   |    ἐρινύων ἐστὶν M   |    4 προεῖπε … κόρας om. Pr   |    γὰρ om. Sa (punct. προεῖπε as end of sch., quoted line rubr. as if a lemma)   |    ἰδεῖν] εἰδέναι VRw   |    νυκτὶ om. MnScSa   |    κόρας om. B   |    5 δὲ om. MnRb   |    φασι om. Pr   |    τῆς συνέσεως om. Sb   |    first τῆς om. Rb   |    λύπης] λύσσης C   |    καὶ τῆς om. M, καὶ om. VMn   |    6–7 ἐν δὲ κτλ om. VMnPrRaRbRwSaSbScSa   |    7 εἰρήκει B   |    διὰ τὸ] διὰ τὸν M, διὰ τὸ τὸν B   |    ὀδ. καὶ διομ. transp. B   |    at end add. χρήσης M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐπάγη C   |    3 ἐριννύων MnPrRwSa   |    4 προεῖπεν MB   |    πρὸς φερεῖς Rb, πρὸς φέρειν Mn   |    ἔδοξα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,3–9; Dind. II.139,22–140,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. reported B as εἰρήκοι in 7; I cannot see this on the image, but there is rewriting here, and it may be visible by autopsy. Check original B.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   


Or. 437.01 (vet exeg) Ἀγαμέμνονος δὲ σκῆπτρ’: πάλιν φιλοπράγμονος ὁ Μενέλαος παραγυμνοῖ τὸ ἦθος φροντίζων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Again Menelaus indirectly bares his character as meddlesome, showing his concern for the kingship.

LEMMA: C, ἀγ. δὲ σκ. ἐᾷ σ’ B, ἀγαμ. σκῆπτρα ἐῶσα Pr, ἀγαμέμνονος δέ VRw, ἀγαμέμνονος MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. M      

APP. CRIT.:   πάλιν φασὶ Rb, but φασὶ del.   |    φιλοπράγμονος Schw., ‑πραγμόνως all except ‑πραγμονεῖ MCY2   |    καὶ παραγ. Y2   |    perhaps περιγυμνοῖ MnRb   |    ἦθος] εἶδος VMnSSaRbY2   |    περὶ] παρὰ S, om. Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παραγυμνεῖ Sa   |    φροντίζον Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,11–12; Dind. II.140,13–14


Or. 438.01 (vet exeg) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: τὸ οἵτινες οὐ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει  —MVaVbCPr

TRANSLATION:   The relative pronoun (masculine plural) does not agree with the city (feminine singular) but with those in the city.

LEMMA: Va      REF. SYMBOL: Va      POSITION: s.l. except Va      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. Va   |    πρὸς om. Pr   |    τὴν om. Va   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,13–14; Dind. II.140,15–16


Or. 439.01 (vet exeg) τί δρῶντες: 1εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν·  2τί δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν.  3οὐ γὰρ αἰτιῶδες νῦν τὸ ὅτι, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Ἀττικῶς.   —MBCPrRw, partial VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Tell me clearly what you have to say: By doing what do they not allow you to live? For in this place the word ‘hoti’ is not causal, but used for (interrogative) ‘what’ in the Attic manner.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 εἰπὲ … δρῶντες om. V   |    1 εἰπὲ … εἰπεῖν om. MnRbSSa (ἐστι MnS)   |    2 οὐκ ἐῶσι] ἀκεῶσι S   |    σε om. Sa   |    γάρ ἐστιν BVPrMnRbRwSSa   |    3 αἰτιῶδες] αἰτιολογικὸν MnSSa   |    νῦν] τὸ νῦν Mn, om. Pr   |    punct. after αἰτιῶδες, then as sep. note τὸ ὅτι γὰρ ἀντὶ κτλ Pr   |    τὸ] δὲ V   |    ἀλλὰ … ἀττικῶς] om. VMnRbSSa   |    ἀττικὸν PrRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ζὴν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,15–16; Dind. II.140,19–21

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 439.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ λόγος· εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὅ τι δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν.  2καὶ ἔστιν Ἀττικὸν, τὸ ὅτι ἀντὶ τοῦ τί.  3ἐὰν δὲ γράφηται ‘ἢ τί’, ὁ στίχος οὕτως·  4τί δρῶντες· ἢ τί καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἔχεις.   —BCPrRw, partial MVMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): Tell me clearly by doing what they do not allow you to live. And it is an Attic construction, ‘hoti’ used for ‘ti’ (what). But if the reading is ‘ē ti’ (‘or what’), the verse (is to be taken) as follows: ‘Doing what? Or what can you say that is indeed clear?’

LEMMA: BRw      POSITION: cont. from prev. Pr; cont. from prev., add. δὲ, MVCMnRbSSa; follows next Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀττικός prep. B, τὸ ἀττικὸν καὶ prep. Rw   |    1–2 ὁ λόγος … τοῦ τί om. Pr   |    1 σαφὲς B   |    1–4 οὐκ ἐῶσί κτλ om. VMnRbSSa   |    1–2 οὐκ ἐῶσί … τοῦ τί om. M   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν … τοῦ τί] τὸ ὅτι γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί ἀττικ() B   |    καὶ] ἀλλ’ Rw   |    3 γράφηται] γρ() M   |    3–4 οὕτως· τί] ἐστὶν ὅτι Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,17–19; Dind. II.140,21–23

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 446.07 (vet exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: 1τοῦτο καθ’ ἑαυτό.  2βραχέως, φησὶ, καὶ συντόμως εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει.   —MBCaCbVPr

TRANSLATION:   This phrase stands by itself. Briefly, he says, and concisely I have said what was necessary.

LEMMA: πάντων πρὸς ἀστῶν MC      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. BCb, s.l. VPr      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ambig. καθεαυτ(ὸ) or καθεαυτ(οῦ) V, καθ’ ἑαυτῶ Pr   |    2 βραχέως] εἴρηκα VPr   |    εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει om. M   |    ὥσπερ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθεαυτό B, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Cb, καθαυτὸν Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,21–22; Dind. II.141,21–22


Or. 451.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ μόνος τὸ χρηστὸν ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: 1Ἀττικὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόλαβε τὰ κατὰ σαυτὸν φυλάσσων.  2ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ [Soph. fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κήρυξας ἔχω’, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα.   —MBVC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The periphrasis with ‘echō’ and aorist participle is) an Attic construction, giving the sense ‘preserving your own state of affairs, keep it separate’. It is similar to the line ‘having first proclaimed ritual silence I keep it so’, equivalent to ‘I proclaimed’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ μόνος τῶν χρηστῶν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ] B, om. MC, μὴ μόνος VPr   |    ἀπολάμβανε B, ἀπόλαυε VPr   |    after σαυτὸν add. μόνον B   |    2 ὅμοιον κτλ om. Pr   |    ὅμοιον δέ V   |    τῷ] τὸ MVC   |    ἔχω om. V   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα] ἀνακεκηρυχέναι V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,23–25; Dind. II.142,5–7

COMMENT:   Compare sch. B Med. 33 ἀτιμάσας ἔχει: Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠτίμασε. τὸ γὰρ ἔχει ἐκ περισσοῦ. Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. fr. 892 Radt] ‘παῖδας γὰρ οὓς ἔφυσ’ ἀναλώσας ἔχει’ καὶ πάλιν [Soph. fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κηρύξας ἔχω’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 452.01 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀντιλάζου⟩: ἀντιλαμβάνου  —MOVAaAbFKMnRSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

LEMMA: ἀντιάζου in text Z, a.c. Za      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |    -βανε CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,1; Dind. II.142,10


Or. 454.02 (454–455) (vet paraphr) ὄνομα γὰρ: 1οἱ φίλοι, εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν φίλων εἰσὶ φίλοι, οὐδέ εἰσι φίλοι,  2ἀλλὰ λόγῳ μέν εἰσιν, ἔργῳ δ’ οὔ.   —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   Friends, if they are not friends amidst the misfortunes of their friends, are not even friends, but they are so in name, not in reality.

LEMMA: Pr      REF. SYMBOL: M (at οἱ μὴ 455)      POSITION: intermarg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰ … first εἰσὶ] οἱ … εἰσὶ Pr, οἱ … ὄντες B   |    οὐδέ] ὥστε οὐδέ M, οὐκ B   |    2 εἰσιν] εἰσὶ φίλοι Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δὲ οὔ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,3–4; Dind. II.142,14–16


Or. 454.11 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλοι⟩: ἔδει οἱ συγγενεῖς εἰπεῖν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He should have used the expression ‘the kinsmen’.

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,2


Or. 456.01 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: τὸ ἑξῆς γέροντι ποδὶ βαδίζει ἐνταῦθα.  —MBVAbMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense is: with an aged foot he walks here.

LEMMA: VRb, καὶ μὴν γέροντι δεῦρο MnSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. MAb, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ποδὶ κτλ om. V, add. V1 in blank space   |    βαδίζει transp. before γέροντι Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,5; Dind. II.142,20


Or. 456.13 (vet gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: βαδίζει  —MV3GPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. V3   


Or. 457.04 (vet exeg) Τυνδάρεως μελάμπεπλος: 1Οἰβάλου τοῦ Περιήρους παῖδες οὗτοι·  2Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων.  3οὗτοι μετὰ θάνατον Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς.  4Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος μετὰ Ἱπποκόωντος ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης.  5ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ,  6ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Τιμάνδραν καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην.  7ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ τοῦ Οἰωνοῦ φονεύσας Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ Φρίξης καὶ Πελλάνης ἐγχειρεῖ αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης.  8ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν.   —MBCPrRw, partial VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   These are the children of Oebalus the son of Perieres: Tyndareus, Icarius, Arene, and an illegitimate son Hippocoon born of Nicostrate. After the death of Oebalus these children fell into strife over ruling. Icarius, having made a compact with Hippocoon, drives Tyndareus from Sparta. The latter resides in the farthest outskirts of Lacedaemonia and marries Leda, daughter of Thestius son of Aetolus. And from her he got as children Castor and Polydeuces and Timandra and Clytemnestra and Helen. But later Heracles, having slain Hippocoon and his sons on the occasion of their killing of Oeonus and having brought Tyndareus home from Phrixe and Pellane, entrusts the rule of Sparta to him. For Heracles was married to Deinaneira the niece of Leda.

LEMMA: MC, τυνδάρεως MnSSa, ὁ σπαρτιάτης BPr, (459) τυνδάρεως ὅδε V, τυνδ. ὧδε στείχει Rw, ὧδε Rb (without punct.)      REF. SYMBOL: B, (to 459) V      POSITION: cont. from sch. 456.01 without punct. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 Οἰβάλου] (blank space left)βάλου B, βάλου Pr, οἰβάρου S   |    Περιήρους] B, περιήρου VMnPrRbSa, περὶ οἴρου S, π(ερι) ἥρος M, περίηρ(ος) Rw, περιῆρος C   |    οὗτοι] οἵδε V, p.c. Rb, οἳ αἵδε SSa, a.c. Rb, αἵδε Mn   |    2 and 4 Ἰκάριος Pk (in 457.05), whence King here (cf. Apollodorus), ἴκαρος all (ἵκαρος Rw), and witnesses of several other sources (see comment)   |    ἀρήνη Apollodorus, ἄρνη all except ἄρηου or ἄρνου (with omicron above ου) Rb   |    Νικοστράτης] στρατονίκης VMnRbSSa   |    2–4 Ἱπποκόων … μετὰ om. M   |    3 οὗτοι] οὕτως Sa, οὗτοῦ Rb, οὗτος MnS   |    βάλου BPrRw   |    ἐστασίασε Mn, ἐστίασε SSa   |    τῆς om. VCMnRbSSa   |    4 ἐξελαύνει τὸν] τῆ γεγονυῖα ἐπὶ ἐξελαύνει τῶ πένθει:~ τὸν Mn (extra words displaced from sch. 458.15)   |    τὸν om. Rw   |    ἀπὸ τῆς σπ. Sa, ἐκ τῆς σπ. MnS   |    5 ὤκει RbSSa, ὤκεις Mn   |    ἐν ἐσχατιᾶ VMnRb(αἰσχ.)SSa, ἑαυτὸν ἐσχάτης Rw   |    τῆς λακεδαίμονος VRbSa   |    ἐγάμει VMnRbSSa   |    λήδα V, ληδην Rb   |    τὴν θυεστίου C, τοῦ θυέστου Sa, (τὴν om.) θαιστίου Rw, τοῦτ(εστι) app. Mn   |    τοῦ αἰτωλῶν VS, τοῦ αἰτολικῶν Rb, τῶν αἰτωλῶν Sa, τοῦ αἰτῶλος Mn   |    6 second καὶ om. Rb   |    6–8 καὶ τιμάνδραν κτλ. om. V(τιμάνδραν καὶ ἑλένην:~ add. V1)MnSSa   |    6–8 καὶ κλυτ. κτλ om. Rb   |    7 ἐπὶ τὸν φόνον MC   |    τοῦ υἱωνοῦ BPr, τοῦ ὑωνοῦ (or υἱω-?) a.c. M, τῶν υἱῶν Rw   |    ἱπποθόοντα M   |    φρίζης a.c. or p.c. M   |    Πελλάνης Matt. (after Πελλήνης Meursius), πέλλης MBCPr, πέλης Rw   |    ἐγχειρίζει BPr   |    8 ἀδελφιδῆν Barnes, ἀδελφήν all   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἱβάλλου Rb   |    2 ἱπποκόου Mn   |    3 οἱβάλου Rb   |    4 ἱπποκόοντος VMn, p.c. Rw, ἱπποκόεντος SSa, ὑπηκόοντος Rb   |    τυνδάρεον Mn   |    6 perhaps ἔσχεν M   |    ποδεύκην Rb   |    7 ἱπποκόοντα Rw   |    8 δϊϊάνειραν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,6–15; Dind. II.142,24–143,9

COMMENT:   For the genealogy and names, cf. ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.117, 3.123 [where the names Arene and Icarius are correctly transmitted], Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6 [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.], Od. 15.16 [ἰκάριος with no variant in the witnesses checked by F. Pontani], Sch. vet. Lycophr. 547a Leone [ἴκαρος codd.], Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 511b [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.]. The corruption to Hippothoon seen in one place in M is matched in the mss of Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6, where Bekker corrected the name.   |   For Pellana in Laconia as the residence in exile of Tyndareus, see Paus. 3.1.4 and 3.21.2. Schwartz accepted Meursius’ Πελλήνης (Johann Meurs, Miscellanea Laconica, Amsterdam 1661, 4.8, p. 275), but Pellene normally refers to a city in Achaea near Sicyon. Phrixa is in Triphylia, a region which could be said to be Elean or Arcadian, and the location is nowhere else associated with Tyndareus (or with Heracles or Hippocoon or Oeonus). Thus it is not clear why it is included here.   |   In the outer margin beside this sch. V2 has added λήδα on one line and after a blank line ζεὺς τῆς / κρήτης / βασιλεὺς. This is probably a comment on the adjacent sch., indicating the alternative parentage of Polydeuces and Helen with the rationalizing variant that Zeus was really a human king. This seems more likely than that it is meant to be a note on 464 Λήδα.   |   Deianeira is daughter of Althaea, who is sister of Leda; hence Barnes’ correction ἀδελφιδῆν.   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   |   mythography, genealogical   


Or. 458.01 (vet exeg) κουρᾷ τε θυγατρός: δείκνυται τῇ κουρᾷ τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ ὅτι ἐπὶ πένθει ἐξύρηται. —MV1MnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   It is shown by the abnormal haircut that he has been shorn close to express mourning.

LEMMA: Mn(ται)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from 456.01, prep. κοῦρα (κουρᾶ p.c. V1) τε θυγατρὸς, V1Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   δείκνυται Schw., δεικτικὴ κεῖται V1, καὶ δοτικὴ κεῖται MMn, καὶ δοτικῶς κεῖται RbSa, καὶ δοτι κεῖται S   |    τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ Schw., τῆς ἐν θέσμω M, om. others   |    ὅτι] ὅ ἐστι M   |    ἐπὶ τῶ πένθει V1, ἐπὶ πένθους M, ἐπὶ τῶν πενθῶν RbSSa, ἐπὶ πενθῶν Mn   |    ἐξύρηται Schw., ἐξεύρηται all   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,17; Dind. II.143,11


Or. 458.13 (vet gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξυρημένος  —M

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐξυρημένος Schw., ἐφ’ οἷς ἥμενος M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,19


Or. 462.04 (462–463) (vet exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων με ἐξεπλήρωσεν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’. —MBVCMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he filled me with many kisses’, (with the accusative used instead of expected genitive) just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M(‑σεν)BCPr(‑ματα, ‑σεν), πολλὰ δὲ VRbSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: follows 462.07 in Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. C   |    πολλῶν] ἀπὸ πολλῶν δὲ VRb, πολλῶν δὲ Mn   |    φιλ. με ἐξεπλ. om. VMnRbSa   |    ἐπλήρωσεν Pr   |    διά τ’ ἔντεα] διὰ τοὺς διένους καύτῶν κανστατην καὶ πολυδεύκην: τ’ ἔντεα Mn (app. conflated from a note like R’s at 465.16)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δία τ’ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,20–21; Dind. II.144,9–10

COMMENT:   This Homeric example was at first used to explain case usage with διά (as in sch. 103.15) but later was also cited for any use of the accusative in place of the genitive, as here and in Sch. Phoen. 350, Sch. Soph. Trach. 50.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 462.07 (462–463) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν φιλημάτων εἰς ἐμὲ ἐτέλεσεν. —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he fulfilled upon me his desire for kisses’.

LEMMA: BC, in marg. M, φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλη() V, φιλήματα Mn, φιλήματι Sa, φιλήματ() Rb      POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς ἐμὲ transp. before τὴν ἐπιθ. VMnPrRbSSa   |    ἐτέλεσας Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐτέλεσε Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,1; Dind. II.144,10–11


Or. 463.07 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος: 1ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου φησίν.  2ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν περιφέρων ἐμὲ εἶπε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμὲ, παῖδα ὄντα.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   He speaks as if about someone else. Instead of saying ‘carrying me around’, he said ‘the son of Agamemnon’, meaning ‘me, being son (of Agamemnon)’.

LEMMA: M      POSITION: marg. C; cont. from 462.07 BPr, prep. τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς περὶ] ὥσπερ Pr   |    ὡς om. MC   |    δέ add. before φη() BPr   |    2 τοῦ εἰπεῖν om. C   |    τὸν ἀγαμ. om. MC   |    second τοῦ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν BC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,3–4; Dind. II.144,12–13


Or. 465.01 (vet exeg) τιμῶντε μ’ οὐδὲν ἧσσον: 1τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκόρους.  2Ἀττικὴ δὲ ἡ σύνταξις, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν Διοσκόρων.  —MBCPraPrb, partial MnRb

TRANSLATION:   Honoring me no less than (they honored) the Dioscuri. The syntax is Attic, used instead of ‘no less than the Dioscuri’ (i.e., with Dioscuri as genitive of comparison without ‘than’).

LEMMA: M, διοσκούρω MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. Prb; cont. from 463.07 BPra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τιμῶντες … διοσκόρους om. MnRb   |    τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν] τιμῶν με B, τιμῶν μὲν Pra, ἤτοι ἐμὲ παῖδα ὄντα τιμῶντες Prb   |    οὐδὲν] οὐχ B, οὐχ’ PraPrb   |    με] σε C   |    διοσκούρους PraPrb   |    2 δὲ om. MnRb   |    τοῦ om. C   |    διοσκόρων BC, διοσκούρων others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὡσκ ἔλλαττον Mn, οὐχ’ ἔλαττον PraPrb (app. ἕλαττον a.c. Prb)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,5–7; Dind. II.144,13–15

COLLATION NOTES:   In 1 Schw. reports τιμῶμεν for B (last line of 36r), but B certainly has τιμῶν and the suspended sign over the following mu is a compendious form of epsilon used elsewhere in B: while it is very similar to the suspended sign for εν, it is still distinguishable (compare εἶπ(εν) in the penultimate line of this page).   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 467.08 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα σκότον λάβω⟩: λείπει ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ. —MOVCPrV3Y2

TRANSLATION:   One must supply ‘in order that I not be seen by him’.

POSITION: s.l. (above 468 λάβω M, above 467 C, above end of 469 V, cont. from 468.06 Pr) except marg. OV3Y2 (beside 467 V3, beside 468–469 OY2      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει MC, om. others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτάς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,11; Dind. II.145,7 app.

COMMENT:   With the inclusion of λείπει (as in MC) this remark fits betters with τίνα σκότον λάβω than with 469 γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας. But when the phrase is divorced from λείπει, it fits the latter very well, as the position in other witnesses suggests. I have left the alternative version of this in BPr as part of 468.07 on the supposition that someone has consciously adapted it to paraphrase 469.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 468.06 (vet exeg) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι; —MPr

TRANSLATION:   What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection?

LEMMA: M(ἐπίπροσθε)      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr, starting above 467 τίνα σκότον, cont. over 468      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Pr   |    προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι Pr, προσβάλλομαι M,   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,8–9; Dind. II.145,6–7


Or. 468.07 (vet paraphr) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τοῦ γέροντος;  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection, in order that I not be seen by the old man?

LEMMA: Pr(ἐπίπροσθε)      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,11 app.; Dind. II.145,6–7

COMMENT:   See on 467.08.   


Or. 469.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨θῶμαι⟩: ἐν προσώπῳ θῶμαι  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Am I to place before my face.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  θεῶμαι C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,10; Dind. II.145,8


Or. 470.01 (vet exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην δυσαρεστῶν τοῖς πεπραγμένοις αὐτῇ. —MBOPr

TRANSLATION:   He does not seek Helen (but rather asks for Menelaus) because he is displeased at what she has done.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. M   |    πεπραγμένοις] πραχθεῖσιν O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτῇ] αὐτή M [O]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,12; Dind. II.145,14–15


Or. 472.01 (vet exeg) χοὰς χεόμενος: 1εὐοικονομήτως ἐποίησε τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης διὰ τὰς χοὰς τῆς θυγατρὸς ἐληλυθέναι,  2ἵνα εὐκαίρως τῷ Μενελάῳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ διαλεχθῇ.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   With skillful arrangement of the plot he (the poet) represented Tyndareus as having come from Sparta because of the libations for his daughter, in order that he may opportunely converse with Menelaus and Orestes.

LEMMA: M(χεύμενος)      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 470.01, add. δὲ, BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν om. C    |    2 καὶ μεν. καὶ ὀρέστη Pr   |    at end add. μενέλαον καὶ ἑλένην C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐποίησεν M   |   2 ἵν’ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,14–16; Dind. II.145,15–17

COMMENT:   See Nünlist 27–28.   

KEYWORDS:  οἰκονομία   


Or. 472.14 (vet gloss) ⟨εἰς Ναυπλίαν⟩: εἰς τὸ Ἄργος  —MBVCPr

POSITION: s.l. except marg. MB; above χοὰς C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἄργος] ὄρος Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,17; Dind. II.145,18 (misread or misprinted)


Or. 477.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κηδεστὰ ἐμέ  —BO

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘my kinsman by marriage’.

POSITION: marg. BO      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,29–30


Or. 478.01 (vet paraphr) ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι: 1εἰ γὰρ ᾔδειν παρόντα Ὀρέστην, ἥκιστα ἂν ἐληλύθειν.  2ἔοικε, φησὶ, τῷ ὄντι κακὸν εἶναι τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον.  3ἦ γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἦλθον, εἰ τοῦτον προσεδόκων ἐνθάδε.  —MVCRbRfRwSSa, partial BOPr

TRANSLATION:   For if I knew that Orestes was present, I would scarcely have come. It seems, he says, that in reality not knowing the future is a bad thing. For surely I would not have come if I expected this man here.

LEMMA: MCRbSSa, τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν BPr, lemma ἔα τὸ μέλλον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRfSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 εἰ γὰρ … ἐληλύθειν transp. after ἔοικε … μέλλον BPr   |    ἥκιστα] οὐκ Pr   |    2–3 ἔοικε κτλ om. O   |    2 ἔοικε δὲ M(‑κεν)C   |    φασὶ Rw   |    τῷ ὄντι om. Rf, transp. before φη(σι) MPr   |    κακὸν εἶναι transp. after μέλλον Rf   |    3 ἦ γὰρ κτλ om. BPr   |    ἂν om. Rf   |    εἰ τοῦτον om. Sa   |    εἰ] εἰς MRbS   |    τοῦτον] RfRw, τοῦτο MVCRbS   |    προσεδόκων] προσεδρεύων RbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤδει Rf   |    2 φησὶν C   |    3 ἦ] ἡ app. M, ἢ S   |    προσεδόκουν Rf, προσδόκων Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,18–21; Dind. II.146,4–6


Or. 479.07 (vet exeg) πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων: 1εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους ἔλαβεν·  2γένος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ὄφις, εἶδος δὲ ὁ δράκων καὶ ἔχις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ὄφεων·  3νῦν δὲ δράκων ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις.  4οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται, ἀλλὰ ζῳοτοκοῦνται καὶ τικτόμενοι διαρρηγνύουσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας,  5ὥς φησι Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134]· ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’.  6διὸ ἔχιν αὐτὸν ὡς μητροκτόνον φησίν.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   He substituted one species for another species. For the genus is ‘ophis’ (snake), and ‘drakōn’ is a species, as also ‘echis’ and the rest of the snakes. And here ‘drakōn’ is used for ‘echis’. For these latter are not born from eggs, but they are born alive and as they are being born they break apart the bellies of their mothers, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’. Therefore he says he (Orestes) is an ‘echis’ as a mother-killer.

LEMMA: all except V (δάρακων M), ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 479.09 in V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ MPr   |    εἴδους] γένους Brec, γένη Pr (app. γένης a.c.)    |    2 both ὁ om. Pr   |    3 τοῦ om. C   |    4 ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται Rw, ἐξωῶνται V, ἐκ ζώων γεννῶνται others   |    ἀλλὰ ζῳοτ. om. M   |    τικτόμενος M   |    διαρρήγνυσι V   |    τῶν om. Pr   |    5 γαστέρ’ V, γαστέρων others (γαστέρρων M)   |    ἀναβρόξαντες M, ἀναβρώξαντες C   |    6 αὐτὸν repeated after μητροκτόνον B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλαβε VCPrRw   |    3 νὺν M   |    5 ὡς φησὶν C   |    6 δι’ ὃ M   |    φησὶ Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,22–152,2; Dind. II.146,11–16

COMMENT:   The printing of the first words as εἶδος ἀντὶ γένους had been passed along in all editions since Arsenius (who may have gotten it from Mu, a copy of B) until Schw. in his Addenda et Corrigenda (I.xiv) noted that the γένους still printed in his text should be changed to εἴδους; Dindorf had already collated the correct reading εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους. It is not clear how early the sloppy correction was made in B; one would have guessed in the 15th or 16th century, but note that the original hand in Pr ca. 1300 wrote γένη here. (It appears that he first wrote γένης to make a genitive ending to suit ἀντὶ, but immediately he covered the small sigma with the large epsilon of ἔλαβε.)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check Mu.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Nicander   


Or. 479.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγριος ὡς δράκων, ὅτι ὠμῶς ἔπραξεν.  2λείπει δὲ τὸ ὡς, ἵν’ ᾖ ὡς δράκων.   —BaCaVPra, partial MBbCbPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   (‘Drakōn’, ‘serpent’, is used) with the meaning ‘fierce like a serpent’, because he acted savagely. The word ‘like’ is to be understood, so that it is ‘like a serpent’.

LEMMA: BaCaPra, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. MCbPrb, marg. Bb; precedes 479.07 in V      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw, τοῦ om. CaCb   |    1–2 ὅτι ὠμῶς κτλ om. MBbCbPrbRw   |    1 ὠμῶς] ὡς μὲν Pra   |    2 λείπει] C, ἐλλείπει others (ἐνλείπει V)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔπραξε Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,3–4; Dind. II.146,16–17

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 480.01 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: τὴν μανίαν λέγει.  —MBVPr

TRANSLATION:   He is speaking of the madness (of Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. VPr; cont. from 480.03 B, add. δὲ after μανίαν      

APP. CRIT.:  at end add. νόσον B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,5; Dind. II.146,21 and 22–23


Or. 480.02 (vet exeg) στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς: 1νόσον δηλονότι. ὅ ἐστιν †ὠδίνει†.  —MV

TRANSLATION:   (‘He gleams with sickly flashes’ means ‘he gleams with) sickness’, clearly. Which is to say, he †gives birth to (sickly flashes)/he is in great pain.†

LEMMA: στίλβει νοσώδεις V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows 481.01 in V      

APP. CRIT.:   νόσον] νόσων M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,6; Dind. II.146,21–22


Or. 480.03 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ νοσεῖ  —B

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he is sick’.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,22


Or. 481.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλαε, προσφθέγγῃ νιν: 1προσφθέγγῃ αὐτὸν, τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν;  2ἔθος γὰρ ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς ἐναγέσιν.  —MBCPraPrb, partial VRbSSar

TRANSLATION:   Are you speaking to him, the unholy creature? For it used to be customary not to converse with those polluted with bloodshed.

LEMMA: MVC, μενέλαε RbSSa, προσφθέγγῃ νιν ἀνόσιον κάρα B, lemma προσφθέγγῃ νῦν Pra      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSar      POSITION: s.l. Prb, marg. Sar      

APP. CRIT.:   1 προσφθέγγῃ … κεφαλήν om. VRbSSar   |    προσφθέγγῃ om. Prb   |    2 γὰρ om. VRbSSar   |    διαλέγεσθαι] δε λέγεσθαι M, δὲ φθέγγεσθαι C   |    τοῖς ἐνδεέσιν S [Sar]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐναγέσι MBCPra[Sar]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,7–8; Dind. II.147,4–5


Or. 481.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: 1γράφεται καὶ ἀκάθαρτον κάρα.  2εἶπε δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν καθαρός.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘uncleansed head’. And he said this because Orestes was not purified.

POSITION: cont. from 481.01 MBC (add. δὲ B; also add. δὲ Pr, where note punct. as sep.)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν MB   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,9–10; Dind. II.147,5–6

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 481.16 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν  —MV

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.05 (vet exeg) φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος: 1δέον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός ἐστι, φησὶ τοῦ πατρός μου ἔκγονος.  2ἔκγονος γὰρ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ὀρέστης.  —MBVCPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   When he should properly have said ‘he is the son of my brother’, he says (he is) the offspring (descendant) of my father. For Orestes is a descendant of Atreus.

LEMMA: MBC, τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος SSa, τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρὸς V, τί γὰρ φίλου Rb, φίλου μοι πατρὸς PrRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSaZu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δέον] δεῖν M, ἔστι δέον V [from incorrect punct. of lemma], ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    ὅτι om. VRbZu   |    first μου om., add. s.l. Pr   |    υἱός ἐστι] om. V, οὗτος ἔγγονος Rb, ἐστὶν οὗτος υἱὸς Zu   |    φησὶ] φησὶν ὄτι SSaZu, οὗτος δέ φησι V, φη(σὶ) δὲ Pr   |    second μου] μοι B   |    ἔκγονος] ἔκγονός ἐστιν ἔκγονος BPr, om. MRb   |    2 τοῦ om. RwSSaZu   |    ὁ ὀρέστης SSaZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |    1 ἔγγονος SZu   |    2 ἔγγονος SSaZu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,11–13; Dind. II.147,8–9


Or. 482.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· φίλου μοι πατρός: 1ὅ ἐστι συγγενοῦς μοι πατρὸς υἱός.  2πάλιν δὲ τὸ κακόηθες τοῦ ἀνδρὸς δείκνυται, ὅτι τὸν ἀδελφὸν φίλον εἶπεν.  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That means ‘son of a father who is akin to me’. Again the maliciousness of the man is shown, because he called his brother ‘dear’.

LEMMA: C, ἄλλως: πατρὸς φίλου μοι MB, ἄλλως πατρὸς φίλου μοι PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μου a.c. Rw   |    πατρὸς om. B   |    2 τοῦ] σοῦ app. Rw   |    φίλον om. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπε CRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,14–16; Dind. II.147,10–12

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 485.02 (vet exeg) εἰς παροιμίαν ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἐχώρησεν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   This verse became a proverb.

POSITION: s.l. C (at 485); marg. at 485 M, cont. from 485.15, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν (but also dicolon punct.); marg. at 486 B, cont. from 486.04, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,19; Dind. II.147,18

COMMENT:   On the basis of M, this was assigned to 485 in Dindorf (the first to edit this note); Schwartz reassigned it to 486 on the basis of B. It appears that Dindorf’s choice is the more probable. Neither line appears in the paroemiographic corpora, but whereas 486 is attested elsewhere only once (Sch. Ap. Rhod. 2.238), line 485 is imitated in an epistle of the Roman period or later (Apollonii epist. 36,4), and then quoted or alluded to in middle Byzantine authors: Tzetzes explains it in Chil. 6.92 περὶ τοῦ ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’ and quotes it as the basis of a conceit in his epist. 13, p. 21,3; Michael Choniates uses it on three separate occasions, Demetrius Chomatenus once, and Andreas Lopadiotes has it as an example in Lex. Vindob. χ 12 (Guida = 8 Nauck) s.v. χρόνιος.   |   The final words are not legible in B on the Gallica image, but can be read on Turyn’s photograph.   


Or. 485.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν βαρβάροις⟩: γράφεται ἀφ’ Ἑλλάδος.  —MV3C

TRANSLATION:   There is (also) the reading ‘away from Greece’.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. V3C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀφελλάδα M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,17; Dind. II.147,17–18

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 486.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν πρὸς γένους συγγενῆ  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The one kindred by family blood.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν] τοῦ MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,18


Or. 487.01 (487–488) (vet exeg) καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον εἶναι θέλειν: 1σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον.  2ὁ δέ φησιν ὅτι ἀναγκάζει με τὸ συγγενές.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer. But he (Menelaus) says ‘kinship compels me’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον BPr, καὶ τὸ τῶν νόμων Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows sch. 488.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὅτι om. Rw   |    με] μὲν V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀγαπὼν B, ἀπατῶν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,20–22; Dind. II.148,9–11


Or. 487.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε,  2καίτοι, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι τῇ τούτων βούλησει ⟨ … ⟩   —MBCPrRw, partial RbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Since Orestes killed his mother both contrary to laws and contrary to nature, he (Tyndareus) says ‘Yet it is a Greek practice not to want to be stronger than the laws, ⟨lacuna: e.g., opposing⟩ their will’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως BRw, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε Rb(γε om.)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: RbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπεὶ om. Rb   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Sa   |    παρὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ παρὰ τὴν φύσιν Sa   |    παρὰ νόμους καὶ om. S   |    2 καίτοι κτλ om. RbSSa   |    κρεῖττον Rw   |    e.g. ⟨ἐναντιούμενον⟩, ⟨ἐναντίον ὄντα⟩ or the like Mastr., καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν Schw. (from next sch.)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνεῖλεν MRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,23–25; Dind. II.148,11–13


Or. 488.01 (vet exeg) πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστ’ ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς: 1ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ συγγένεια, πάντα δουλοῖ κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν.  2δοῦλον οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιόν·  3οὐχ οἷόν τε γὰρ παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγένειαν.  —MBVCPrRbSa, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   The compulsion of nature, which means kinship, enslaves everything according to the judgment both of the laws and of the wise. Therefore ‘doulon’ (‘slave/slavish’) is used for ‘making a slave’. For it is not possible to avoid the claims of kinship.

LEMMA: M(πάν τ’οὐξανάγκης)C, πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης B(τ’οὐξ)VPrRw, lemma πᾶν τ’ ἐξ ἀνάγκης RbSa(as in text Sa)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows 482.05 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅ om. C   |    πάντας VSa, καὶ πάντας Rw   |    δουλοῖ] δοῦλοι C, δηλοῖ Pr   |    κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων] κατὰ νόμων τῶν νόμων Sa   |    τὴν om. Rb   |    2 δοῦλον] δῆλον Rb   |    οὖν] ἂν Sa   |    τοῦ om. C   |    δηλοποιὸν Rb   |    3 οὐχ οἷόν κτλ om. Rw   |    γὰρ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 π(αρα)τήσασθαι Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,1–4; Dind. II.149,10–13

COMMENT:   The exegeses of this line in the scholia are quite different from the meaning of the line according to modern understanding (well explained by Willink).   


Or. 488.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· δοῦλον: 1δουλοποιόν.  2τουτέστι παρὰ τοῖς φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη νικᾷ.  3τιμῶμεν οὖν τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν καὶ δουλεύομεν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Making a slave (enslaving). That is, in the eyes of the prudent, compulsion triumphs. Thus we honor Orestes because of our kinship and we are slaves to this compulsion.

LEMMA: V, ἀλλὰ δοῦλον MBCPr      POSITION: cont. from prev. Rw; sep. from 488.01 by 487.01 and 487.02 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    δουλοποιὸν om. Rw   |    2 παρὰ φρονίμων V   |    νικᾷ om. Rw   |    3 καὶ add. before τιμῶμεν MBCRw   |    δουλεύομεν] τιμῶμεν Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τουτέστιν M   |   νικὰ app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,5–7; Dind. II.149,13–15


Or. 488.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστι καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν.  2καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν πάντα τὰ ἀπ’ ἀνάγκης δουλοῖ καὶ ὑπηκόους ποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  3καθὸ προείρηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου [484] ‘εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ, τιμητέος’, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν εἶπε ⟨ … ⟩.  4ἔστι δὲ ὁ λόγος ὅτι τιμᾶν ἀναγκαῖον τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν.  5ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ὑποκρίσει λέγει, οὐ σπουδῇ.  6ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Byz. fr. 386 Slater] φησὶ ⟨ … ⟩.  7πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δουλοῖ, οἷον ταπεινοῖ, κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν.  8δύναται καὶ οὕτως· πᾶν τὸ ἀναγκαῖον δοῦλόν ἐστιν, οἷον ὑπήκοον, καὶ πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν.  —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   Everything deriving from necessity/compulsion is slave (enslaved) and subservient, as if to say we do everything according to necessity. And according to the judgment of the wise all things deriving from compulsion enslave humans and make them subservient. Because he said previously about Orestes ‘and if he suffers misfortune, he must be honored’, for this reason he nows also says ⟨ lacuna ⟩. The meaning is that it is necessary to honor Orestes because of their kinship. He says these things adopting a pose, not in earnest. But Aristophanes (the Alexandrian scholar) says ⟨ lacuna ⟩ All that comes about by necessity enslaves, or makes humble, according to the judgment of the wise. It can also be taken like this: Every compulsory thing is slavish, that is, subservient, and we do everything according to necessity because it enslaves everything.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως prep. V   |    πάντα] πάντα τὰ B, πάντως τὰ Pr   |    ποιοῦμεν] γινόμενα δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V   |    2 καὶ κατὰ] κατά τε VRw   |    τὰ om. PrRw(πάντ’)   |    ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης M(ὑπαν.)BCPr   |    δηλοῖ Pr   |    ποιεῖται M   |    3–4 καθὸ … τὴν συγγένειαν om. Rw   |    3 προείρηκεν Schw., εἶπεν all (but transp. after ὀρέστου MVC)   |    3–4 εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ … ὀρέστην om. M   |    3 εἶπε Schw., προείρηκεν BV(‑κε)CPr   |    lacuna Schw. (who inserts quotation of 488); alternatively, e.g. ⟨ταῦτα⟩   |    4 δὲ] γὰρ BPr   |    ὅτι Arsenius, ὅθεν BVCPr   |    ἀναγκαῖον] αὐτὸν C   |    5 ταῦτα … σπουδῇ] om. V, τῆ(?) ἐν(?) ὑποκρίσει καὶ οὐ σπουδῆ [φη(σιν)(?)] Rw (damage, not enough space for ταῦτά φη(σιν))   |    λέγων MC   |    6–8 ὁ δὲ ἀρ. κτλ om. Rw   |    6 ἀριστοφάνης] ἀρίσταρχος V   |    φησὶ] λέγει Pr   |    lacuna Schw.   |    7 γινόμενον] τιμώμενον C   |    δηλοῖ Pr, δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V   |    8 ὑπήκοον] ἀπήκει Pr   |    καὶ πάντα κατὰ κτλ] καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν BPr, om. διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοὐξ V   |    ἐξανάγκης M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    2 ἀπὸ ἀν. V   |    7 τοὐξ Pr   |    ἐξανάγκης M   |    ταπεινοὶ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,8–17; Dind. II.149,15–150,6

COMMENT:   I agree with Schwartz that we have lost Aristophanes’ opinion here. See Prelim. Stud. 17 n. 68.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw 20r top line.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of historian or scholar   |   Aristophanes of Byzantium   


Or. 489.07 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ κτήσομαι⟩: τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν φρόνημα  —MBCY2

TRANSLATION:   (I will not take as my own) the Greek frame of mind (you just mentioned).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτέστι prep. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,18; Dind. II.150,7–8


Or. 490.01 (vet exeg) ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας: 1πρὸς τῷ εἶναί σε γέροντα καὶ ὀργίλος εἶ.  2διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶ, παραιτῇ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς φρονεῖν, ἐπεὶ συνελθοῦσα τῷ γήρᾳ σου ἡ ὀργὴ ἀπαίδευτόν σε ποιεῖ·  3ὡς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. fr. 894 Radt]· ‘ὀργὴ γέροντος ὥστε μαλθακὴ κοπὶς / †ἐν χειρὶ θήγει†, ἐν τάχει δ’ ἀμβλύνεται’.  —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   In addition to your being an old man you are irascible. Because of this, he means, you decline to share the opinion of the wise, since, joining with your old age, your wrath makes you unrefined. As also Sophocles: ‘The wrath of an old man, like a blunt cleaver, †sharpens in the hand† but soon grows dull’.

LEMMA: MBPr, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου V, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν· οὐ σοφόν· (sic) C, καὶ ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: follows 490.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς … εἶ om. Rw   |    τῷ] Matt., τὸ all   |    καὶ om. MC   |    2 παραιτῇ τὰ] παραιτεῖται MVC   |    τοῖς σοφοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ transp. Rw   |    τὸ γῆρας σου MC   |    ἡ om. CRw   |    3 ὡς κτλ om. Rw   |    ὡς om. BVCPr   |    3 κώπης MC [Pr]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 perhaps ὀργῆ a.c. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,19–23; Dind. II.150,10–15

COMMENT:   Arsenius had printed μαλθακὴ νοτὶς, which Valckenaer (on Hipp. 240) emended to κοπίς before it was collated from BV. Radt’s apparatus gives many attempts to emend the quotation, to which may be added Lloyd-Jones’ βραδεῖα θήγειν in the Loeb ed. (which hardly fits the notion that old men are irascible).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 490.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἡ ὀργή σου καὶ τὸ γῆράς σου ἅμα γεγονότα οὐ σοφόν σε ποιεῖ.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Your anger and your old age, occurring together, make you not wise.

LEMMA: BVCPr, in marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ] ὅτι V   |    second σου om. BVPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,1; Dind. II.150,16–17


Or. 490.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ τὸ γῆρας μελαγχολικώτερόν ἐστι τῆς νεότητος·  2εἰ δὲ συμβῇ τοὺς γέροντας ὀργισθῆναι, διπλάσιον γίνεται τὸ κακόν.  3τὸ γῆράς σου οὖν, φησὶν, ἅμα ὀργῇ γεγονὸς οὐ σκοπεῖ τὸ δέον.  —MBVCPrRw, partial Y2

TRANSLATION:   In and of itself old age is more irritable than youth. And if it comes about that old men get angry, the evil becomes twice as great. Your old age, then, he says, occurring together with anger, does not regard what is appropriate.

LEMMA: in marg. M, καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν V, καὶ τὸ γῆρας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. γὰρ [Pr damaged, room for ἄλλ(ως) or γὰρ]      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτὸ] οὐ τὸ V   |    μελαγχονικώτερον M   |    2 διπλὸν V   |    3 τὸ γῆράς σου κτλ om. Y2   |    σου om. V   |    οὐ σκοπεῖ] ἀσκοπεῖ Pr   |    δέον] σοφόν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθεαὐτὸ M καθ’αὑτὸ BVY2, app. Pr   |    2 συμβεῖ M   |    3 ὀργὴ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,3–5; Dind. II.150,17–20


Or. 490.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ⟩: ὀργῇ διὰ τοῦ ι̅  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (Spell) ‘orgē’ with iota (adscript/subscript).

LEMMA: thus in text MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,6


Or. 491.01 (vet exeg) πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς σοφίας ἥκει πέρι: 1οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας.  2προῦπτος γὰρ ἡ κρίσις, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς οὐ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας.  3οὐ σοφισμάτων γὰρ προσδεῖται ἡ κρίσις, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι·  4περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος.  —MBC, partial PrRwZu

TRANSLATION:   That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. For the verdict is foreseen, so to no purpose did you call us not wise. For the judgment does not require clever arguments, that is, it is no proper time for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide.

LEMMA: MC(om. πέρι), πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς BPrRw(ἀγών τις PrPw)      REF. SYMBOL: MZu      POSITION: follows 495.01 in C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ om. Pr   |    μητροφονία Zu   |    ἀγὼν Pr   |    2 γὰρ om. Zu   |    οὐ om. Rw   |    ἀπεκάλεσεν Zu   |    3–4 οὐ σοφισμάτων κτλ om. Zu   |    3 οὐ σοφισμ. … κρίσις om. Pr   |    ἡ om. Rw app.   |    3–4 τουτέστιν κτλ om. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,7–11; Dind. II.151,5–9


Or. 491.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [490] ‘καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν’, φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως  2ὅτι τίς χρεία ὅλως σοφίας, ὅπου γε προφανὲς τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ πλημμέλημα.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Since Menelaus said ‘and old age not wise’, Tyndareus says: ‘What need is there at all for wisdom, in a case where the error of Orestes is utterly clear?’

LEMMA: BPr, in marg. M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 490.03 V, add. δὲ; cont. from 491.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ] σου M   |    φησὶν om. V   |    second ὁ om. Pr   |    2 ὅτι om. V   |    σοφίας om. M   |    προφανῶς PrRw   |    τὸ τοῦ ὀρ. transp. V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,12–14; Dind. II.151,10–12


Or. 491.07 (vet exeg) ἐρωτηματικῶς  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (Understand the line) interrogatively (i.e., ‘tis’ is accented and interrogative, not enclitic and indefinite).

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C (beside 490)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,15


Or. 494.05 (vet gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐσκέψατο⟩: οὐ κατενόησεν  —MBOCPrRSV3YZm

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B (misplaced above 495 ἦλθεν O)      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ ἐνενόησεν Pr   |    οὐ om. ORSZm   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε SZm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,16; Dind. II.151,17


Or. 494.06 (vet gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐσκέψατο⟩: οὐκ ἔμαθεν  —MBCPrV3Y

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ κατέμαθεν B   |    οὐκ om. V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐκέμαθεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,16; Dind. II.151,17


Or. 495.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν κοινόν: 1ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε κατὰ τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν νόμον.  2ὁ γὰρ νόμος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει αὐτόχειρά τινα γίνεσθαι.  —MBVCPraPrbRfRw

TRANSLATION:   As if upon a road. He did not make his way in accordance with Greek law. For the law does not permit one to become a murderer.

LEMMA: MVCRw, οὐδ’ ἦλθεν BPr      REF. SYMBOL: BVRf      POSITION: s.l. Prb; between 490.03 and 491.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε] οὐδὲ ἐβάδισεν ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ Rf, οὐκ ἐβάδισεν ὡς ἐπὶ ὀδὸν Pr   |    ὡς ἐπὶ … οὐκ] ὡς ἐπρο and blank space (ca. 5 letters) V   |    ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ transp. after νόμον Rw   |    κατὰ] ἐπὶ Rw   |    ἑλλήνων V   |    2 τινα om. Rf   |    γενέσθαι C, a.c. M, perhaps correctly   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐβάδισεν Rw   |   2 αὐτόχειρα τινὰ Rw (αὐτόχειρα, om. τινα, Rf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,17–19; Dind. II.151,19–21


Or. 497.04 (vet exeg) πληγεὶς τῆς ἐμῆς: οὐκ εἶπεν ὑπὸ Αἰγίσθου, ἀλλὰ τὴν δοῦσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν αἰτίαν ἡγήσατο. —MBVCMnPraPrbRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He did not say (Agamemnon was killed) by Aegisthus, but he considered the woman who provided the starting-point to be to blame.

LEMMA: MC, πληγεὶς θυγατρός VPra, πληγεὶς MnPrbRbSSa      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; second version Prb follows 498.01      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ εἶπεν] οὐκ ἐπειδὴ MBC, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ’ Pra   |    ὑπὸ] τοῦ Mn   |    τὴν δοῦσαν om. Pra   |    ἀσίαν ᾐτήσατο Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου a.c. Mn   |   ἀργὴν Rb   |   αἴτ() Rb   |   ἠγήσατο S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,20–21; Dind. II.152,1–2


Or. 498.01 (vet exeg) αἴσχιστον ἔργον: ὅπερ ἔχθιστον ἔργον, πληγῆναι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γαμετῆς. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Which very thing (was) a most hateful deed, that Agamemnon was stricken by his own wedded wife.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from 497.04 MCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅπερ … ἔργον] τὸ Rw   |    γαμετῆς] γυναικός CPr, γυναικός γρ() γαμετῆς Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,22–23; Dind. II.152,2–3

COMMENT:   αἰσχιστ-/ἐχθιστ‑ are often variants in manuscipts. This note may imply a text containing ἔχθιστον, or may itself originally have contained αἴσχιστον.    


Or. 1693.01 (vet exeg) ⟨subscription⟩: πρὸς διάφορα ἀντίγραφα παραγέγραπται ἐκ τοῦ Διονυσίου ὑπομνήματος ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν.  —MBCCrNeRRwXaGuZcZl, also LbPaPkXfXmZx2

TRANSLATION:   By reference to various copies, (these annotations) have been written in the margin (or cited or extracted?) from the commentary of Dionysius entirely (or in general?) and from the mixed commentaries.

POSITION: follows arg. 3 ἡ κατάληξις τῆς τραγῴδίας κτλ in all; marked as separate by punct. or extra space in MBCRRwZcXaXf(missing initial)GuCrNe, run together with arg. 3 in LbPkXmZl      

APP. CRIT.:   M mostly washed out, but traces and spacing fit the given text.   |    ἀντίγραφα] δὲ Pa   |    ἐκ] ἐκ δὲ C, ἐν τῆ Rw   |    διονυσίου p.c. C, perhaps ‑σσί‑ or ‑σϊει‑ a.c.?; διονύσου CrGuZlLbPkZx2 (in margin γρ. διονυσίου Gu)   |    ὑπομνήματα Cr   |    ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν] καὶ μικτῶς XaXfZc (only καὶ μ[ visible on image of Xf)   |    μικτῶν] κωμικῶν R, μικρῶν Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:  μίκτων LbPk   

COMMENT:   This note became attached to the note presented in this edition as Or. arg. 3 (which appears at the end of the play in many manuscripts and among the prefatory matter in others), and thus the subscription survived in many manuscripts that do not carry old scholia. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 13–14.   |   Schartau 1973: 81–82 n. 24 reports that this notice is also in in EsLvXu (in the prefatory matter). I have not seen Es or Lv, but Xu has only arg. 3 and not the subscription.    

COLLATION NOTES:   M partly washed out    |   




Creative Commons License icon  CC License details.

Feedback and corrigenda are welcome. Please use the Contact link in the footer.